Document:

exv4w5

 

Exhibit 4.5

ENDEAVOUR INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION

6.00% Convertible Senior Notes due 2012

INDENTURE

Dated as of January 20, 2005

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

TRUSTEE

1

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	
      ARTICLE 1
	 	 	 	 
	
      DEFINITIONS AND OTHER
      PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION
	 	 	 	 
	
      Section 1.01.
      Definitions
	 	 	1	 
	
      Section 1.02.
      Other Definitions.
	 	 	8	 
	
      Section 1.03.
      Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act
	 	 	9	 
	
      Section 1.04.
      Rules of Construction
	 	 	9	 
	
      Section 1.05. Acts
      of Holders
	 	 	9	 
	
      ARTICLE 2
	 	 	 	 
	
      THE NOTES
	 	 	 	 
	
      Section 2.01.
      Designation Amount and Issue of Notes
	 	 	11	 
	
      Section 2.02. Form
      of Notes
	 	 	11	 
	
      Section 2.03.
      Execution and Authentication
	 	 	11	 
	
      Section 2.04. Note
      Registrar, Paying Agent and Conversion Agent
	 	 	12	 
	
      Section 2.05.
      Paying Agent to Hold Money and Notes in Trust
	 	 	12	 
	
      Section 2.06.
      Noteholder Lists
	 	 	13	 
	
      Section 2.07.
      Transfer and Exchange; Restrictions on Transfer; Depositary
	 	 	13	 
	
      Section 2.08.
      Replacement Notes
	 	 	20	 
	
      Section 2.09.
      Outstanding Notes; Determination of Holders’ Action
	 	 	21	 
	
      Section 2.10.
      Temporary Notes
	 	 	22	 
	
      Section 2.11.
      Cancellation
	 	 	22	 
	
      Section 2.12.
      Persons Deemed Owners
	 	 	23	 
	
      Section 2.13.
      CUSIP Numbers
	 	 	23	 
	
      Section 2.14.
      Default Interest
	 	 	23	 
	
      ARTICLE 3
	 	 	 	 
	
      REDEMPTION AND
      REPURCHASE UPON A CHANGE OF CONTROL
	 	 	 	 
	
      Section 3.01.
      Company’s Right to Redeem
	 	 	23	 
	
      Section 3.02.
      Notice of Optional Redemption; Selection of Notes.
	 	 	23	 
	
      Section 3.03.
      Payment of Notes Called for Redemption by the Company
	 	 	25	 
	
      Section 3.04.
      Conversion Arrangement on Call for Redemption
	 	 	26	 
	
      Section 3.05.
      Purchase of Notes at Option of the Holder Upon Change of Control
	 	 	27	 
	
      Section 3.06.
      Effect of Change of Control Purchase Notice
	 	 	34	 
	
      Section 3.07.
      Deposit of Change of Control Purchase Price
	 	 	35	 
	
      Section 3.08.
      Notes Purchased in Part
	 	 	36	 
	
      Section 3.09.
      Covenant to Comply with Securities Laws upon Purchase of Notes
	 	 	36	 
	
      Section 3.10.
      Repayment to the Company
	 	 	36	 
	
      ARTICLE 4
	 	 	 	 
	
      COVENANTS
	 	 	 	 
	
      Section 4.01.
      Payment of Principal, Premium, Interest on the Notes
	 	 	37	 
	
      Section 4.02.
      Reports by the Company
	 	 	37	 
	
      Section 4.03.
      Compliance Certificate
	 	 	38	 
	
      Section 4.04.
      Further Instruments and Acts
	 	 	38	 
	
      Section 4.05.
      Maintenance of Office or Agency
	 	 	38	 
	
      Section 4.06.
      Delivery of Certain Information
	 	 	38	 
	
      Section 4.07.
      Existence
	 	 	39	 
	
      Section 4.08.
      Maintenance of Properties
	 	 	39	 
	
      Section 4.09.
      Payment of Taxes and Other Claims
	 	 	39	 
	
      Section 4.10.
      Liquidated Damages Notice
	 	 	39	 
	
      ARTICLE 5
	 	 	 	 
	
      SUCCESSOR
      CORPORATION
	 	 	 	 
	
      Section 5.01. When
      Company May Merge Or Transfer Assets
	 	 	40	 
	
      ARTICLE 6
	 	 	 	 
	
      DEFAULTS AND
      REMEDIES
	 	 	 	 
	
      Section 6.01.
      Events of Default
	 	 	41	 
	
      Section 6.02.
      Acceleration
	 	 	43	 
	
      Section 6.03.
      Other Remedies
	 	 	44	 
	
      Section 6.04.
      Waiver of Past Defaults
	 	 	44	 
	
      Section 6.05.
      Control By Majority
	 	 	44	 
	
      Section 6.06.
      Limitation On Suits
	 	 	44	 
	
      Section 6.07.
      Rights of Holders to Receive Payment
	 	 	45	 
	
      Section 6.08.
      Collection Suit by Trustee
	 	 	45	 
	
      Section 6.09.
      Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
	 	 	45	 
	
      Section 6.10.
      Priorities
	 	 	46	 
	
      Section 6.11.
      Undertaking For Costs
	 	 	46	 
	
      Section 6.12.
      Waiver Of Stay, Extension Or Usury Laws
	 	 	47	 
	
      ARTICLE 7
	 	 	 	 
	
      TRUSTEE
	 	 	 	 
	
      Section 7.01.
      Duties And Responsibilities Of The Trustee; During Default; Prior To
      Default
	 	 	47	 
	
      Section 7.02.
      Certain Rights of the Trustee
	 	 	48	 
	
      Section 7.03.
      Trustee not Responsible for Recitals, Dispositions of Notes or Application
      of Proceeds Thereof
	 	 	50	 
	
      Section 7.04.
      Trustee and Agents May Hold Notes; Collections, Etc
	 	 	50	 
	
      Section 7.05.
      Moneys Held by Trustee
	 	 	50	 
	
      Section 7.06.
      Compensation And Indemnification Of Trustee And Its Prior Claim
	 	 	50	 
	
      Section 7.07.
      Right of Trustee to Rely on Officers’ Certificate, Etc
	 	 	51	 
	
      Section 7.08.
      Conflicting Interests
	 	 	51	 
	
      Section 7.09.
      Persons Eligible for Appointment as Trustee
	 	 	52	 
	
      Section 7.10.
      Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor Trustee
	 	 	52	 
	
      Section 7.11.
      Acceptance of Appointment by Successor Trustee
	 	 	53	 
	
      Section 7.12.
      Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business of
      Trustee
	 	 	54	 
	
      Section 7.13.
      Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company
	 	 	54	 
	
      Section 7.14.
      Reports By The Trustee
	 	 	55	 
	
      Section 7.15.
      Trustee to Give Notice of Default, But May Withhold in Certain
      Circumstances
	 	 	55	 
	
      ARTICLE 8
	 	 	 	 
	
      DISCHARGE OF
      INDENTURE
	 	 	 	 
	
      Section 8.01.
      Discharge Of Indenture
	 	 	55	 
	
      Section 8.02.
      [intentionally Omitted].
	 	 	56	 
	
      Section 8.03.
      Paying Agent to Repay Monies Held
	 	 	56	 
	
      Section 8.04.
      Return Of Unclaimed Monies
	 	 	56	 
	
      ARTICLE 9
	 	 	 	 
	
      SUPPLEMENTAL
      INDENTURES
	 	 	 	 
	
      Section 9.01.
      Without Consent Of Holders
	 	 	56	 
	
      Section 9.02. With
      Consent Of Holders
	 	 	57	 
	
      Section 9.03.
      Compliance with Trust Indenture Act
	 	 	58	 
	
      Section 9.04.
      Revocation and Effect of Consents, Waivers and Actions
	 	 	58	 
	
      Section 9.05.
      Notation on or Exchange of Notes
	 	 	58	 
	
      Section 9.06.
      Trustee to Sign Supplemental Indentures
	 	 	59	 
	
      Section 9.07.
      Effect of Supplemental Indentures
	 	 	59	 
	
      ARTICLE 10
	 	 	 	 
	
      CONVERSION
	 	 	 	 
	
      Section 10.01.
      Conversion Right and Conversion Price
	 	 	59	 
	
      Section 10.02.
      Exercise of Conversion Right
	 	 	60	 
	
      Section 10.03.
      Fractions of Shares
	 	 	61	 
	
      Section 10.04.
      Adjustment of Conversion Rate
	 	 	61	 
	
      Section 10.05.
      Notice of Adjustments of Conversion Rate
	 	 	70	 
	
      Section 10.06.
      Notice Prior to Certain Actions
	 	 	70	 
	
      Section 10.07.
      Company to Reserve Common Stock
	 	 	71	 
	
      Section 10.08.
      Taxes on Conversions
	 	 	71	 
	
      Section 10.09.
      Covenant as to Common Stock
	 	 	72	 
	
      Section 10.10.
      Cancellation of Converted Notes
	 	 	72	 
	
      Section 10.11.
      Effect of Reclassification, Consolidation, Merger or Sale
	 	 	72	 
	
      Section 10.12.
      Responsibility of Trustee for Conversion Provisions
	 	 	73	 
	
      ARTICLE 11
	 	 	 	 
	
      RESERVED
	 	 	 	 
	
      ARTICLE 12
	 	 	 	 
	
      MISCELLANEOUS
	 	 	 	 
	
      Section 12.01.
      Trust Indenture Act Controls
	 	 	74	 
	
      Section 12.02.
      Notices
	 	 	74	 
	
      Section 12.03.
      Communication by Holders with Other Holders
	 	 	75	 
	
      Section 12.04.
      Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
	 	 	75	 
	
      Section 12.05.
      Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion
	 	 	75	 
	
      Section 12.06.
      Separability Clause
	 	 	76	 
	
      Section 12.07.
      Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent, Conversion Agent and Note
    Registrar
	 	 	76	 
	
      Section 12.08.
      Legal Holidays
	 	 	76	 
	
      Section 12.09.
      GOVERNING LAW
	 	 	76	 
	
      Section 12.10. No
      Recourse Against Others
	 	 	76	 
	
      Section 12.11.
      Successors
	 	 	76	 
	
      Section 12.12.
      Benefits of Indenture
	 	 	76	 
	
      Section 12.13.
      Table of Contents, Heading, Etc
	 	 	77	 
	
      Section 12.14.
      Authenticating Agent
	 	 	77	 
	
      Section 12.15.
      Execution In Counterparts
	 	 	78	 

EXHIBITS

	 	 	 
	
      Exhibit A
Exhibit B-1
      
	 	Form of Global Note
Transfer
Certificate

2

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	
      TIA SECTION
	 	INDENTURE SECTION
	
      310(a)(1)
	 	 	7.09	 
	
      (a)(2)
	 	 	7.09	 
	
      (a)(3)
	 	 	N.A.	 
	
      (a)(4)
	 	 	N.A.	 
	
      (a)(5)
	 	 	7.09	 
	
      (b)
	 	 	7.08; 7.09; 7.10; 7.11	 
	
      (c)
	 	 	N.A.	 
	
      311(a)
	 	 	7.13	 
	
      (b)
	 	 	7.13	 
	
      (c)
	 	 	N.A.	 
	
      312(a)
	 	 	2.06	 
	
      (b)
	 	 	12.03	 
	
      (c)
	 	 	12.03	 
	
      313(a)
	 	 	7.14	(a)
	
      (b)(1)
	 	 	7.14	(a)
	
      (b)(2)
	 	 	7.14	(a)
	
      (c)
	 	 	12.02	 
	
      (d)
	 	 	7.14	(b)
	
      314(a)
	 	 	4.02; 4.03; 12.02	 
	
      (c)(1)
	 	 	12.04	 
	
      (c)(2)
	 	 	12.04	 
	
      (c)(3)
	 	 	N.A.	 
	
      (e)
	 	 	12.05	 
	
      (f)
	 	 	N.A.	 
	
      315(a)
	 	 	7.01	 
	
      (b)
	 	 	7.15; 12.02	 
	
      (c)
	 	 	7.01	 
	
      (d)
	 	 	7.01	 
	
      (e)
	 	 	6.11	 
	
      316(a) (last
      sentence)
	 	 	2.09	 
	
      (a)(1)(A)
	 	 	6.05	 
	
      (a)(1)(B)
	 	 	6.04	 
	
      (a)(2)
	 	 	N.A.	 
	
      (b)
	 	 	6.07	 
	
      317(a)(1)
	 	 	6.08	 
	
      (a)(2)
	 	 	6.09	 
	
      (b)
	 	 	2.05	 
	
      318(a)
	 	 	12.01	 

N.A. means Not Applicable

     

*Note: This Cross
Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be part of the
Indenture.

INDENTURE dated as of January 20,
2005 between ENDEAVOUR INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION, a Nevada corporation (the
 "Company") and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking
association, as Trustee hereunder (the "Trustee").

RECITALS OF THE COMPANY

 

authorized the creation of an issue of its 6.00% Convertible Senior Notes due
2012 (herein called the "Notes") of substantially the tenor and amount
hereinafter set forth, and to provide therefor the Company has duly authorized
the execution and delivery of this Indenture.

All things necessary to
make the Notes, when the Notes are executed by the Company and authenticated and
delivered hereunder, the valid and legally binding obligations of the Company,
and to make this Indenture a valid agreement of the Company, in accordance with
their and its terms, have been done. Further, all things necessary to duly
authorize the issuance of the Common Stock of the Company issuable upon the
conversion of the Notes, and to duly reserve for issuance the number of shares
of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion, have been done.

This Indenture is subject
to, and shall be governed by, the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939,
as amended, that are required to be a part of and to govern indentures qualified
under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

NOW, THEREFORE, THIS
INDENTURE WITNESSETH:

For and in consideration
of the premises and the purchase of the Notes by the Holders thereof, it is
mutually covenanted and agreed, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all
Holders of the Notes, as follows:

ARTICLE 1

Definitions And Other Provisions Of General
Application

Section 1.01 .
Definitions. For all purposes of this Indenture, except as otherwise
expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

(1) the terms defined in this Article have the meanings assigned
to them in this Article and include the plural as well as the singular;

(2) all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the
meanings assigned to them in accordance with GAAP; and

(3) the words "herein", "hereof" and
"hereunder" and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as
a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision.

 

means an unlimited principal amount of Notes (other than the Initial Notes)
issued from time to time with the same terms and conditions, except for any
differences in the issue price and interest accrued prior to the issue date of
the Additional Notes, and the same CUSIP number as the Initial Notes under this
Indenture in accordance with Section 2.01 hereof.

"Affiliate" of any
specified person means any other person directly or indirectly controlling or
controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified
person. For purposes of this definition, "control" when used with respect
to any specified person means the power to direct or cause the direction of the
management and policies of such person, directly or indirectly, whether through
the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms
"controlling" and "controlled" have meanings correlative to the
foregoing.

"Board of
Directors" means either the board of directors of the Company, or any duly
authorized committee of such board.

"Board Resolution"
means a resolution duly adopted by the Board of Directors, a copy of which,
certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company, to be in
full force and effect on the date of such certification, shall have been
delivered to the Trustee.

"Business Day"
means each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is not a day on
which the banking institutions in The City of New York or the city in which the
Corporate Trust Office is located are authorized or obligated by law or
executive order to close or be closed.

"Capital Stock" of
any corporation means any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase,
warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests in
(however designated) stock issued by that corporation.

"Closing Date" has
the meaning specified in the Placement Agency Agreement.

"Closing Price" of
any security on any date of determination means:

(1) the closing sale price (or, if no closing sale price is
reported, the last reported sale price) of such security on the American Stock
Exchange on such date;

(2) if such security is not listed for trading on the American
Stock Exchange on any such date, the closing sale price as reported in the
composite transactions for the principal U.S. securities exchange on which such
security is so listed;

 

(3) if such security is not so listed on a U.S. national or
regional securities exchange, the closing sale price as reported by the NASDAQ
Stock Market, or if such security is not listed on the NASDAQ Stock Market, the
closing sale price as reported by the Nasdaq OTC Bulletin Board service (f/k/a
NASDAQ Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board);

(4) if such security is not so reported, the last quoted bid
price for such security in the over-the-counter market as reported by the Pink
Sheets LLC (f/k/a National Quotation Bureau) or similar organization; or

(5) if such bid price is not available, the average of the
mid-point of the last bid and ask prices of such security on such date from at
least three nationally recognized independent investment banking firms retained
for this purpose by the Company.

"Common Stock"
means the common stock, par value $.001 per share, of the Company, authorized at
the date of this Indenture as originally executed.

"common stock"
means any stock of any class of capital stock which has no preference in respect
of dividends or of amounts payable in the event of any voluntary or involuntary
liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the issuer.

"Company" means
the party named as the "Company" in the first paragraph of this Indenture
until a successor replaces it pursuant to the applicable provisions of this
Indenture and, thereafter, shall mean such successor. The foregoing sentence
shall likewise apply to any subsequent such successor or successors.

"Company Order"
means a written order signed in the name of the Company by any two Officers of
the Company.

"Conversion Agent"
means any person authorized by the Company to convert Notes in accordance with
Article 10 hereof.

"Conversion Price"
as of any day will equal $1,000 divided by the Conversion Rate as of such date
and rounded to the nearest cent. The Conversion Price shall initially be
approximately $5.02 per share of Common Stock.

"Conversion Rate"
has the meaning specified in Section 10.01.

"Corporate Trust
Office" means the principal office of the Trustee at which at any time its
corporate trust business shall be administered, which office at the date hereof
is located at 1000 Louisiana Street, Suite 640, Houston, Texas 77002, or
such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to
the Holders and the Company, or the principal corporate trust office of any
successor Trustee (or such other address as a successor Trustee may designate
from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Company).

"Default" means
any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an
Event of Default.

 

means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in
global form, the Person specified in 2.07(d) as the Depositary with respect to
such Notes, until a successor shall have been appointed and become such pursuant
to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter,
"Depositary" shall mean or include such successor.

"GAAP" means
United States generally accepted accounting principles as in effect from time to
time.

"Holder" or
"Noteholder" as applied to any Note, or other similar terms (but
excluding the term "beneficial holder"), means any Person in whose name
at the time a particular Note is registered on the Note Registrar’s books.

"Indenture" means
this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with
the terms hereof, including the provisions of the TIA that are deemed to be a
part hereof.

"Initial Notes"
means Notes in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $65,000,000 (or
$81,250,000, if the Purchasers’ Option is fully exercised by the Initial
Purchasers) issued under this Indenture.

"Interest Payment
Date" means the Stated Maturity of an installment of interest on the Notes.

"Issue Date" of
any Note means the date on which the Note was originally issued or deemed issued
as set forth on the face of the Note.

"Lien" means, with
respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or
encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset given to secure indebtedness,
whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law
(including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in
the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security
interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under
the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction with
respect to any such lien, pledge, charge or security interest).

"Liquidated
Damages" has the meaning specified for "Liquidated Damages Amount" in
Section 2(e) of the Registration Rights Agreement.

"Notes" has the
meaning ascribed to it in the first paragraph under the caption "Recitals of
the Company." The Initial Notes and any Additional Notes will rank equally
and ratably and shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this
Indenture.

"Officer" means
the Chairman of the Board, the Vice Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer, the
President, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice
President, the Treasurer or the Secretary or any Assistant Treasurer or
Assistant Secretary of the Company.

 

"Officers’
Certificate" means a written certificate containing the information
specified in Sections 12.04 and 12.05, signed in the name of the Company by
any two Officers of the Company, and delivered to the Trustee. An Officers’
Certificate given pursuant to Section 4.03 shall be signed by an authorized
financial or accounting Officer of the Company but need not contain the
information specified in Sections 12.04 and 12.05.

"Opinion of
Counsel" means a written opinion containing the information specified in
Sections 12.04 and 12.05, from legal counsel. The counsel may be an employee of,
or counsel to, the Company.

"person" or
"Person" means any individual, corporation, limited liability company,
partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust,
unincorporated organization, or government or any agency or political
subdivision thereof.

"Placement Agency
Agreement" means the Placement Agency Agreement dated January 11, 2005
between the Company and the Placement Agents.

"Placement Agents"
means J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Sanders Morris Harris Inc.

"Portal Market"
means The Portal Market operated by the National Association of Securities
Dealers, Inc. or any successor thereto.

"principal" of a
Note means the principal amount due on the Stated Maturity as set forth on the
face of the Note or the amount of any Change of Control Purchase Price and
Make-Whole Premium, if any, payable pursuant to Section 3.05(a), whichever
is applicable.

"Private Placement
Memorandum" means the private placement memorandum dated January 13,
2005 in connection with the sale of the Notes.

"Purchase
Agreements" means the Securities Purchase Agreements dated as of
January 13, 2005, between the Company and the Purchasers.

"Purchasers" means
the investors who have agreed to purchase the Notes pursuant to Purchase
Agreements.

"Purchasers’
Option" means the option granted by the Company to the Purchasers to
purchase up to $16,250,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes pursuant to the
Purchase Agreements.

"QIB" means a
"qualified institutional buyer" as defined in Rule 144A.

 

"Registration Rights
Agreement" means that certain Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of
January 20, 2005, between the Company and the Placement Agents, as amended
from time to time in accordance with its terms.

"Regular Record
Date" means, with respect to the interest payable on any Interest Payment
Date, the close of business on January 1 or July 1 (whether or not a Business
Day), as the case may be, next preceding such Interest Payment Date.

"Responsible
Officer" means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within
the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president,
assistant vice president, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other
officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those
performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively,
or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such person’s
knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject, and who shall have
direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

"Rule 144A"
means Rule 144A under the Securities Act (or any successor provision), as
it may be amended from time to time.

"SEC" means the
Securities and Exchange Commission.

"Securities Act"
means the United States Securities Act of 1933 (or any successor statute), as
amended from time to time.

"Significant
Subsidiary" means any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company that
meets any of the following conditions:

(1) the Company’s and its other Subsidiaries’ investments in and
advances to such Subsidiary exceed 10% of the total assets of the Company and
its Subsidiaries consolidated as of the end of the most recently completed
fiscal year;

(2) the Company’s and its other Subsidiaries’ proportionate
share of the total assets (after intercompany eliminations) of such Subsidiary
exceed 10% of the total assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries consolidated
as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal year; or

(3) the Company’s and its other Subsidiaries’ equity in the
income from continuing operations before income taxes, extraordinary items and
cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle of such Subsidiary exceed
10% of such income of the Company and its Subsidiaries consolidated for the most
recently completed fiscal year.

"Stated Maturity,"
when used with respect to any Note or any installment of interest thereon, means
the date specified in such Note as the fixed date on which the principal of such
Note or such installment of interest is due and payable.

 

"Subsidiary" means
(i) a corporation, a majority of whose Capital Stock with voting power,
under ordinary circumstances, to elect directors is, at the date of
determination, directly or indirectly owned by the Company, by one or more
Subsidiaries of the Company or by the Company and one or more Subsidiaries of
the Company, (ii) a partnership in which the Company or a Subsidiary of the
Company holds a majority interest in the equity capital or profits of such
partnership, or (iii) any other person (other than a corporation) in which
the Company, a Subsidiary of the Company or the Company and one or more
Subsidiaries of the Company, directly or indirectly, at the date of
determination, has (x) at least a majority ownership interest or
(y) the power to elect or direct the election of a majority of the
directors or other governing body of such person.

"TIA" means the
Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as in effect on the date of this Indenture;
provided, however, that in the event the TIA is amended after such date, TIA
means, to the extent required by any such amendment, the TIA as so amended.

"Trading Day"
means a day during which trading in Common Stock generally occurs on the
American Stock Exchange or, if the Common Stock is not listed on the American
Stock Exchange, on the principal other national or regional securities exchange
on which the Common Stock is then listed or, if the Common Stock is not listed
on a national or regional securities exchange, on the NASDAQ Stock Market or, if
the Common Stock is not quoted on the NASDAQ Stock Market, on the principal
other market on which the Common Stock is then traded.

"Trustee" means
the party named as the "Trustee" in the first paragraph of this Indenture
until a successor replaces it pursuant to the applicable provisions of this
Indenture and, thereafter, shall mean such successor. The foregoing sentence
shall likewise apply to any subsequent such successor or successors.

"United States"
means the United States of America (including the States and the District of
Columbia), its territories, its possessions and other areas subject to its
jurisdiction (its "possessions" including Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin
Islands, Guam, American Samoa, Wake Island and the Northern Mariana Islands).

"Voting Stock"
means with respect to any Person, Capital Stock of any class or kind ordinarily
having the power to vote for the election of directors of such Person.

Section 1.02 .
Other Definitions.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Defined in
	Term	 	Section
	
      "Act"
	 		1.05	(a)
	
      "Agent Members"
	 		2.07	(d)
	
      "Authenticating Agent"
	 		12.14	
	
      "Bankruptcy Law"
	 		6.01	
	
      "beneficial ownership"
	 		3.02	(a)
	
      "Certificated Notes"
	 		2.07	(b)
	

 

      
"Change of Control"
	 		3.05	(a)
	
      "Change of Control Purchase
      Date"
	 		3.05	(a)
	
      "Change of Control Purchase
      Notice"
	 		3.05	(e)
	
      "Change of Control Purchase
      Price".
	 		3.05	(a)
	
      "Conversion Price"
	 		10.01	
	
      "Conversion Rate"
	 		10.01	
	
      "Current Market Price"
	 		10.04	(g)
	
      "Custodian"
	 		6.01	
	
      "Effective Date"
	 		3.05	(a)
	
      "Event of Default"
	 		6.01	
	
      "Exchange Act"
	 		3.02	(a)
	
      "excluded securities"
	 		10.04	(d)
	
      "Expiration Time"
	 		10.04	(f)
	
      "fair market value"
	 		10.04	(g)
	
      "Global Note"
	 		2.07	(b)
	
      "Legal Holiday"
	 		12.08	
	
      "Liquidated Damages Notice"
	 		4.10	
	
      "Make-Whole Premium"
	 		3.05	(a)
	
      "Non-Electing Share"
	 		10.11	
	
      "Note Register"
	 		2.04	
	
      "Note Registrar"
	 		2.04	
	
      "Notice of Default"
	 		6.01	
	
      "Paying Agent"
	 		2.04	
	
      "Principal Amount"
	 		2.07	(b)
	
      "Public Acquirer Change of
      Control.
	 		3.05	(d)
	
      "Public Acquirer Common
    Stock
	 		3.05	(d)
	
      "Purchased Shares"
	 		10.04	(f)
	
      "Record Date"
	 		10.04	(g)
	
      "Redemption Date"
	 		3.02	
	
      "Redemption Notice"
	 		3.02	
	
      "Redemption Price"
	 		3.01	
	
      "Reference Period"
	 		10.04	(d)
	
      "Restricted Note"
	 		10.02	
	
      "Restricted Securities"
	 		2.07	(d)
	
      "Rule 144A
Information"
	 		4.06	
	
      "Stock Price"
	 		3.05	(a)
	
      "transfer"
	 		2.07	(d)
	
      "Trigger Event"
	 		10.04	(d)

Section 1.03 .
Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. Whenever this Indenture
refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in
and made a part of this Indenture. The following TIA terms used in this
Indenture have the following meanings:

"Commission" means
the SEC.

 

"indenture Notes"
means the Notes.

"indenture Note
holder" means a Noteholder.

"indenture to be
qualified" means this Indenture.

"indenture
trustee" or "institutional trustee" means the Trustee.

"obligor" on the
indenture Notes means the Company.

All other TIA terms used
in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to
another statute or defined by SEC rule have the meanings assigned to them by
such definitions.

Section 1.04 .
Rules of Construction. Unless the context otherwise requires:

(a) a term has the
meaning assigned to it;

(b) an accounting
term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles as in effect from time to time;

(c) "or" is not
exclusive;

(d) "including"
means including, without limitation; and

(e) words in the
singular include the plural, and words in the plural include the singular.

Section 1.05 .
Acts of Holders. (a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction,
notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given
or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments
of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by their
agent duly appointed in writing; and, except as herein otherwise expressly
provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments
are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the
Company. Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and
evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the "Act" of
Holders signing such instrument or instruments. Proof of execution of any such
instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any
purpose of this Indenture and conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the
Company, if made in the manner provided in this Section.

(b) The fact and
date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be
proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by a certificate of a
notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of
deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing
acknowledged to such officer the execution thereof. Where such execution is by a
signer acting in a capacity other than such signer’s individual capacity, such
certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of such signer’s
authority. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing,
or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any
other manner which the Trustee deems sufficient.

The ownership of Notes
shall be proved by the Note Register or by a certificate of the Note Registrar.

 

authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act of the Holder of
any Note shall bind every future Holder of the same Note and the holder of every
Note issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or
in lieu thereof in respect of anything done, omitted or suffered to be done by
the Trustee or the Company in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such
action is made upon such Note.

If the Company shall
solicit from the Holders any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice,
consent, waiver or other Act, the Company may, at its option, by or pursuant to
a resolution of the Board of Directors, fix in advance a record date for the
determination of Holders entitled to give such request, demand, authorization,
direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, but the Company shall have no
obligation to do so. If such a record date is fixed, such request, demand,
authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act may be given
before or after such record date, but only the Holders of record at the close of
business on such record date shall be deemed to be Holders for purposes of
determining whether Holders of the requisite proportion of outstanding Notes
have authorized or agreed or consented to such request, demand, authorization,
direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, and for that purpose the
outstanding Notes shall be computed as of such record date; provided that no
such authorization, agreement or consent by the Holders on such record date
shall be deemed effective unless it shall become effective pursuant to the
provisions of this Indenture not later than six months after the record date.

ARTICLE 2

The Notes

Section 2.01 .
Designation Amount and Issue of Notes. The Notes shall be designated as
"6.00% Convertible Senior Notes due 2012". Except pursuant to
Sections 2.07, 2.08, 3.08 and 10.02 hereof, Initial Notes not to exceed the
aggregate principal amount of $65,000,000 (or $81,250,000 if the Purchasers’
Option is fully exercised by the Purchasers), upon the execution of this
Indenture, may be executed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee for
authentication, and the Trustee shall thereupon authenticate and deliver said
Initial Notes upon a Company Order, without any further action by the Company
hereunder. In addition, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver Additional
Notes in aggregate principal amounts specified by the Company, without the
consent of the Holders.

Section 2.02 .
Form of Notes. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication to
be borne by such Notes shall be substantially in the form set forth in
Exhibit A, which is incorporated in and made a part of this Indenture.

 

such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such notations,
legends and endorsements as the officers executing the same may approve
(execution thereof to be conclusive evidence of such approval) and as are not
inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture, or as may be required to
comply with any law or with any rule or regulation made pursuant thereto or with
any rule or regulation of any securities exchange or automated quotation system
on which the Notes may be listed, or to conform to usage.

Any Global Note shall
represent such of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified therein and shall
provide that it shall represent the aggregate amount of outstanding Notes from
time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate amount of outstanding Notes
represented thereby may from time to time be increased or reduced to reflect
transfers or exchanges permitted hereby. Any endorsement of a Global Note to
reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the amount of outstanding
Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee, in such manner and upon
instructions given by the holder of such Notes in accordance with this
Indenture. Payment of principal of and interest and premium (including
Make-Whole Premium), if any, on any Global Note shall be made to the holder of
such Note.

The terms and provisions
contained in the form of Note attached as Exhibit A hereto shall
constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and, to the
extent applicable, the Company and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery
of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound
thereby.

Section 2.03 .
Execution and Authentication. The Notes shall be executed on behalf of the
Company by an Officer of the Company. The signatures of such Officer on the
Notes may be manual or facsimile.

Notes bearing the manual
or facsimile signatures of individuals who were at the time of the execution of
the Notes the proper Officers of the Company shall bind the Company,
notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such
offices prior to the authentication and delivery of such Notes or did not hold
such offices at the date of authentication of such Notes. Notes shall be dated
the date of their authentication.

No Note shall be entitled
to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose
unless there appears on such Note a certificate of authentication substantially
in the form provided for herein duly executed by the Trustee or an
Authenticating Agent by manual signature of an authorized officer, and such
certificate upon any Note shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence,
that such Note has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder.

The Notes shall be issued
only in registered form without coupons and only in denominations of $1,000 in
principal amount and any integral multiple thereof.

 

Note Registrar, Paying Agent and Conversion Agent. The Company shall
maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of
transfer or for exchange ("Note Registrar"), an office or agency where
Notes may be presented for purchase or payment ("Paying Agent") and an
office or agency where Notes may be presented for conversion ("Conversion
Agent"). The Note Registrar shall keep a register (the "Note
Register") in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may
prescribe it shall provide for the registration and transfer of the Notes. The
Company may have one or more co-registrars, one or more additional paying agents
and one or more additional conversion agents. The term Paying Agent includes any
additional paying agent, including any named pursuant to Section 4.05. The
term Conversion Agent includes any additional conversion agent, including any
named pursuant to Section 4.05.

The Company shall notify
the Trustee of the name and address of any such agent. If the Company fails to
maintain a Note Registrar, Paying Agent or Conversion Agent, the Trustee shall
act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant
to Section 7.06. The Company or any Subsidiary or an Affiliate of either of
them may act as Paying Agent, Note Registrar, Conversion Agent or co-registrar.

The Company initially
appoints the Trustee as Note Registrar, Conversion Agent and Paying Agent in
connection with the Notes.

Section 2.05 .
Paying Agent to Hold Money and Notes in Trust. Except as otherwise provided
herein, on or prior to each due date of payments in respect of any Note, the
Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent a sum of money (in immediately
available funds if deposited on the due date) or, to the extent applicable,
Common Stock sufficient to make such payments when so becoming due. The Company
shall require each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to agree in writing
that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Noteholders or the
Trustee all money and Common Stock held by the Paying Agent for the making of
payments in respect of the Notes and shall notify the Trustee of any default by
the Company in making any such payment. At any time during the continuance of
any such default, the Paying Agent shall, upon the written request of the
Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all money and Common Stock so held in
trust. If the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of the Company acts as
Paying Agent, it shall segregate the money and Common Stock held by it as Paying
Agent and hold it as a separate trust fund. The Company at any time may require
a Paying Agent to pay all money and Common Stock held by it to the Trustee and
to account for any funds and Common Stock disbursed by it. Upon doing so, the
Paying Agent shall have no further liability for the money or Common Stock.

Section 2.06 .
Noteholder Lists. The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is
reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and
addresses of Noteholders. If the Trustee is not the Note Registrar, the Company
shall cause to be furnished to the Trustee at least semiannually on
January 15 and July 15 a listing of Noteholders dated within
15 days of the date on which the list is furnished and at such other times
as the Trustee may request in writing a list in such form and as of such date as
the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Noteholders.

 

Transfer and Exchange; Restrictions on Transfer; Depositary. (a) Upon
surrender for registration of transfer of any Note, together with a written
instrument of transfer satisfactory to the Note Registrar duly executed by the
Noteholder or such Noteholder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, at the
office or agency of the company designated as Note Registrar or co-registrar
pursuant to Section 2.04, and satisfaction of the requirements of such
transfer set forth in this Section, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee
shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or
transferees, one or more new Notes of any authorized denomination or
denominations, of a like aggregate principal amount and bearing such restrictive
legends as may be required by this Indenture. The Company shall not charge a
service charge for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may
require payment of a sum sufficient to pay all taxes, assessments or other
governmental charges that may be imposed in connection with the transfer or
exchange of the Notes from the Noteholder requesting such transfer or exchange.

At the option of the
Holder, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of any authorized denomination or
denominations, of a like aggregate principal amount, upon surrender of the Notes
to be exchanged, together with a written instrument of transfer satisfactory to
the Note Registrar duly executed by the Noteholder or such Noteholder’s attorney
duly authorized in writing, at such office or agency. Whenever any Notes are so
surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall
authenticate and deliver, the Notes which the Holder making the exchange is
entitled to receive.

All Notes issued upon any
registration of transfer or exchange of Notes shall be the valid obligations of
the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under
this Indenture, as the Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or
exchange.

The Company shall not be
required to make, and the Note Registrar need not register, transfers or
exchanges of any Notes in respect of which a Change of Control Purchase Notice
(as defined in Section 3.05(e)) has been given and not withdrawn by the
Holder thereof in accordance with the terms of this Indenture (except, in the
case of Notes to be purchased in part, the portion thereof not to be purchased).

 

Notes are eligible for book-entry settlement with the Depositary, or unless
otherwise required by law, all Notes that, upon initial issuance are
beneficially owned by QIBs or as a result of a sale or transfer after initial
issuance are beneficially owned by QIBs, will be represented by one or more
Notes in global form registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of
the Depositary (the "Global Note"), except as otherwise specified below.
The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in any such Global Note shall
be effected through the Depositary in accordance with this Indenture and the
procedures of the Depositary therefor. The Trustee shall make appropriate
endorsements to reflect increases or decreases in the principal amounts of any
such Global Note as set forth on the face of the Note ("Principal
Amount") to reflect any such transfers. Except as provided below, beneficial
owners of a Global Note shall not be entitled to have certificates registered in
their names, will not receive or be entitled to receive physical delivery of
certificates in definitive form ("Certificated Notes") and will not be
considered holders of such Global Note.

(c) (i) So long
as the Notes are eligible for book-entry settlement with the Depositary, or
unless otherwise required by law, upon any transfer of a Certificated Note to a
QIB in accordance with Rule 144A that requests delivery of such Note in the
form of an interest in the Global Note, and upon receipt of the Certificated
Note or Notes being so transferred, together with a certification, substantially
in the form of Exhibit B-1 hereto, from the transferor that the transfer is
being made in compliance with Rule 144A (or other evidence satisfactory to
the Trustee), the Trustee shall make an endorsement on the Global Note to
reflect an increase in the aggregate Principal Amount of the Notes represented
by such Global Note, and the Trustee shall cancel such Certificated Note or
Notes in accordance with the standing instructions and procedures of the
Depositary.

(ii) Upon any sale or transfer of a Note to the Company or any
Subsidiary thereof (other than pursuant to a registration statement that has
been declared effective under the Securities Act or after the expiration of the
holding period applicable to sales thereof under Rule 144(k) under the
Securities Act), the transferor shall, prior to such sale or transfer, furnish
to the Company and/or Trustee such certifications, including a certification
substantially in the form of Exhibit B-1 hereto, legal opinions or other
information as they may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed transfer
is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to,
the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Upon any transfer of a
beneficial interest in the Global Note to the Company or such Subsidiary, as the
case may be, the Trustee shall make an endorsement on the Global Note to reflect
a decrease in the aggregate Principal Amount of the Notes represented by such
Global Note, and the Company shall execute a Certificated Note or Notes in
exchange therefor, and the Trustee, upon receipt of such Certificated Note or
Notes and a Company Order, shall authenticate and deliver such, Certificated
Note or Notes.

(iii) Upon any sale or transfer of a Note pursuant to the
exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act,
the transferor shall, prior to such sale or transfer, furnish to the Company
and/or the Trustee such certifications, including a certification substantially
in the form of Exhibit B-1 hereto, legal opinions or other information as
they may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed transfer is being made
pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the
registration requirements of the Securities Act. Upon any transfer of a
beneficial interest in the Global Note to such transferee, the Trustee shall
make an endorsement on the Global Note to reflect a decrease in the aggregate
Principal Amount of the Notes represented by such Global Note, and, at the
request of the transferee, either (1) the Company shall execute a
Certificated Note or Notes in exchange therefor, and the Trustee, upon receipt
of such Certificated Note or Notes and a Company Order, shall authenticate and
deliver such, Certificated Note or Notes or (2) if a Global Note that does
not bear the legend set forth in Section 2.07(d) has previously been
executed and authenticated, the Trustee shall make an endorsement on such Global
Note to reflect a corresponding increase in the aggregate Principal Amount of
Notes represented by such Global Note.

 

endorsed with or have incorporated in the text thereof such legends or recitals
or changes not inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture as may be
required by the Trustee, the Depositary or by the National Association of
Securities Dealers, Inc. in order for the Notes to be tradeable on The Portal
Market or as may be required for the Notes to be tradeable on any other market
developed for trading of securities pursuant to Rule 144A or required to
comply with any applicable law or any regulation thereunder or with the rules
and regulations of any securities exchange or automated quotation system upon
which the Notes may be listed or traded or to conform with any usage with
respect thereto, or to indicate any special limitations or restrictions to which
any particular Notes are subject.

(d) Every Note that
bears or is required under this Section 2.07(d) to bear the legend set
forth in this Section 2.07(d) (together with any Common Stock issued upon
conversion of the Notes and required to bear the legend set forth in
Section 2.07(e), collectively, the "Restricted Securities") shall be
subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Section 2.07(d)
(including those set forth in the legend set forth below) unless such
restrictions on transfer shall be waived by written consent of the Company, and
the holder of each such Restricted Security, by such Noteholder’s acceptance
thereof, agrees to be bound by all such restrictions on transfer. As used in
Sections 2.07(d) and 2.07(c), the term "transfer" encompasses any
sale, pledge, loan, transfer or other disposition whatsoever of any Restricted
Security.

Until the expiration of
the holding period applicable to sales thereof under Rule 144(k) under the
Securities Act (or any successor provision), any certificate evidencing such
Note (and all securities issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof,
other than Common Stock, if any, issued upon conversion thereof, which shall
bear the legend set forth in Section 2.07(e), if applicable) shall bear a
legend in substantially the following form, unless such Note has been sold
pursuant to a registration statement that has been declared effective under the
Securities Act (and which continues to be effective at the time of such
transfer), or unless otherwise agreed by the Company in writing, with written
notice thereof to the Trustee:

THIS
SECURITY AND THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ISSUABLE UPON CONVERSION OF THIS
SECURITY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED
(THE "SECURITIES ACT"), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NEITHER THIS SECURITY, THE
SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ISSUABLE UPON CONVERSION OF THIS SECURITY NOR ANY
INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN OR THEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED,
TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH
REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO,
REGISTRATION.

 

HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR
OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE HOLDING PERIOD
APPLICABLE TO SALES THEREOF UNDER RULE 144(K) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (OR ANY
SUCCESSOR PROVISION) (THE "RESALE RESTRICTION PERIOD"), ONLY (A) TO
ENDEAVOUR INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION (THE "COMPANY"), OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF,
(B) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE
144A, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A "QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER" AS
DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT
OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHICH NOTICE IS GIVEN
THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (C) PURSUANT TO A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES
ACT, OR (D) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION
REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, INCLUDING UNDER RULE 144, IF AVAILABLE,
SUBJECT IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES TO ANY REQUIREMENT OF LAW THAT THE
DISPOSITION OF ITS PROPERTY OR THE PROPERTY OF SUCH INVESTOR ACCOUNT OR ACCOUNTS
BE AT ALL TIMES WITHIN ITS OR THEIR CONTROL. EACH PURCHASER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT
PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE RESALE RESTRICTION PERIOD, THE COMPANY AND THE
TRUSTEE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL,
CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM, AND IN EACH
OF THE FOREGOING CASES, A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THE
OTHER SIDE OF THIS SECURITY IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE
TRUSTEE. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER
EXPIRATION OF THE RESALE RESTRICTION PERIOD.

Any Note (or security
issued in exchange or substitution therefor) as to which such restrictions on
transfer shall have expired in accordance with their terms or as to conditions
for removal of the foregoing legend set forth therein have been satisfied may,
upon surrender of such Note for exchange to the Note Registrar in accordance
with the provisions of this Section 2.07, be exchanged for a new Note or
Notes, of like tenor and aggregate principal amount, which shall not bear the
restrictive legend required by this Section 2.07(d).

 

provisions of this Indenture (other than the provisions set forth in
Section 2.07(c), with respect to transfers of beneficial interests in a
Global Note, and in this Section 2.07(d)), a Global Note may not be
transferred as a whole or in part except by the Depositary to a nominee of the
Depositary or by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or another
nominee of the Depositary or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a
successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary.

Neither any members of,
or participants in, the Depositary (collectively, the "Agent Members")
nor any other Persons on whose behalf Agent Members may act shall have any
rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note registered in the
name of the Depositary or any nominee thereof, or under any such Global Note,
and the Depositary or such nominee, as the case may be, may be treated by the
Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute
owner and holder of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the
Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any
written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary
or such nominee, as the case may be, or impair, as between the Depositary, its
Agent Members and any other person on whose behalf an Agent Member may act, the
operation of customary practices of such Persons governing the exercise of the
rights of a holder of any Note.

The Depositary shall be a
clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act. The Company initially
appoints The Depository Trust Company to act as Depositary with respect to the
Notes in global form. Initially, the Global Note shall be issued to the
Depositary, registered in the name of Cede & Co., as the nominee of the
Depositary, and deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for Cede & Co.

If at any time the
Depositary for a Global Note notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable
to continue as Depositary for such Note, the Company may appoint a successor
Depositary with respect to such Note. If a successor Depositary is not appointed
by the Company within ninety (90) days after the Company receives such notice,
the Company will execute, and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Officers’
Certificate for the authentication and delivery of Notes, will authenticate and
deliver, Certificated Notes, in aggregate principal amount equal to the
principal amount of such Global Note, in exchange for such Global Note.

If a Certificated Note is
issued in exchange for any portion of a Global Note after the close of business
at the office or agency where such exchange occurs on any Regular Record Date
and before the opening of business at such office or agency on the next
succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest will not be payable on such Interest
Payment Date in respect of such Certificated Note, but will be payable on such
Interest Payment Date only to the Person to whom interest in respect of such
portion of such Global Note is payable in accordance with the provisions of this
Indenture.

 

in exchange for all or a part of a Global Note pursuant to this
Section 2.07 shall be registered in such names and in such authorized
denominations as the Depositary, pursuant to instructions from its direct or
indirect participants or otherwise, shall instruct the Trustee. Upon execution
and authentication, the Trustee shall deliver such Certificated Notes to the
Persons in whose names such Certificated Notes are so registered.

At such time as all
interests in a Global Note have been converted, canceled, exchanged for
Certificated Notes, or transferred to a transferee who receives Certificated
Notes thereof, such Global Note shall, upon receipt thereof, be canceled by the
Trustee in accordance with standing procedures and instructions existing between
the Depositary and the Trustee. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any
interest in a Global Note is exchanged for Certificated Notes, converted,
repurchased or canceled, or transferred to a transferee who receives
Certificated Notes therefor or any Certificated Note is exchanged or transferred
for part of a Global Note, the principal amount of such Global Note shall, in
accordance with the standing procedures and instructions existing between the
Depositary and the Trustee, be appropriately reduced or increased, as the case
may be, and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note, by the Trustee to
reflect such reduction or increase.

(e) Until the
expiration of the holding period applicable to sales thereof under Rule 144(k)
under the Securities Act (or any successor provision), any stock certificate
representing Common Stock issued upon conversion of any Note shall bear a legend
in substantially the following form, unless such Common Stock has been sold
pursuant to a registration statement that has been declared effective under the
Securities Act (and which continues to be effective at the time of such
transfer) or such Common Stock has been issued upon conversion of Notes that
have been transferred pursuant to a registration statement that has been
declared effective under the Securities Act, or unless otherwise agreed by the
Company in writing with written notice thereof to the transfer agent:

THIS
SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED
(THE "SECURITIES ACT"), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR
ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN OR THEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD,
ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE
ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT
SUBJECT TO, REGISTRATION.

 

HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR
OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE HOLDING PERIOD
APPLICABLE TO SALES THEREOF UNDER RULE 144(K) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (OR ANY
SUCCESSOR PROVISION) (THE "RESALE RESTRICTION PERIOD"), ONLY (A) TO
ENDEAVOUR INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION (THE "COMPANY"), OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF,
(B) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE
144A, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A "QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER" AS
DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT
OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHICH NOTICE IS GIVEN
THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (C) PURSUANT TO A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES
ACT, OR (D) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION
REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, INCLUDING UNDER RULE 144, IF AVAILABLE,
SUBJECT IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES TO ANY REQUIREMENT OF LAW THAT THE
DISPOSITION OF ITS PROPERTY OR THE PROPERTY OF SUCH INVESTOR ACCOUNT OR ACCOUNTS
BE AT ALL TIMES WITHIN ITS OR THEIR CONTROL. EACH PURCHASER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT
PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE RESALE RESTRICTION PERIOD, THE COMPANY AND THE
TRANSFER AGENT RESERVE THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF
COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, AND
IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING
ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THIS SECURITY IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR
TO THE TRANSFER AGENT. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE
HOLDER AFTER THE EXPIRATION OF THE RESALE RESTRICTION PERIOD.

Any such Common Stock as
to which such restrictions on transfer shall have expired in accordance with
their terms or as to which the conditions for removal of the foregoing legend
set forth therein have been satisfied may, upon surrender of the certificates
representing such shares of Common Stock for exchange in accordance with the
procedures of the transfer agent for the Common Stock, be exchanged for a new
certificate or certificates for a like number of shares of Common Stock, which
shall not bear the restrictive legend required by this Section 2.07(e).

 

Common Stock issued upon the conversion or exchange of a Note that, prior to the
expiration of the holding period applicable to sales thereof under Rule 144(k)
under the Securities Act (or any successor provision), is purchased or owned by
the Company or any Affiliate thereof may not be resold by the Company or such
Affiliate unless registered under the Securities Act or resold pursuant to an
exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in a
transaction which results in such Notes or Common Stock, as the case may be, no
longer being "restricted securities" (as defined under Rule 144).

Section 2.08 .
Replacement Notes. If (a) any mutilated Note is surrendered to the
Trustee, or (b) the Company, the Trustee and, if applicable, the
Authenticating Agent receive evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction,
loss or theft of any Note, and there is delivered to the Company, the Trustee
and, if applicable, the Authenticating Agent such Note or indemnity as may be
required by them to save each of them harmless, then, in the absence of notice
to the Company, the Trustee or, if applicable, the Authenticating Agent that
such Note has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Company shall execute
and upon its written request the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall
authenticate and deliver, in exchange for any such mutilated Note or in lieu of
any such destroyed, lost or stolen Note, a new Note of like tenor and principal
amount, bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.

In case any such
mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note has become or is about to become due
and payable, or is about to be purchased by the Company pursuant to
Article 3 hereof, the Company in its discretion may, instead of issuing a
new Note, pay or purchase such Note, as the case may be.

Upon the issuance of any
new Notes under this Section 2.08, the Company may require the payment of a
sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed
in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of
the Trustee and any Authenticating Agent) connected therewith.

Every new Note issued
pursuant to this Section 2.08 in lieu of any mutilated, destroyed, lost or
stolen Note shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of
the Company, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be at any
time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all benefits of this
Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Notes duly issued
hereunder.

The provisions of this
Section 2.08 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all
other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of
mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes.

Section 2.09 .
Outstanding Notes; Determination of Holders’ Action. Notes outstanding at
any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those
cancelled by it or delivered to it for cancellation, those paid pursuant to
Section 2.08 and those described in this Section 2.09 as not outstanding. A
Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate
thereof holds the Note; provided, however, that in determining whether the
Holders of the requisite principal amount of the outstanding Notes have given or
concurred in any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or
waiver hereunder, Notes owned by the Company or any other obligor upon the Notes
or any Affiliate of the Company or such other obligor shall be disregarded and
deemed not to be outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee
shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization,
direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Notes which a Responsible Officer of
the Trustee actually knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded. Subject to
the foregoing, only Notes outstanding at the time of such determination shall be
considered in any such determination (including, without limitation,
determinations pursuant to Articles 6 and 9).

 

pursuant to Section 2.08, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee
receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide
purchaser.

If the Paying Agent
holds, in accordance with this Indenture, on the Business Day following the
Change of Control Purchase Date, or on Stated Maturity, money or securities, if
permitted hereunder, sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then
immediately after such Change of Control Purchase Date or Stated Maturity, as
the case may be, such Notes shall cease to be outstanding and interest on such
Notes shall cease to accrue.

If a Note is converted in
accordance with Article 10, then from and after the time of conversion on
the conversion date, such Note shall cease to be outstanding and interest shall
cease to accrue on such Note.

Section 2.10 .
Temporary Notes. Pending the preparation of definitive Notes, the Company
may execute, and upon a Company Order the Trustee shall authenticate and
deliver, temporary Notes which are printed, lithographed, typewritten,
mimeographed or otherwise produced, in any authorized denomination,
substantially of the tenor of the definitive Notes in lieu of which they are
issued and with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other
variations as the officers executing such Notes may determine, as conclusively
evidenced by their execution of such Notes.

If temporary Notes are
issued, the Company will cause definitive Notes to be prepared without
unreasonable delay. After the preparation of definitive Notes, the temporary
Notes shall be exchangeable for definitive Notes upon surrender of the temporary
Notes at the office or agency of the Company designated for such purpose
pursuant to Section 2.04, without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for
cancellation of any one or more temporary Notes the Company shall execute and
the Trustee or an Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and deliver in
exchange therefor a like principal amount of definitive Notes of authorized
denominations. Until so exchanged the temporary Notes shall in all respects be
entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Notes.

 

Cancellation. All Notes surrendered for payment, purchase by the Company
pursuant to Article 3, conversion or registration of transfer or exchange
shall, if surrendered to any person other than the Trustee, be delivered to the
Trustee and shall be promptly cancelled by it. The Company may at any time
deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Notes previously authenticated and
delivered hereunder which the Company may have acquired in any manner
whatsoever, and all Notes so delivered shall be promptly cancelled by the
Trustee. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes it has paid or
delivered to the Trustee for cancellation or that any Holder has converted
pursuant to Article 10. No Notes shall be authenticated in lieu of or in
exchange for any Notes cancelled as provided in this Section 2.11, except
as expressly permitted by this Indenture. All cancelled Notes held by the
Trustee shall be disposed of by the Trustee in its customary manner.

Section 2.12 .
Persons Deemed Owners. Prior to due presentment of a Note for registration
of transfer, the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the
Trustee may treat the Person in whose name such Note is registered as the owner
of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of the Note or
the payment of any Change of Control Purchase Price in respect thereof, and
interest thereon, for the purpose of conversion and for all other purposes
whatsoever, whether or not such Note be overdue, and neither the Company, the
Trustee nor any agent of the Company or the Trustee shall be affected by notice
to the contrary.

Section 2.13 .
CUSIP Numbers. The Company in issuing the Notes may use "CUSIP"
numbers (if then generally in use). No representation is made as to the
correctness of such CUSIP numbers and reliance may be placed only on the other
identification numbers printed on the Notes. The Company will promptly notify
the Trustee of any change in the CUSIP numbers.

Section 2.14 .
Default Interest. If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the
Notes, it shall pay, or shall deposit with the Paying Agent money in immediately
available funds sufficient to pay, the defaulted interest, plus (to the extent
lawful) any interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are
Holders on a subsequent special record date. A special record date, as used in
this Section 2.14 with respect to the payment of any defaulted interest,
shall mean the 15th day next preceding the date fixed by the Company for the
payment of defaulted interest, whether or not such day is a Business Day. At
least 15 days before the subsequent special record date, the Company shall
mail to each Holder and to the Trustee a notice that states the subsequent
special record date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest to be
paid.

ARTICLE 3

Redemption and Repurchase Upon A Change Of
Control

Section 3.01 .
Company’s Right to Redeem. Prior to January 20, 2010, the Notes shall
not be redeemable at the Company’s option. At any time on or after
January 20, 2010 and prior to Stated Maturity, the Company, at its option,
may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, in accordance with the provisions of
Section 3.02, Section 3.03 and Section 3.04 on the Redemption
Date for a redemption price (the "Redemption Price") in cash equal to
100% of the principal amount of the Notes plus any accrued and unpaid interest
and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes redeemed to but excluding the
Redemption Date.

 

Notice of Optional Redemption; Selection of Notes.

(a) In case the
Company shall desire to exercise the right to redeem all or, as the case may be,
any part of the Notes pursuant to Section 3.01, it shall fix a date for
redemption (the "Redemption Date") and it or, at its written request
(which request must include the information listed in Section 3.02(b) and
be received by the Trustee not fewer than thirty-five (35) days prior (or
such shorter period of time as may be acceptable to the Trustee) to the
Redemption Date), the Trustee in the name of and at the expense of the Company,
shall mail or cause to be mailed a notice of such redemption (a "Redemption
Notice") not fewer than twenty (20) nor more than sixty (60) days
prior to the Redemption Date to each holder of Notes so to be redeemed as a
whole or in part at its last address as the same appears on the Note Register;
provided that if the Company shall give such notice, it shall also give
written notice of the Redemption Date to the Trustee. Such mailing shall be by
first class mail. The notice, if mailed in the manner herein provided, shall be
conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the holder
receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice by mail or any
defect in the notice to the holder of any Note designated for redemption as a
whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the
redemption of any other Note. Concurrently with the mailing of any such
Redemption Notice, the Company shall issue a press release announcing such
redemption, the form and content of which press release shall be determined by
the Company in its sole discretion. The failure to issue any such press release
or any defect therein shall not affect the validity of the Redemption Notice or
any of the proceedings for the redemption of any Note called for redemption.

(b) Each such
Redemption Notice shall specify the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be
redeemed, the CUSIP, ISIN or similar number or numbers of the Notes being
redeemed, the Redemption Date (which shall be a Business Day), the Redemption
Price at which Notes are to be redeemed, the place or places of payment, that
payment will be made upon presentation and surrender of such Notes, that
Interest accrued and unpaid up to but not including the Redemption Date will be
paid as specified in said notice, and that on and after said date Interest
thereon or on the portion thereof to be redeemed will cease to accrue. Such
notice shall also state the current Conversion Rate and the date on which the
right to convert such Notes or portions thereof into Common Shares will expire.
If fewer than all the Notes are to be redeemed, the Redemption Notice shall
identify the Notes to be redeemed (including CUSIP, ISIN or similar number or
numbers, if any). In case any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the
Redemption Notice shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be
redeemed and shall state that, on and after the Redemption Date, upon surrender
of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed
portion thereof will be issued.

 

the Redemption Date specified in the Redemption Notice given as provided in this
Section 3.02, the Company will deposit with the Trustee or with one or more
Paying Agents an amount of money in immediately available funds sufficient to
redeem on the Redemption Date all the Notes (or portions thereof) so called for
redemption (other than those theretofore surrendered for conversion into Common
Shares) at the appropriate Redemption Price; provided that if such
payment is made on the Redemption Date it must be received by the Trustee or
Paying Agent, as the case may be, by 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on
such date. The Company shall be entitled to retain any interest, yield or gain
on amounts deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent pursuant to this
Section 3.02(c) in excess of amounts required hereunder to pay the
Redemption Price. Subject to the last sentence of Section 7.05, if any Note
called for redemption is converted pursuant hereto prior to such Redemption
Date, any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent or so segregated
and held in trust for the redemption of such Note shall be paid to the Company
upon its written request, or, if then held by the Company, shall be discharged
from such trust. Whenever any Notes are to be redeemed, the Company will give
the Trustee written notice in the form of an Officers’ Certificate not fewer
than thirty-five (35) days (or such shorter period of time as may be
acceptable to the Trustee) prior to the Redemption Date as to the aggregate
principal amount of Notes to be redeemed.

(d) If the Company
opts to redeem less than all of the Outstanding Notes, the Trustee shall select
or cause to be selected the Notes or portions thereof of the Global Note or the
Notes in certificated form to be redeemed (in principal amounts of $1,000 or
integral multiples thereof) by lot, on a pro rata basis or by another method the
Trustee deems fair and appropriate. If any Note selected for partial redemption
is submitted for conversion in part after such selection, the portion of such
Note submitted for conversion shall be deemed (so far as may be possible) to be
from the portion selected for redemption. The Notes (or portions thereof) so
selected shall be deemed duly selected for redemption for all purposes hereof,
notwithstanding that any such Note is submitted for conversion in part before
the mailing of the Redemption Notice.

Upon any redemption of
less than all of the Outstanding Notes, the Company and the Trustee may (but
need not), solely for purposes of determining the pro rata allocation among such
Notes as are unconverted and Outstanding at the time of redemption, treat as
Outstanding any Notes surrendered for conversion during the period of fifteen
(15) days next preceding the mailing of a Redemption Notice and may (but
need not) treat as Outstanding any Note authenticated and delivered during such
period in exchange for the unconverted portion of any Note converted in part
during such period.

Section 3.03 .
Payment of Notes Called for Redemption by the Company. If notice of
redemption has been given as provided in Section 3.02(a), the Notes or
portion of Notes with respect to which such notice has been given shall, unless
converted into Common Shares pursuant to the terms hereof, become due and
payable on the Redemption Date and at the place or places stated in such notice
at the applicable Redemption Price, unless the Company shall default in the
payment of the Redemption Price. Interest on the Notes or portion of Notes so
called for redemption shall cease to accrue and after the close of business on
the Business Day immediately preceding the Redemption Date (unless the Company
shall default in the payment of the Redemption Price), such Notes shall cease to
be convertible into Common Shares and, except as provided in Section 7.05,
to be entitled to any benefit or security under this Indenture, and the holders
thereof shall have no right in respect of such Notes except the right to receive
the Redemption Price thereof. On presentation and surrender of such Notes at a
place of payment in said notice specified, the said Notes or the specified
portions thereof shall be paid and redeemed by the Company at the applicable
Redemption Price; provided that if the applicable Redemption Date is an
Interest Payment Date, the Interest payable on such Interest Payment Date shall
be paid on such Interest Payment Date to the holders of record of such Notes on
the applicable record date instead of the holders surrendering such Notes for
redemption on such date.

 

Note redeemed in part only, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall
authenticate and make available for delivery to the holder thereof, at the
expense of the Company, a new Note or Notes, of authorized denominations, in
principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the Note or Notes so
presented.

Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the Trustee shall not redeem any Notes or mail any Redemption Notices
during the continuance of a default in payment of Interest on the Notes. If any
Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for
redemption, the principal shall, until paid or duly provided for, continue to
bear interest at the rate borne by the Note, and such Note shall remain
convertible into Common Shares, cash or a combination of cash and Common Shares
until the principal and Interest shall have been paid or duly provided for. The
Company will notify all of the holders if the Company redeems any of the Notes.

Section 3.04 .
Conversion Arrangement on Call for Redemption. In connection with any
redemption of Notes, the Company may arrange for the purchase and conversion of
any Notes by an agreement with one or more investment banks or other purchasers
to purchase such Notes by paying to the Trustee in trust for the Noteholders, on
or before the date fixed for redemption, an amount not less than the applicable
redemption price, together with Interest accrued and unpaid to, but excluding,
the date fixed for redemption, of such Notes. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary contained in this Article 3, the obligation of the Company to pay
the redemption price of such Notes, together with Interest accrued and unpaid
to, but excluding, the date fixed for redemption, shall be deemed to be
satisfied and discharged to the extent such amount is so paid by such
purchasers. If such an agreement is entered into, a copy of which will be filed
with the Trustee prior to the date fixed for redemption, any Notes not duly
surrendered for conversion by the holders thereof may, at the option of the
Company, be deemed, to the fullest extent permitted by law, acquired by such
purchasers from such holders and surrendered by such purchasers for conversion,
all as of immediately prior to the close of business on the date fixed for
redemption (and the right to convert any such Notes shall be extended through
such time), subject to payment of the above amount as aforesaid. At the
direction of the Company, the Trustee shall hold and dispose of any such amount
paid to it in the same manner as it would monies deposited with it by the
Company for the redemption of Notes. Without the Trustee’s prior written
consent, no arrangement between the Company and such purchasers for the purchase
and conversion of any Notes shall increase or otherwise affect any of the
powers, duties, responsibilities or obligations of the Trustee as set forth in
this Indenture.

 

Purchase of Notes at Option of the Holder Upon Change of Control.
(a) If there shall have occurred a Change of Control, all or any
portion of the Notes of any Holder equal to $1,000 or a whole multiple of
$1,000, shall be repurchased by the Company, at the option of such Holder, at a
repurchase price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes to
be repurchased, together with accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated
Damages, if any, to, but excluding, the purchase date (the "Change of Control
Purchase Price"), on the date (the "Change of Control Purchase Date")
that is 45 days after the date the Company delivered the notice required
under Section 3.05(d) (or if such 45th day is not a Business Day, the next
succeeding Business Day); provided, however, that if the Change of Control
Purchase Date is after a Regular Record Date but on or prior to the
corresponding Interest Payment Date, the accrued and unpaid interest becoming
due on such Interest Payment Date shall be payable to the Holders of such Notes,
or one or more predecessor Notes, registered as such on the relevant Regular
Record Date according to their terms.

If there shall have
occurred a Change of Control pursuant to clause (ii) of the definition
thereof set forth in this Section 3.05(a), the Company will pay on the
Change of Control Purchase Date a Make-Whole Premium to the Holders of the Notes
in addition to the Change of Control Purchase Price. The Make-Whole Premium will
also be paid on the Change of Control Purchase Date to the Holders of the Notes
who convert their Notes on or after the date on which the Company has given a
notice to all Holders of Notes in accordance with Section 3.05(d) hereof
and on or before the Change of Control Purchase Date.

The "Make-Whole
Premium" will be determined by reference to the table below and is based on
the date on which the Change of Control becomes effective (the "Effective
Date") and the price (the "Stock Price") paid per share of the
Company’s Common Stock in the transaction constituting the Change of Control. If
the holders of the Company’s Common Stock receive only cash in the transaction,
the Stock Price shall be the cash amount paid per share of the Company’s Common
Stock. Otherwise, the Stock Price shall be equal to the average Closing Price
per share of the Company’s Common Stock over the ten Trading Day period ending
on the Trading Day immediately preceding the Effective Date.

The following table shows
what the Make-Whole Premium would be for each hypothetical Stock Price and
Effective Date set forth below, expressed as a percentage of the principal
amount of the Notes.

Make-Whole Premium
Upon a Change of Control (% of Face Value)

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Stock Price on Effective Date
	
      Effective date
	 	$			 	$	5.00		 	$	6.00		 	$	7.00		 	$	8.00		 	$	9.00		 	$	10.00		 	$	11.00		 	$	12.00		 	$	13.00		 	$	14.00		 	$	15.00		 	$	16.00	
	
       
	 		3.72		 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
      January 15, 2005
	 		0.0	%	 		23.2	%	 		21.7	%	 		20.2	%	 		19.0	%	 		17.9	%	 		17.0	%	 		16.2	%	 		15.5	%	 		14.9	%	 		14.3	%	 		13.7	%	 		13.2	%
	
      January 15, 2006
	 		0.0	%	 		21.4	%	 		19.6	%	 		18.0	%	 		16.7	%	 		15.6	%	 		14.8	%	 		14.0	%	 		13.3	%	 		12.7	%	 		12.2	%	 		11.7	%	 		11.2	%
	
      January 15, 2007
	 		0.0	%	 		19.0	%	 		16.9	%	 		15.1	%	 		13.7	%	 		12.6	%	 		11.8	%	 		11.1	%	 		10.5	%	 		10.0	%	 		9.5	%	 		9.1	%	 		8.7	%
	
      January 15, 2008
	 		0.0	%	 		15.7	%	 		13.1	%	 		11.1	%	 		9.6	%	 		8.6	%	 		7.8	%	 		7.3	%	 		6.8	%	 		6.5	%	 		6.2	%	 		5.9	%	 		5.7	%
	
      January 15, 2009
	 		0.0	%	 		10.8	%	 		7.5	%	 		5.3	%	 		4.0	%	 		3.3	%	 		2.8	%	 		2.5	%	 		2.4	%	 		2.2	%	 		2.1	%	 		2.1	%	 		2.0	%
	
      January 15, 2010
	 		0.0	%	 		0.0	%	 		0.0	%	 		0.0	%	 		0.0	%	 		0.0	%	 		0.0	%	 		0.0	%	 		0.0	%	 		0.0	%	 		0.0	%	 		0.0	%	 		0.0	%
	
      January 15, 2011
	 		0.0	%	 		0.0	%	 		0.0	%	 		0.0	%	 		0.0	%	 		0.0	%	 		0.0	%	 		0.0	%	 		0.0	%	 		0.0	%	 		0.0	%	 		0.0	%	 		0.0	%
	
      January 15, 2012
	 		0.0	%	 		0.0	%	 		0.0	%	 		0.0	%	 		0.0	%	 		0.0	%	 		0.0	%	 		0.0	%	 		0.0	%	 		0.0	%	 		0.0	%	 		0.0	%	 		0.0	%
	
       
	 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	

 

The actual Stock Price and Effective Date may not be set
forth on the table, in which case:

(i) If the actual Stock Price on the Effective Date is between
two Stock Prices on the table or the actual Effective Date is between two
Effective Dates on the table, the Make-Whole Premium will be determined by a
straight-line interpolation between the Make-Whole Premiums set forth for the
two Stock Prices and the two Effective Dates on the table based on a 365-day
year, as applicable;

(ii) If the Stock Price on the Effective Date exceeds $16.00 per
share (subject to adjustment described below), no Make-Whole Premium will be
paid; and

(iii) If the Stock Price on the Effective Date is less than or
equal to $3.72 per share (subject to adjustment described below), no Make-Whole
Premium will be paid.

The Stock Prices set
forth in the first column of the table above will be adjusted as of any date on
which the Conversion Rate is adjusted. The adjusted Stock Prices will equal the
Stock Prices applicable immediately prior to such adjustment multiplied by a
fraction, the numerator of which is the Conversion Rate immediately prior to the
adjustment giving rise to the Stock Price adjustment and the denominator of
which is the Conversion Rate so adjusted.

The Company shall pay, at
its option, the Change of Control Purchase Price and/or Make-Whole Premium in
cash or shares of its Common Stock.

If the Company pays the
Change of Control Purchase Price and/or Make-Whole Premium in shares of its
Common Stock, the value of its Common Stock to be delivered in respect of the
Change of Control Purchase Price and/or Make-Whole Premium shall be deemed to be
equal to the average Closing Price per share over the ten Trading Day period
ending on the Trading Day immediately preceding the Change of Control Purchase
Date. The Company may pay the Change of Control Purchase Price and/or Make-Whole
Premium in shares of its Common Stock only if the information necessary to
calculate the Closing Price per share is published in a daily newspaper of
general circulation or by other appropriate means.

Whenever in this
Indenture (including Sections 2.01, 6.01(a) and 6.07 hereof) or
Exhibit A annexed hereto there is a reference, in any context, to the
principal of any Note as of any time, such reference shall be deemed to include
reference to the Change of Control Purchase Price in respect to such Note to the
extent that such Change of Control Purchase Price is, was or would be so payable
at such time, plus any applicable Make-Whole Premium, and express mention
of the Change of Control Purchase Price in any provision of this Indenture shall
not be construed as excluding the Change of Control Purchase Price in those
provisions of this Indenture when such express mention is not made.

 

Control" of the Company shall be deemed to have occurred at such time after
the original issuance of the Notes as any of the following events shall occur:

(i) any "person" or "group" (as such terms are used in Sections
13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the
"Exchange Act"), acquires the beneficial ownership (as defined in
Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that such Person shall
be deemed to have "beneficial ownership" of all securities that such
Person has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately
or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, through a purchase,
merger or other acquisition transaction, of 50% or more of the total voting
power of the total outstanding Voting Stock of the Company other than an
acquisition by the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any employee benefit
plans of the Company; or

(ii) the Company consolidates with, or merges with or into,
another Person or conveys, transfers, leases or otherwise disposes of all or
substantially all of its assets to any Person, or any Person consolidates with
or merges with or into the Company other than:

(A) any transaction (1) that does not result in any
reclassification, conversion, exchange or cancellation of outstanding shares of
the Capital Stock of the Company and (2) pursuant to which holders of the
Capital Stock of the Company immediately prior to the transaction are entitled
to exercise, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the total voting power of
all shares of the Capital Stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the
election of directors of the continuing or surviving person immediately after
the transaction;

(B) any merger for the purpose of changing the Company’s
jurisdiction of incorporation and resulting in a reclassification, conversion or
exchange of outstanding shares of Common Stock solely into shares of common
stock of the surviving entity; or

(C) any transaction in which all of the consideration for the
Common Stock (excluding cash payments for fractional shares and cash payments
made in respect of dissenters’ appraisal rights) in the transaction or
transactions constituting the Change of Control consists of common stock traded
on a United States national securities exchange or quoted on the Nasdaq National
Market, or which will be so traded or quoted when issued or exchanged in
connection with the Change of Control, and as a result of such transaction or
transactions the Notes become convertible solely into such common stock, or

 

(iii) during any consecutive two-year period, individuals who at
the beginning of that two-year period constituted the Board of Directors
(together with any new directors whose election to the Board of Directors, or
whose nomination for election by the stockholders of the Company, was approved
by a vote of a majority of the directors then still in office who were either
directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for
election were previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a
majority of the Board of Directors then in office; or

(iv) the stockholders of the Company pass a special resolution
approving a plan of liquidation or dissolution and no additional approvals of
the Company’s stockholders are required under applicable law to cause a
liquidation or dissolution.

Beneficial ownership will
be determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 promulgated by the SEC under
the Exchange Act. The term "person" includes any syndicate or group that would
be deemed a "person" under Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act.

(b) The following
are conditions to the Company’s election to pay for the Change of Control
Purchase Price and Make-Whole Premium in Common Stock:

(i) The shares of
Common Stock to be issued upon repurchase of Notes hereunder:

(A) shall not require registration under any federal securities
law before such shares may be freely transferable without being subject to any
transfer restrictions under the Securities Act upon repurchase or, if such
registration is required, such registration shall be completed and shall become
effective prior to the Change of Control Purchase Date; and

(B) shall not require registration with, or approval of, any
governmental authority under any state law or any other federal law before
shares may be validly issued or delivered upon repurchase or if such
registration is required or such approval must be obtained, such registration
shall be completed or such approval shall be obtained prior to the Change of
Control Purchase Date.

(ii) The shares of Common Stock to be listed upon repurchase of
Notes hereunder are, or shall have been, approved for listing on the American
Stock Exchange or listed on another national securities exchange or, if not so
listed, on the Nasdaq National Market or the Nasdaq OTC Bulletin Board service
(f/k/a NASDAQ Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board), in any case, prior to the Change
of Control Purchase Date, and the Company complies with the listing requirements
thereof.

(iii) All shares of Common Stock which may be issued upon
repurchase of Notes will be issued out of the Company’s authorized but unissued
Common Stock and will, upon issue, be duly and validly issued and fully paid and
nonassessable and free of any preemptive or similar rights.

 

(iv) If any of the conditions set forth in clauses
(i) through (iii) of this Section 3.05(b) are not satisfied in
accordance with the terms thereof, the Change of Control Purchase Price and
Make-Whole Premium shall be paid by the Company only in cash. The Company may
not change the form of consideration to be paid with respect to the Change of
Control Purchase Price and Make-Whole Premium once it has given notice set forth
in Section 3.05(d) to Holders, except as described in the immediately preceding
sentence.

(c) Notwithstanding
the foregoing, in the case of a Public Acquirer Change of Control (as defined
below), the Company may, in lieu of paying a Make-Whole Premium as described in
Section 3.05(a), elect to adjust the Conversion Rate and the related conversion
obligation such that from and after the effective date of such Public Acquirer
Change of Control, Holders of the Notes will be entitled to convert the Notes
into a number of shares of Public Acquirer Common Stock (as defined below) by
multiplying the Conversion Rate in effect immediately before the Public Acquirer
Change of Control by a fraction:

(i) the numerator of which will be (i) in the case of a
share exchange, consolidation, merger or binding share exchange, pursuant to
which the Common Stock is converted into cash, securities or other property, the
average value of all cash and any other consideration (as determined by the
Board of Directors) paid or payable per share of Common Stock or (ii) in
the case of any other Public Acquirer Change of Control, the average of the last
reported sale price of the Common Stock for the five consecutive trading days
prior to but excluding the effective date of such Public Acquirer Change of
Control, and

(ii) the denominator of which will be the average of the last
reported sale prices of the Public Acquirer Common Stock for the five
consecutive trading days commencing on the Trading Day next succeeding the
effective date of such Public Acquirer Change of Control.

A "Public Acquirer
Change of Control" means any event constituting a Change Of Control that
would otherwise obligate the Company to pay a Make-Whole Premium as described in
Section 3.05(a) and the acquirer (or any entity that is a directly or
indirectly wholly-owned Subsidiary of the acquirer or of which the acquirer is a
directly or indirectly wholly-owned Subsidiary) has a class of common stock
traded on a national securities exchange or quoted on the Nasdaq National Market
or which will be so traded or quoted when issued or exchanged in connection with
such event (the ‘‘Public Acquirer Common Stock’’).

After the adjustment of
the Conversion Rate in connection with a Public Acquirer Change of Control, the
Conversion Rate will be subject to further similar adjustments in the event that
any of the events described in Section 10.01 occur thereafter.

Upon a Public Acquirer
Change of Control, if the Company so elects, Holders may convert the Notes at
the adjusted Conversion Rate described in the second preceding paragraph but
will not be entitled to the Make-Whole Premium described under
Section 3.05(a). The Company is required to notify Holders of its election
in writing of such transaction. In addition, the Holder can also, subject to
certain conditions, require the Company to repurchase all or a portion of its
Notes as described under Section 3.05(a).

 

the 30th day after the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Company, or, at
the written request and expense of the Company prior to or on the 30th day after
such occurrence, the Trustee, shall give to all Holders, in the manner provided
in Section 12.02 hereof, notice of the occurrence of the Change of Control
and of the purchase right set forth herein arising as a result thereof. The
Company shall also deliver a copy of such notice of a purchase right to the
Trustee. The notice shall include a form of Change of Control Purchase Notice
(as defined in Section 3.05(e)) to be completed by the Holder and shall
state:

(1) briefly, the events causing a Change of Control and the date
of such Change of Control;

(2) the date by which the Change of Control Purchase Notice
pursuant to this Section 3.05 must be given;

(3) the Change of
Control Purchase Date;

(4) the Change of Control Purchase Price and whether the Change
of Control Purchase Price will be payable in cash or Common Stock;

(5) the name and address of the Paying Agent and the Conversion
Agent;

(6) that Notes as to which a Change of Control Purchase Notice
has been given may be converted pursuant to Article 10 hereof only if the
Change of Control Purchase Notice has been withdrawn in accordance with the
terms of this Indenture;

(7) that Notes must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to
collect payment;

(8) that the Change of Control Purchase Price for any Note as to
which a Change of Control Purchase Notice has been duly given and not withdrawn
will be paid promptly following the later of the Change of Control Purchase Date
and the time of surrender of such Note as described in (7) above;

(9) briefly, the procedures the Holder must follow to exercise
rights under this Section 3.05;

(10) briefly, the conversion rights of the Notes, including the
Conversion Rate and any adjustments thereto;

 

(11) the procedures for withdrawing a Change of Control Purchase
Notice;

(12) the CUSIP
number of the Notes;

(13) whether a Make-Whole Premium shall be paid by the Company
and the form of consideration to be paid in respect of the Make-Whole Premium;
and

(14) if a Make-Whole Premium is paid by the Company, that a
Make-Whole Premium shall be paid by the Company on the Change of Control
Purchase Date to Holders of Notes who have converted their Notes into the
Company’s Common Stock on or after the date the Company has given notice to all
Holders in accordance with Section 3.05(d) and on or before the Change of
Control Purchase Date.

(e) A Holder may
exercise its rights specified in this Section 3.05 upon delivery of a
written notice of purchase ("Change of Control Purchase Notice") to the
Paying Agent prior to the Change of Control Purchase Date, stating:

(1) the certificate number of the Note, if any, which the Holder
will deliver to be purchased or the appropriate Depositary procedures if the
Notes are not in certificated form;

(2) the portion of the principal amount of the Note which the
Holder will deliver to be purchased, which portion must be $1,000 or any whole
multiple thereof; and

(3) that such Note shall be purchased pursuant to the terms and
conditions specified in paragraph 5 on the reverse side of the Notes and in this
Indenture.

If the Notes are not in
certificated form, a Holder’s Change of Control Purchase must comply with the
appropriate DTC procedures.

The delivery of such Note
to the Paying Agent prior to the Change of Control Purchase Date (together with
all necessary endorsements) at the offices of the Paying Agent shall be a
condition to the receipt by the Holder of the Change of Control Purchase Price
therefor; provided, however, that such Change of Control Purchase Price shall be
so paid pursuant to this Section 3.05 only if the Note so delivered to the
Paying Agent shall conform in all respects to the description thereof set forth
in the related Change of Control Purchase Notice.

The Company shall
purchase from the Holder thereof, pursuant to this Section 3.05, a portion
of a Note so delivered for purchase if the principal amount of such portion is
$1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000. Provisions of this Indenture that
apply to the purchase of all of a Note also apply to the purchase of such
portion of such Note.

 

Company contemplated pursuant to the provisions of this Section 3.05 shall
be consummated by the delivery of the consideration to be received by the Holder
promptly following the later of the Change of Control Purchase Date and the time
of delivery of the Note to the Paying Agent in accordance with this
Section 3.05.

Notwithstanding anything
herein to the contrary, any Holder delivering to the Paying Agent the Change of
Control Purchase Notice contemplated by this Section 3.05 shall have the
right to withdraw such Change of Control Purchase Notice at any time prior to
the close of business on the Business Day prior to the Change of Control
Purchase Date by delivery of a written notice of withdrawal to the Paying Agent
in accordance with Section 3.06.

The Paying Agent shall
promptly notify the Company of the receipt by it of any Change of Control
Purchase Notice or written withdrawal thereof.

Section 3.06 .
Effect of Change of Control Purchase Notice. Upon receipt by the Paying
Agent of the Change of Control Purchase Notice specified in
Section 3.05(e), the Holder of the Note in respect of which such Change of
Control Purchase Notice was given shall (unless such Change of Control Purchase
Notice is withdrawn as specified in the following two paragraphs) thereafter be
entitled to receive solely the Change of Control Purchase Price with respect to
such Note. Such Purchase Price (along with the Make-Whole Premium, if any) shall
be paid to such Holder, subject to receipt of consideration for the Notes by the
Paying Agent, promptly following the later of (x) the Change of Control
Purchase Date with respect to such Note (provided the conditions in Section
3.05(e), as the case may be, have been satisfied) or (y) the time of
delivery of such Note to the Paying Agent by the Holder thereof in the manner
required by Section 3.05(e), as the case may be. Notes in respect of which
a Change of Control Purchase Notice has been given by the Holder thereof may not
be converted pursuant to Article 10 hereof on or after the date of the
delivery of such Change of Control Purchase Notice unless such Change of Control
Purchase Notice has first been validly withdrawn as specified in the following
two paragraphs.

A Change of Control
Purchase Notice may be withdrawn by means of a written notice of withdrawal
delivered to the office of the Paying Agent in accordance with the Change of
Control Purchase Notice at any time prior to the close of business on the
Business Day immediately preceding the Change of Control Purchase Date
specifying:

(1) the certificate number of the Note in respect of which such
notice of withdrawal is being submitted or, if not in certificated form, the
applicable Depositary procedures,

(2) the principal amount of the Note with respect to which such
notice of withdrawal is being submitted, and

 

(3) the principal amount, if any, of such Note which remains
subject to the original Change of Control Purchase Notice and which has been or
will be delivered for purchase by the Company.

There shall be no
purchase of any Notes pursuant to Section 3.05 if there has occurred (prior
to, on or after, as the case may be, the giving, by the Holders of such Notes,
of the required Change of Control Purchase Notice) and is continuing an Event of
Default (other than a default in the payment of the Change of Control Purchase
Price with respect to such Notes). The Paying Agent will promptly return to the
respective Holders thereof any Notes (x) with respect to which a Change of
Control Purchase Notice has been withdrawn in compliance with this Indenture, or
(y) held by it during the continuance of an Event of Default (other than a
default in the payment of the Change of Control Purchase Price with respect to
such Notes) in which case, upon such return, the Change of Control Purchase
Notice with respect thereto shall be deemed to have been withdrawn.

Section 3.07 .
Deposit of Change of Control Purchase Price. Prior to 10:00 a.m. (New
York City time) on the Change of Control Purchase Date, the Company shall
deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent (or, if the Company or a
Subsidiary or an Affiliate of either of them is acting as the Paying Agent,
shall segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 2.05) an amount of
cash (in immediately available funds if deposited on such Business Day) or
Common Stock sufficient to pay the aggregate Change of Control Purchase Price of
all the Notes or portions thereof which are to be purchased as of the Change of
Control Purchase Date and an amount in cash or shares of Common Stock sufficient
to pay any Make-Whole Premium.

If the Trustee or other
Paying Agent appointed by the Company, or the Company or an Affiliate of the
Company, if it or such Affiliate is acting as the Paying Agent, holds cash or
shares of Common Stock sufficient to pay the aggregate Change of Control
Purchase Price of all the Notes or portions thereof that are to be purchased as
of the Change of Control Purchase Date and an amount in cash or shares of Common
Stock sufficient to pay any Make-Whole Premium, then immediately after the
Change of Control Purchase Date (i) such Notes will cease to be
outstanding, (ii) interest on such Notes will cease to accrue and
(iii) all other rights of the holders of such Notes will terminate other
than the right to receive the Change of Control Purchase Price and the
Make-Whole Premium, if any, upon delivery of the Notes, whether or not
book-entry transfer of the Notes has been made or the Notes have been delivered
to the Trustee or Paying Agent.

Section 3.08 .
Notes Purchased in Part. Any Note which is to be purchased only in part
shall be surrendered at the office of the Paying Agent (with, if the Company or
the Trustee so requires, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer
in form satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder
thereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing) and the Company
shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of
such Note, without service charge, a new Note or Notes, of any authorized
denomination as requested by such Holder in aggregate principal amount equal to,
and in exchange for, the portion of the principal amount of the Note so
surrendered which is not purchased.

 

Covenant to Comply with Securities Laws upon Purchase of Notes. In
connection with any offer to purchase or purchase of Notes under
Section 3.05 hereof (provided that such offer or purchase constitutes an
"issuer tender offer" for purposes of Rule 13e-4 (which term, as used
herein, includes any successor provision thereto) under the Exchange Act at the
time of such offer or purchase), the Company shall (i) comply with
Rule 13e-4, Rule 14e-1 and any other tender offer rules under the
Exchange Act which may then be applicable, (ii) file the related
Schedule TO (or any successor schedule, form or report) or any other
schedule required under the Exchange Act, and (iii) otherwise comply with
all federal and state securities laws so as to permit the rights and obligations
under Section 3.05 to be exercised in the time and in the manner specified
in Section 3.05.

Section 3.10 .
Repayment to the Company. The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall return to
the Company any cash or shares of Common Stock that remains unclaimed as
provided in paragraph 12 of the Notes, together with interest or dividends, if
any, thereon, held by them for the payment of the Change of Control Purchase
Price and Make-Whole Premium, if any; provided, however, that to the extent that
the aggregate amount of cash or shares of Common Stock deposited by the Company
pursuant to Section 3.07 exceeds the aggregate Change of Control Purchase
Price of the Notes and Make-Whole Premium, if any, or portions thereof which the
Company is obligated to purchase as of the Change of Control Purchase Date then
promptly after the Business Day following the Change of Control Purchase Date
the Trustee shall return any such excess to the Company together with interest
or dividends, if any, thereon.

ARTICLE 4

Covenants

Section 4.01 .
Payment of Principal, Premium, Interest on the Notes. The Company will duly
and punctually pay the principal of and premium, if any, and interest (including
Liquidated Damages, if any) in respect of the Notes in accordance with the terms
of the Notes and this Indenture. The Company will deposit or cause to be
deposited with the Trustee as directed by the Trustee, no later than the day of
the Stated Maturity of any Note or installment of interest, all payments so due.
Principal amount, Change of Control Purchase Price, cash interest and any
applicable Make-Whole Premium shall be considered paid on the applicable date
due if on such date (or, in the case of a Change of Control Purchase Price or
any applicable Make-Whole Premium on the Business Day following the applicable
Change of Control Purchase Date) the Trustee or the Paying Agent holds, in
accordance with this Indenture, money or Notes, if permitted hereunder,
sufficient to pay all such amounts then due.

The Company shall, to the
extent permitted by law, pay cash interest on overdue amounts at the rate per
annum set forth in paragraph 1 of the Notes, which interest shall accrue from
the date such overdue amount was originally due to the date payment of such
amount, including interest thereon, has been made or duly provided for. All such
interest shall be payable on demand.

 

Reports by the Company. The Company shall file with the Trustee (and the SEC
after the Indenture becomes qualified under the TIA), and transmit to holders of
Notes, such information, documents and other reports and such summaries thereof,
as may be required pursuant to the TIA at the times and in the manner provided
pursuant to the TIA, whether or not the Notes are governed by the TIA; provided,
however, that any such information, documents or reports required to be filed
with the SEC pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act shall be
filed with the Trustee within fifteen (15) days after the same is so
required to be filed with the SEC; provided, however, that delivery may be
effected in accordance with the provisions of Rule 19a-1 under the TIA if
and during any time the Company is eligible thereunder; and provided further,
that the Company shall not be required to deliver to the Trustee any material
for which the Company has sought and received confidential treatment by the SEC.
Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for
informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not
constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or
determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s
compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is
entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates).

Section 4.03 .
Compliance Certificate. The Company shall deliver to the Trustee within 120
days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company (beginning with the fiscal
year ending on December 31, 2005) an Officers’ Certificate, stating whether
or not to the best knowledge of the signers thereof the Company is in default in
the performance and observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of
this Indenture (without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice
provided hereunder) and if the Company shall be in default, specifying all such
defaults and the nature and status thereof of which they may have knowledge.

Section 4.04 .
Further Instruments and Acts. Upon request of the Trustee, the Company will
execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be
reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purposes of
this Indenture.

Section 4.05 .
Maintenance of Office or Agency. The Company will maintain in the Borough of
Manhattan, the City of New York, an office or agency of the Trustee, Note
Registrar, Paying Agent and Conversion Agent where Notes may be presented or
surrendered for payment, where Notes may be surrendered for registration of
transfer, exchange, purchase or conversion and where notices and demands to or
upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The
Corporate Trust Office and each office or agency of the Trustee in the Borough
of Manhattan, the City of New York, shall initially be one such office or agency
for all of the aforesaid purposes. The Company shall give prompt written notice
to the Trustee of the location, and of any change in the location, of any such
office or agency (other than a change in the location of the office of the
Trustee). If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required
office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof,
such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the
address of the Trustee set forth in Section 12.02.

 

time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may
be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to
time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or
rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain
an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York, for such
purposes.

Section 4.06 .
Delivery of Certain Information. At any time when the Company is not subject
to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, upon the request of a holder or
any beneficial holder of Notes or shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion
thereof, the Company will promptly furnish or cause to be furnished
Rule 144A Information (as defined below) to such Holder or any beneficial
holder of Notes or holder of shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of
Notes, or to a prospective purchaser of any such security designated by any such
holder, as the case may be, to the extent required to permit compliance by such
Holder or holder with Rule 144A under the Securities Act in connection with
the resale of any such security. "Rule 144A Information" shall be
such information as is specified pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the
Securities Act.

Section 4.07 .
Existence. Subject to Article 5, the Company will do or cause to be
done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its
existence and rights (charter and statutory); provided, however, that the
Company shall not be required to preserve any such right if the Company shall
determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of
the business of the Company and that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous in
any material respect to the Noteholders.

Section 4.08 .
Maintenance of Properties. The Company will cause all properties used or
useful in the conduct of its business or the business of any Significant
Subsidiary to be maintained and kept in good condition, repair and working order
and supplied with all necessary equipment and will cause to be made all
necessary repairs, renewals, replacements, betterments and improvements thereof,
all as in the judgment of the Company may be necessary so that the business
carried on in connection therewith may be properly and advantageously conducted
at all times; provided, however, that nothing in this Section shall prevent the
Company from discontinuing the operation or maintenance of any of such
properties if such discontinuance is, in the judgment of the Company, desirable
in the conduct of its business or the business of any Significant Subsidiary and
not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Noteholders.

Section 4.09 .
Payment of Taxes and Other Claims. The Company will pay or discharge, or
cause to be paid or discharged, before the same may become delinquent,
(i) all taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon
the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or upon the income, profits or
property of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary, (ii) all claims for
labor, materials and supplies which, if unpaid, might by law become a lien or
charge upon the property of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary and
(iii) all stamps and other duties, if any, which may be imposed by the
United States or any political subdivision thereof or therein in connection with
the issuance, transfer, exchange or conversion of any Notes or with respect to
this Indenture; provided, however, that, in the case of clauses (i) and
(ii), the Company shall not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid
or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim (A) if the failure
to do so will not, in the aggregate, have a material adverse impact on the
Company, or (B) if the amount, applicability or validity is being contested
in good faith by appropriate proceedings.

 

Liquidated Damages Notice. In the event that the Company is required to pay
Liquidated Damages to holders of Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights
Agreement, the Company will provide written notice ("Liquidated Damages
Notice") to the Trustee of its obligation to pay Liquidated Damages no later
than fifteen days prior to the proposed payment date for the Liquidated Damages,
and the Liquidated Damages Notice shall set forth the amount of Liquidated
Damages to be paid by the Company on such payment date. The Trustee shall not at
any time be under any duty or owe a responsibility to any holder of Notes to
determine the Liquidated Damages, or with respect to the nature, extent or
calculation of the amount of Liquidated Damages when made, or with respect to
the method employed in such calculation of the Liquidated Damages.

ARTICLE 5

Successor Corporation

Section 5.01 .
When Company May Merge Or Transfer Assets. The Company may, without the
consent of the Holders of the Notes, consolidate with, merge with or convert
into any other Person or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of
its properties and assets to any other Person, if:

(a) (i) such
Person (other than an individual) is organized and validly existing under the
laws of the United States or any State thereof or the District of Columbia or
any political subdivisions of the United States or (ii) the Company
delivers to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the
Trustee to the effect that the rights of the Holders of the Notes would not be
affected adversely as a result of the law of the jurisdiction of organization of
such Person insofar as such law affects the ability of such Person to pay and
perform any obligations and undertakings in connection with its Notes or the
ability of the Holders to enforce such obligations and undertakings, if such
Person is organized under the laws of a foreign jurisdiction, and (iii) in
case of (i) or (ii) such Person shall expressly assume, by an
indenture supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form
satisfactory to the Trustee, all of the obligations of the Company under the
Notes and this Indenture;

(b) at the time of
such transaction, no Event of Default and no event which, after notice or lapse
of time, would become an Event of Default, shall have happened and be
continuing; and

 

shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of
Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer or
lease and, if a supplemental indenture is required in connection with such
transaction, such supplemental indenture, comply with this Article 5 and
that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction
have been satisfied.

For purposes of the
foregoing, the transfer (by lease, assignment, sale or otherwise) of the
properties and assets of one or more Subsidiaries (other than to the Company or
another Subsidiary), which, if such assets were owned by the Company, would
constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company,
shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties
and assets of the Company.

The successor person
formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or the
successor person to which such conveyance, transfer or lease is made shall
succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of,
the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor had
been named as the Company herein; and thereafter, except in the case of a lease
and obligations the Company may have under a supplemental indenture pursuant to
Section 10.11, the Company shall be discharged from all obligations and
covenants under this Indenture and the Notes. Subject to Section 9.06, the
Company, the Trustee and the successor person shall enter into a supplemental
indenture to evidence the succession and substitution of such successor person
and such discharge and release of the Company.

ARTICLE 6

Defaults And Remedies

Section 6.01 .
Events of Default. An "Event of Default" occurs if:

(a) the Company
fails to pay when due the principal of or premium (including Make-Whole
Premium), if any, on any of the Notes at maturity, upon exercise of a repurchase
right or otherwise;

(b) the Company
fails to pay an installment of interest (including Liquidated Damages, if any)
on any of the Notes that continues for 30 days after the date when due;

(c) the Company
fails to deliver shares of Common Stock, together with cash in lieu of
fractional shares and any Make-Whole Premium, when such Common Stock or cash in
lieu of fractional shares and any Make-Whole Premium are required to be
delivered upon conversion of a Note and such failure continues for 10 days
after such delivery date;

(d) the Company
fails to give notice regarding a Change of Control within the time period
specified in Section 3.05;

 

fails to perform or observe any other term, covenant or agreement contained in
the Notes or this Indenture for a period of 60 days after receipt by the
Company of a Notice of Default (as defined below);

(f) (i) the
Company or any Significant Subsidiary fails to make any payment by the end of
the applicable grace period, if any, after the final scheduled payment date for
such payment with respect to any indebtedness for borrowed money in an aggregate
amount in excess of $5 million or (ii) indebtedness for borrowed money
of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary in an aggregate amount in excess of
$5 million shall have been accelerated or otherwise declared due and
payable, or required to be prepaid or repurchased (other than by regularly
scheduled required prepayment) prior to the scheduled maturity thereof as a
result of a default with respect to such indebtedness, in either case without
such indebtedness referred to in subclause (i) or (ii) of this clause
(f) having been discharged, cured, waived, rescinded or annulled, for a period
of 30 days after receipt by the Company of a Notice of Default;

(g) the Company, or
any Significant Subsidiary, or any Subsidiaries of the Company which in the
aggregate would constitute a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or under or
within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

(i) commences a
voluntary case or proceeding;

(ii) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in
an involuntary case or proceeding or the commencement of any case against it;

(iii) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for
any substantial part of its property;

(iv) makes a
general assignment for the benefit of its creditors;

(v) files a petition in bankruptcy or answer or consent seeking
reorganization or relief; or

(vi) consents to the filing of such a petition or the
appointment of or taking possession by a Custodian; and

(h) a court of
competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

(i) is for relief against the Company or any Significant
Subsidiary or any Subsidiaries of the Company which in the aggregate would
constitute a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case or proceeding, or
adjudicates the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or any Subsidiaries of the
Company which in the aggregate would constitute a Significant Subsidiary
insolvent or bankrupt;

(ii) appoints a Custodian of the Company or any Significant
Subsidiary or any Subsidiaries of the Company which in the aggregate would
constitute a Significant Subsidiary or for any substantial part of its or their
properties; or

 

(iii) orders the winding up or liquidation of the Company or any
Significant Subsidiary or any Subsidiaries of the Company which in the aggregate
would constitute a Significant Subsidiary;

and the order or decree remains unstayed
and in effect for 60 days.

For purposes of
Sections 6.01(g) and 6.01(h) above:

"Bankruptcy Law" means Title 11, United States Code, or any
similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

"Custodian" means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator,
custodian or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

A Default under clause
(e) or (f) above is not an Event of Default until the Trustee notifies
the Company, or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the
Notes at the time outstanding notify the Company and the Trustee, of the Default
and the Company does not cure such Default (and such Default is not waived)
within the time specified in clause (e) or (f) above after actual
receipt of such notice. Any such notice must specify the Default, demand that it
be remedied and state that such notice is a "Notice of Default."

The Company shall deliver
to the Trustee, within five Business Days of becoming aware of the occurrence of
an Event of Default, written notice thereof. In addition, the Company shall
deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after they become aware of the
occurrence thereof, written notice of any event which with the lapse of time
would become an Event of Default under clause (e) above, its status and
what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

The Trustee shall, within
90 days of the occurrence of an Event of Default, give to the Noteholders
notice of all uncured Events of Defaults known to it, provided that the
Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if the Trustee, in good
faith, determines that the withholding of such notice is in the best interest of
the Noteholders, except in the case of an Event of Default described in
Section 6.01(a) or 6.01(b).

Section 6.02 .
Acceleration. If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default
specified in Section 6.01(g) or 6.01(h)) occurs and is continuing, the
Trustee by notice to the Company, or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate
principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding by notice to the Company
and the Trustee, may declare the Notes due and payable at their principal amount
together with accrued interest (including Liquidated Damages, if any). Upon a
declaration of acceleration, such principal and accrued and unpaid interest to
the date of payment shall be immediately due and payable. If an Event of Default
is cured prior to any such declaration by the Trustee or the Holders, the
Trustee and the Holders shall not be entitled to declare the Notes due and
payable as provided herein as a result of such cured Event of Default and any
such cured Event of Default shall be deemed waived by the Holders and the
Trustee.

 

specified in Sections 6.01(g) or 6.01(h) above occurs and is continuing,
then the principal and the accrued interest (including Liquidated Damages, if
any) on all the Notes shall become and be immediately due and payable without
any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Noteholders.

The Holders of a majority
in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding, by notice to
the Trustee (and without notice to any other Noteholder) may rescind or annul an
acceleration and its consequences if the rescission would not conflict with any
judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default have been cured or
waived except nonpayment of the principal and any accrued cash interest
(including Liquidated Damages, if any) that have become due solely as a result
of acceleration and if all amounts due to the Trustee under Section 7.06
have been paid. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair
any right consequent thereto.

Section 6.03 .
Other Remedies. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee
may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of the principal, the
premium, if any, and any accrued cash interest (including Liquidated Damages, if
any) on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or
this Indenture.

The Trustee may maintain
a proceeding even if the Trustee does not possess any of the Notes or produce
any of the Notes in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any
Noteholder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default
shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of, or acquiescence
in, the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All
available remedies are cumulative.

Section 6.04 .
Waiver of Past Defaults. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal
amount of the Notes at the time outstanding, by notice to the Trustee (and
without notice to any other Noteholder), may waive an existing Event of Default
and its consequences except (1) an Event of Default described in
Section 6.01(a) or 6.01(b) or (2) an Event of Default in respect of a
provision that under Section 9.02 cannot be amended without the consent of
each Noteholder affected. When an Event of Default is waived, it is deemed
cured, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Event of
Default or impair any consequent right.

Section 6.05 .
Control By Majority. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount
of the Notes at the time outstanding may direct the time, method and place of
conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of
exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. However, the Trustee may
refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or that
the Trustee determines in good faith is prejudicial to the rights of other
Noteholders or would involve the Trustee in personal liability unless the
Trustee is offered indemnity satisfactory to it against loss, liability or
expense.

 

Limitation On Suits. A Noteholder may not pursue any remedy with respect to
this Indenture or the Notes unless:

(1) the Holder gives to the Trustee written notice stating that
an Event of Default is continuing;

(2) the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of
the Notes at the time outstanding make a written request to the Trustee to
pursue the remedy;

(3) such Holder or Holders offer to the Trustee indemnity
satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;

(4) the Trustee does not comply with the request within
60 days after receipt of such notice, request and offer of security or
indemnity; and

(5) the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of
the Notes at the time outstanding do not give the Trustee a direction
inconsistent with the request during such 60-day period.

A Noteholder may not use
this Indenture to prejudice the rights of any other Noteholder or to obtain a
preference or priority over any other Noteholder.

Section 6.07 .
Rights of Holders to Receive Payment. Notwithstanding any other provision of
this Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive payment of the principal
amount, premium, if any, Change of Control Purchase Price, the Make-Whole
Premium, if applicable, or any accrued cash interest (including Liquidated
Damages, if any) in respect of the Notes held by such Holder, on or after the
respective due dates expressed in the Notes or any Change of Control Purchase
Date, and to convert the Notes in accordance with Article 10, or to bring
suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates
or the right to convert, shall not be impaired or affected adversely without the
consent of such Holder.

Section 6.08 .
Collection Suit by Trustee. If an Event of Default described in Section
6.01(a) or 6.01(b) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in
its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the
whole amount owing with respect to the Notes and the amounts provided for in
Section 7.06.

Section 6.09 .
Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. In case of the pendency of any
receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement,
adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to the Company or
any other obligor upon the Notes or the property of the Company or of such other
obligor or their creditors, the Trustee (irrespective of whether the principal
amount, Change of Control Purchase Price, any applicable Make-Whole Premium or
any accrued cash interest in respect of the Notes shall then be due and payable
as therein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether
the Trustee shall have made any demand on the Company for the payment of any
such amount) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding
or otherwise,

 

prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal amount, Change of Control
Purchase Price, any applicable Make-Whole Premium or any accrued cash interest
and to file such other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in
order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable
compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents
and counsel or any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.06) and of
the Holders allowed in such judicial proceeding, and

(b) to collect and
receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims
and to distribute the same;

and any custodian, receiver, assignee,
trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or similar official in any such judicial
proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the
Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such
payments directly to the Holders, to pay the Trustee any amount due it for the
reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee,
its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under
Section 7.06.

Nothing herein contained shall be deemed
to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf
of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition
affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the
Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

Section 6.10 .
Priorities. If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this
Article 6, it shall pay out the money in the following order:

(1) to the Trustee
for amounts due under Section 7.06;

(2) to Noteholders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for
the principal amount, Change of Control Purchase Price or any accrued cash
interest (including Liquidated Damages, if any) as the case may be, ratably,
without preference or priority of any kind, according to such amounts due and
payable on the Notes; and

(3) the balance, if
any, to the Company.

The Trustee may fix a
record date and payment date for any payment to Noteholders pursuant to this
Section 6.10. At least 15 days before such record date, the Trustee
shall mail to each Noteholder and the Company a notice that states the record
date, the payment date and the amount to be paid.

 

Undertaking For Costs. In any suit for the enforcement of any right or
remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action
taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the
filing by any party litigant (other than the Trustee) in the suit of an
undertaking to pay the costs of the suit in the manner and to the extent
provided in the TIA, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable
costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party
litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the
claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply
to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07 or a
suit by Holders of more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at
the time outstanding.

Section 6.12 .
Waiver Of Stay, Extension Or Usury Laws. The Company covenants (to the
extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, or
plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of,
any stay or extension law or any usury or other law wherever enacted, now or at
any time hereafter in force, which would prohibit or forgive the Company from
paying all or any portion of the principal amount, Change of Control Purchase
Price, any applicable Make-Whole Premium or any accrued cash interest (including
Liquidated Damages, if any) in respect of Notes, or any interest on such
amounts, as contemplated herein, or which may affect the covenants or the
performance of this Indenture; and the Company (to the extent that it may
lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such
law, and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any
power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of
every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

ARTICLE 7

Trustee

Section 7.01 .
Duties And Responsibilities Of The Trustee; During Default; Prior To
Default. The Trustee, prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default
hereunder and after the curing or waiving of all such Events of Default which
may have occurred, undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are
specifically set forth in this Indenture. In case an Event of Default hereunder
has occurred (which has not been cured or waived), the Trustee shall exercise
such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same
degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a reasonable person would
exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs.

No provision of this
Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own
negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful
misconduct, except that

(a) prior to the
occurrence of an Event of Default hereunder and after the curing or waiving of
all such Events of Default which may have occurred:

(i) the duties and obligations of the Trustee shall be
determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture, and the Trustee
shall not be liable except for the performance of such duties and obligations as
are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied covenants or
obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

 

(ii) in the absence of bad faith on the part of the Trustee, the
Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the
correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon any statements, certificates
or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this
Indenture; but in the case of any such statements, certificates or opinions
which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the
Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine
whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture;

(b) the Trustee
shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a
Responsible Officer or Responsible Officers of the Trustee, unless it shall be
proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

(c) the Trustee
shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by
it in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Holders pursuant to
Section 6.05 relating to the time, method and place of conducting any
proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or
power conferred upon the Trustee, under this Indenture.

None of the provisions
contained in this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own
funds or otherwise incur personal financial liability in the performance of any
of its duties or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers.

Section 7.02 .
Certain Rights of the Trustee. Subject to Section 7.01:

(a) the Trustee may
conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from
acting upon any resolution, Officers’ Certificate or any other certificate,
statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond,
debenture, note, coupon, Note or other paper or document (whether in its
original or facsimile form) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed
or presented by the proper party or parties;

(b) any request,
direction, order or demand of the Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently
evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate (unless other evidence in respect thereof
be herein specifically prescribed); and any resolution of the Board of Directors
may be evidenced to the Trustee by a copy thereof certified by the secretary or
an assistant secretary of the Company;

(c) the Trustee may
consult with counsel of its selection and any advice or Opinion of Counsel shall
be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action
taken, suffered or omitted to be taken by it hereunder in good faith and in
accordance with such advice or Opinion of Counsel;

 

shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the trusts or powers vested in
it by this Indenture with the request, order or direction of any of the
Noteholders pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, unless such
Noteholders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity
satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be
incurred therein or thereby;

(e) the Trustee
shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted by it in good faith and
believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion, rights or powers
conferred upon it by this Indenture;

(f) prior to the
occurrence of an Event of Default hereunder and after the curing or waiving of
all such Events of Default, the Trustee shall not be bound to make any
investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate,
statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order,
approval, appraisal, bond, debenture, note, coupon, security, or other paper or
document unless requested in writing to do so by the Holders of not less than a
majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding; provided
that, if the payment within a reasonable time to the Trustee of the costs,
expenses or liabilities likely to be incurred by it in the making of such
investigation is, in the opinion of the Trustee, not reasonably assured to the
Trustee by the security afforded to it by the terms of this Indenture, the
Trustee may require reasonable indemnity against such expenses or liabilities as
a condition to proceeding; the reasonable expenses of every such investigation
shall be paid by the Company or, if paid by the Trustee or any predecessor
trustee, shall be repaid by the Company upon demand;

(g) the Trustee may
execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder
either directly or by or through agents or attorneys not regularly in its employ
and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the
part of any such agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder;

(h) the Trustee
shall not be required to take notice or be deemed to have notice of any Event of
Default, except failure of the Company to cause to be made any of the payments
required to be made to the Trustee, unless the Trustee shall be specifically
notified by a writing of such default by the Company or by the Holders of at
least 25% aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding delivered to
the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee and, in the absence of such notice so
delivered the Trustee may conclusively assume no default exists;

(i) the rights,
privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee,
including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and
shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and
each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder;

(j) before taking
any action or refraining from taking any action under this Indenture, the
Trustee may require that indemnity satisfactory to it be furnished for the
reimbursement of all expenses to which it may be put and to protect it against
all liability, including costs incurred in defending itself against any and all
charges, claims, complaints, allegations, assertions or demands of any nature
whatsoever, except liability which is adjudicated to be a result of the
Trustee’s negligence or willful misconduct in connection with any such action;
and

 

therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the
conduct of, or affecting the liability of, or affording protection to the
Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 7.02.

Section 7.03 .
Trustee not Responsible for Recitals, Dispositions of Notes or Application of
Proceeds Thereof. The recitals contained herein and in the Notes, except the
Trustee’s certificates of authentication, shall be taken as the statements of
the Company, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for the correctness of
the same. The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or sufficiency
of this Indenture or of the Notes. The Trustee shall not be accountable for the
use or application by the Company of any of the Notes or of the proceeds
thereof.

Section 7.04 .
Trustee and Agents May Hold Notes; Collections, Etc.. The Trustee or any
agent of the Company or the Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity,
may become the owner or pledgee of Notes with the same rights it would have if
it were not the Trustee or such agent and, subject to Sections 7.08 and
7.13, if operative, may otherwise deal with the Company and receive, collect,
hold and retain collections from the Company with the same rights it would have
if it were not the Trustee or such agent.

Section 7.05 .
Moneys Held by Trustee. Subject to the provisions of Section 8.04
hereof, all moneys received by the Trustee shall, until used or applied as
herein provided, be held in trust for the purposes for which they were received,
but need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by
mandatory provisions of law. Neither the Trustee nor any agent of the Company or
the Trustee shall be under any liability for interest on any moneys received by
it hereunder. Under no circumstances shall the Trustee be liable in its
individual capacity for the obligations evidenced by the Notes. In accepting the
trust hereby created, the Trustee acts solely as Trustee for the Holders of the
Notes and not in its individual capacity and all persons, including without
limitation the Holders of Notes and the Company having any claim against the
Trustee arising from this Indenture shall look only to the funds and accounts
held by the Trustee hereunder for payment except as otherwise provided herein.

Section 7.06 .
Compensation And Indemnification Of Trustee And Its Prior Claim.. The
Company covenants and agrees to pay to the Trustee from time to time, and the
Trustee shall be entitled to, such compensation (which shall not be limited by
any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express
trust) to be agreed to in writing by the Trustee and the Company, and the
Company covenants and agrees to pay or reimburse the Trustee and each
predecessor Trustee upon its request for all expenses, disbursements and
advances incurred or made by or on behalf of it in accordance with any of the
provisions of this Indenture (including (i) the reasonable compensation and
the expenses and disbursements of its counsel and of all agents and other
persons not regularly in its employ and (ii) interest at the prime rate on
any disbursements and advances made by the Trustee and not paid by the Company
within 5 days after receipt of an invoice for such disbursement or advance)
except any such expense, disbursement or advance as shall be determined by a
court of competent jurisdiction to have been caused by its own negligence or bad
faith. The Company also covenants to fully indemnify each of the Trustee, each
predecessor Trustee, any Authenticating Agent and any officer, director,
employee or agent of the Trustee, each such predecessor Trustee or any such
Authenticating Agent for, and to hold it harmless against, any and all loss,
liability, claim, damage or expense (including legal fees and expenses) incurred
without negligence or willful misconduct on its part, arising out of or in
connection with the acceptance or administration of this Indenture or the trusts
hereunder and its duties hereunder, including the costs and expenses of
defending itself against or investigating any claim of liability in the
premises. The obligations of the Company under this Section 7.06 to
compensate and indemnify the Trustee, each predecessor Trustee, any
Authenticating Agent and any officer, director, employee or agent of the
Trustee, each such predecessor Trustee or any such Authenticating Agent and to
pay or reimburse the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee for expenses,
disbursements and advances shall constitute additional indebtedness hereunder
and shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. Such
additional indebtedness shall be a senior claim to that of the Notes upon all
property and funds held or collected by the Trustee as such, except funds held
in trust for the benefit of the Holders of particular Notes, and the Notes are
hereby effectively subordinated to such senior claim to such extent. The
provisions of this Section 7.06 shall survive the termination of this
Indenture and the resignation or removal of the Trustee. The Trustee’s fees and
expenses are intended to constitute an "Administrative Expense" under the
Bankruptcy Law.

 

Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise
incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder,
or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if repayment of such funds or
adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not assured to its
satisfaction.

Section 7.07 .
Right of Trustee to Rely on Officers’ Certificate, Etc.. Subject to Sections
7.01 and 7.02, whenever in the administration of the trusts of this Indenture
the Trustee shall deem it necessary or desirable that a matter be proved or
established prior to taking or suffering or omitting any action hereunder, such
matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically
prescribed) may, in the absence of negligence or bad faith on the part of the
Trustee, be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by an Officers’
Certificate delivered to the Trustee, and such certificate, in the absence of
negligence or bad faith on the part of the Trustee, shall be full warrant to the
Trustee for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it under the provisions of
this Indenture upon the faith thereof.

Section 7.08 .
Conflicting Interests. If the Trustee has or shall acquire a conflicting
interest within the meaning of the TIA, the Trustee shall either eliminate such
interest or resign, to the extent and in the manner provided by, and subject to
the provisions of, the TIA.

Section 7.09 .
Persons Eligible for Appointment as Trustee. The Trustee shall at all times
be a corporation or banking association having a combined capital and surplus of
at least $50,000,000. If such corporation or banking association publishes
reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements
of the aforesaid supervising or examining authority, then, for the purposes of
this Section 7.09, the combined capital and surplus of such corporation
shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most
recent report of condition so published. In case at any time the Trustee shall
cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this
Section 7.09, the Trustee shall resign immediately in the manner and with
the effect specified in Section 7.10.

 

Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor Trustee. (a) The
Trustee, or any trustee or trustees hereafter appointed, may at any time resign
with respect to one or more or all series of Notes by giving written notice of
resignation to the Company and by mailing notice thereof by first class mail to
the Holders of Notes at their last addresses as they shall appear on the Note
Register. Upon receiving such notice of resignation, the Company shall promptly
appoint a successor trustee or trustees by written instrument in duplicate,
executed by authority of the Board of Directors, one copy of which instrument
shall be delivered to the resigning Trustee and one copy to the successor
trustee or trustees. If no successor trustee shall have been so appointed and
have accepted appointment within 30 days after the mailing of such notice
of resignation, the resigning trustee may petition, at the expense of the
Company, any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor
trustee, or any Noteholder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note for at
least six months may, subject to the provisions of Section 7.11, on behalf
of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any such court for the
appointment of a successor trustee. Such court may thereupon, after such notice,
if any, as it may deem proper and prescribe, appoint a successor trustee.

(b) In case at any
time any of the following shall occur:

(i) the Trustee shall fail to comply with the provisions of
Section 7.08 with respect to any Notes after written request therefor by
the Company or by any Noteholder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note for
at least six months; or

(ii) the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with
the provisions of Section 7.09 and shall fail to resign after written
request therefor by the Company or by any Noteholder; or

(iii) the Trustee shall become incapable of acting or shall be
adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or a receiver or liquidator of the Trustee or
of its property shall be appointed, or any public officer shall take charge or
control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of
rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation; or

(iv) the Company shall determine that the Trustee has failed to
perform its obligations under this Indenture in any material respect;

 

remove the Trustee and appoint a successor trustee by written instrument, in
duplicate, executed by order of the Board of Directors, one copy of which
instrument shall be delivered to the Trustee so removed and one copy to the
successor trustee, or, subject to the provisions of Section 7.11, any
Noteholder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note for at least six months may
on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of
competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a
successor trustee. Such court may thereupon, after such notice, if any, as it
may deem proper and prescribe, remove the Trustee and appoint a successor
trustee. If no successor trustee shall have been appointed and have accepted
appointment within 30 days after a notice of removal has been given, the
removed trustee may petition a court of competent jurisdiction for the
appointment of a successor trustee.

(c) The Holders of a
majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding may
at any time remove the Trustee and appoint a successor trustee by delivering to
the Trustee so removed, to the successor trustee so appointed and to the Company
the evidence provided for in Section 1.05 of the action in that regard
taken by the Noteholders.

(d) Any resignation
or removal of the Trustee and any appointment of a successor trustee pursuant to
any of the provisions of this Section 7.10 shall become effective upon
acceptance of appointment by the successor trustee as provided in
Section 7.11.

Section 7.11 .
Acceptance of Appointment by Successor Trustee. Any successor trustee
appointed as provided in Section 7.10 shall execute and deliver to the
Company and to the predecessor trustee an instrument accepting such appointment
hereunder, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the predecessor trustee
shall become effective and such successor trustee, without any further act, deed
or conveyance, shall become vested with all rights, powers, duties and
obligations of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally
named as trustee hereunder; but, nevertheless, on the written request of the
Company or of the successor trustee, upon payment of its charges then unpaid,
the trustee ceasing to act shall pay over to the successor trustee all moneys at
the time held by it hereunder and shall execute and deliver an instrument
transferring to such successor trustee all such rights, powers, duties and
obligations. Upon request of any such successor trustee, the Company shall
execute any and all instruments in writing for more fully and certainly vesting
in and confirming to such successor trustee all such rights and powers. Any
trustee ceasing to act shall, nevertheless, retain a prior claim upon all
property or funds held or collected by such trustee to secure any amounts then
due it pursuant to the provisions of Section 7.06.

No successor trustee
shall accept appointment as provided in this Section 7.11 unless at the
time of such acceptance such successor trustee shall be qualified under the
provisions of Section 7.08 and eligible under the provisions of
Section 7.09.

Upon acceptance of
appointment by any successor trustee as provided in this Section 7.11, the
Company shall mail notice thereof by first class mail to the Holders of Notes at
their last addresses as they shall appear in the Note Register. If the
acceptance of appointment is substantially contemporaneous with the resignation,
then the notice called for by the preceding sentence may be combined with the
notice called for by Section 7.10. If the Company fails to mail such notice
within ten days after acceptance of appointment by the successor trustee, the
successor trustee shall cause such notice to be mailed at the expense of the
Company.

 

Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business of Trustee. Any
corporation or banking association into which the Trustee may be merged or
converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation or banking
association resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the
Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation or banking association succeeding
to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Trustee,
shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder; provided that such corporation
or banking association shall be qualified under the provisions of
Section 7.08 and eligible under the provisions of Section 7.09,
without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of
any of the parties hereto, anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding. In
case at the time such successor to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts
created by this Indenture any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not
delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of
authentication of any predecessor Trustee or Authenticating Agent and deliver
such Notes so authenticated; and, in case at that time any of the Notes shall
not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee or any Authenticating
Agent appointed by such successor Trustee may authenticate such Notes either in
the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor Trustee;
and in all such cases such certificate shall have the full force and effect that
this Indenture provides for the certificate of authentication of the Trustee;
provided that the right to adopt the certificate of authentication of any
predecessor Trustee or to authenticate Notes in the name of any predecessor
Trustee shall apply only to its successor or successors by merger, conversion or
consolidation.

Section 7.13 .
Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company. If and when the
Trustee shall be or become a creditor of the Company (or any other obligor upon
the Notes), the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of the TIA regarding
the collection of the claims against the Company (or any such other obligor).

Section 7.14 .
Reports By The Trustee. (a) Within sixty (60) days after
May 15 of each year commencing with the year 2005, the Trustee shall
transmit to Holders and other persons such reports dated as of May 15 of
the year in which such reports are made concerning the Trustee and its actions
under this Indenture as may be required pursuant to the TIA.

(b) A copy of each
such report shall, at the time of such transmission to Noteholders, be furnished
to the Company and be filed by the Trustee with each stock exchange upon which
the Notes are listed and also with the SEC. The Company agrees to notify the
Trustee when and as the Notes become admitted to trading on any national
securities exchange or become delisted therefrom.

Section 7.15 .
Trustee to Give Notice of Default, But May Withhold in Certain
Circumstances. The Trustee shall transmit to the Noteholders, as the names
and addresses of such Holders appear on the Note Register, notice by mail of all
Events of Defaults which have occurred, such notice to be transmitted within
90 days after the occurrence thereof, unless such defaults shall have been
cured before the giving of such notice; provided that, except in the case of an
Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or
interest (including Liquidated Damages, if any) on any of the Notes when due or
in the payment of any repurchase obligation, the Trustee shall be protected in
withholding such notice if and so long as the board of directors, the executive
committee, or a trust committee of directors or trustees and/or Responsible
Officers of the Trustee in good faith determines that the withholding of such
notice is in the best interests of the Noteholders.

 

Discharge Of Indenture

Section 8.01 .
Discharge Of Indenture. When all outstanding Notes will become due and
payable within one year of their Stated Maturity and the Company has deposited
with the Trustee cash sufficient to pay and discharge all outstanding Notes on
the date of their Stated Maturity, then the Company may discharge its
obligations under this Indenture while Notes remain outstanding; provided that
provisions of Section 2.04, Section 2.05, Section 2.06,
Section 2.07, Section 2.08, Section 4.01, Section 4.05,
Section 7.06, Article 10 and this Article 8 shall survive until
the Notes have been paid in full. The Trustee shall join in the execution of a
document prepared by the Company acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of
this Indenture on demand of the Company accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate
and Opinion of Counsel as required by Section 12.04 and at the cost and
expense of the Company; the Company, however, hereby agrees to reimburse the
Trustee for any costs or expenses thereafter reasonably and properly incurred by
the Trustee and to compensate the Trustee for any services thereafter reasonably
and properly rendered by the Trustee in connection with this Indenture or the
Notes. The Company will remain obligated to issue shares of its Common Stock
upon conversion of the Notes until such maturity as described under
Article 10.

Section 8.02 .
[intentionally Omitted].

Section 8.03 .
Paying Agent to Repay Monies Held. Upon the discharge of this Indenture, all
monies then held by any Paying Agent of the Notes (other than the Trustee)
shall, upon written request of the Company, be repaid to it or paid to the
Trustee, and thereupon such Paying Agent shall be released from all further
liability with respect to such monies.

Section 8.04 .
Return Of Unclaimed Monies. Subject to the requirements of applicable law,
any monies deposited with or paid to the Trustee or the Paying Agent for payment
of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on Notes and not applied but
remaining unclaimed by the holders of Notes for two years after the date upon
which the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on such Notes, as the case
may be, shall have become due and payable, shall be repaid to the Company by the
Trustee or the Paying Agent on written demand and all liability of the Trustee
or the Paying Agent shall thereupon cease with respect to such monies; and the
holder of any of the Notes shall thereafter look only to the Company for any
payment that such holder may be entitled to collect unless an applicable
abandoned property law designates another Person.

 

Supplemental Indentures

Section 9.01 .
Without Consent Of Holders. The Company and the Trustee may, from time to
time and at any time, enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto
without the consent of any Noteholder for one or more of the following purposes:

(a) adding to the
Company’s covenants for the benefit of the Holders;

(b) surrendering any
right or power conferred upon the Company, including, without limitation, the
right to pay the Purchase Price upon Change of Control and/or Make-Whole Premium
in shares of the Company’s Common Stock;

(c) providing for
the assumption of the Company’s obligations to the Holders in the case of a
merger, consolidation, conveyance, transfer or lease in accordance with
Article 5;

(d) increasing the
Conversion Rate or reducing the Conversion Price; provided that the increase or
reduction will not adversely affect the interests of Holders in any material
respect;

(e) complying with
the requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of
this Indenture under the TIA;

(f) making any
changes or modifications to this Indenture necessary in connection with the
registration of the Notes under the Securities Act as contemplated by the
Registration Rights Agreement; provided that this action does not adversely
affect the interests of the Holders in any material respect;

(g) curing any
ambiguity or correcting or supplementing any defective provision contained in
this Indenture; provided that such modification or amendment does not adversely
affect the interests of the Holders in any material respect; provided, however,
that any change to conform this Indenture to the Description of the Notes
contained in the Private Placement Memorandum shall be deemed not to adversely
affect the interests of the Holders of the Notes in any material respect;

(h) adding or
modifying any other provisions which the Company and the Trustee may deem
necessary or desirable and which will not adversely affect the interests of the
Holders in any material respect;

(i) complying with
the requirements regarding merger or transfer of assets; or

 

uncertificated Notes in addition to the certificated Notes so long as such
uncertificated Notes are in registered form for purpose of the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended.

Notwithstanding any other provision of the
Indenture or the Notes, the Registration Rights Agreement and the obligation to
pay Liquidated Damages thereunder may be amended, modified or waived in
accordance with the provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement.

Section 9.02 .
With Consent Of Holders. With the written consent of the Holders of at least
a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding,
the Company and the Trustee may, from time to time and at any time, enter into
an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any
provisions to or change in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of
this Indenture or any supplemental indenture or of modifying in any manner the
rights of the Holders of the Notes. However, without the consent of each
Noteholder so affected, a supplemental indenture may not:

(a) change the
payment date of the principal of or any installment of interest on any Note
(including any payment of Liquidated Damages or Make-Whole Premium);

(b) reduce the
principal amount of, or any premium (including Make-Whole Premium) or interest
on (including any payment of Liquidated Damages), any Note;

(c) change the
currency of payment of such Note or interest thereon;

(d) impair the right
to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to any
Note;

(e) modify the
Company’s obligations to maintain an office or agency in New York City;

(f) except as
otherwise permitted or contemplated by provisions concerning corporate
reorganizations, adversely affect the repurchase option of Holders upon a Change
of Control or the conversion rights of Holders; or

(g) reduce the
percentage in aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding necessary to
modify or amend this Indenture or to waive any past Event of Default.

It shall not be necessary
for the consent of the Holders under this Section 9.02 to approve the
particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall be
sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

After a supplemental
indenture under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Company shall mail
to each Holder a notice briefly describing the supplemental indenture.

 

Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. Every supplemental indenture executed
pursuant to this Article shall comply with the TIA; provided that this
Section 9.03 shall not require such supplemental indenture or the Trustee
to be qualified under the TIA prior to the time such qualification is in fact
required under the terms of the TIA or the Indenture has been qualified under
the TIA, nor shall it constitute any admission or acknowledgment by any party to
such supplemental indenture that any such qualification is required prior to the
time such qualification is in fact required under the terms of the TIA or the
Indenture has been qualified under the TIA.

Section 9.04 .
Revocation and Effect of Consents, Waivers and Actions. Until a supplemental
indenture, waiver or other action by Holders becomes effective, a consent
thereto by a Holder of a Note hereunder is a continuing consent by the Holder
and every subsequent Holder of that Note or portion of the Note that evidences
the same obligation as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the
consent, waiver or action is not made on the Note. However, any such Holder or
subsequent Holder may revoke the consent, waiver or action as to such Holder’s
Note or portion of the Note if the Trustee receives the notice of revocation
before the date the supplemental indenture, waiver or action becomes effective.
After a supplemental indenture, waiver or action becomes effective, it shall
bind every Noteholder.

Section 9.05 .
Notation on or Exchange of Notes. Notes authenticated and delivered after
the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to this Article may, and
shall if required by the Trustee, bear a notation in form approved by the
Trustee as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture. If the
Company shall so determine, new Notes so modified as to conform, in the opinion
of the Trustee and the Board of Directors, to any such supplemental indenture
may be prepared and executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by
the Trustee or an Authenticating Agent in exchange for outstanding Notes.

Section 9.06 .
Trustee to Sign Supplemental Indentures. The Trustee shall sign any
supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the
amendment contained therein does not adversely affect the rights, duties,
liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. If it does, the Trustee may, but need
not, sign such supplemental indenture. In signing such supplemental indenture
the Trustee shall be provided with, and (subject to the provisions of
Section 7.01) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officers’
Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that such amendment is authorized
or permitted by this Indenture.

Section 9.07 .
Effect of Supplemental Indentures. Upon the execution of any supplemental
indenture under this Article, this Indenture shall be modified in accordance
therewith, and such supplemental indenture shall form a part of this Indenture
for all purposes; and every Holder of Notes theretofore or thereafter
authenticated and delivered hereunder shall be bound thereby.

 

Conversion

Section 10.01 .
Conversion Right and Conversion Price. Subject to and upon compliance with
the provisions of this Article, at the option of the Holder thereof, any Note or
any portion of the principal amount thereof which is $1,000 or an integral
multiple of $1,000 may be converted at the principal amount thereof, or of such
portion thereof, into duly authorized, fully paid and nonassessable shares of
Common Stock, at the Conversion Rate, determined as hereinafter provided, in
effect at the time of conversion. Such conversion right shall expire at the
close of business on the final maturity date of the Notes.

In the case of a Change
of Control for which the Holder exercises its repurchase right with respect to a
Note or portion thereof, such conversion right in respect of the Note or portion
thereof shall expire at the close of business on the Business Day immediately
preceding the Change of Control Purchase Date.

The rate at which shares
of Common Stock shall be delivered upon conversion per $1,000 principal amount
of Notes (the "Conversion Rate") shall be initially equal to 199.2032,
which is equal to an initial Conversion Price of approximately $5.02. The
Conversion Rate and the Conversion Price shall be adjusted in certain instances
as provided in paragraphs (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (h) and (i) of
Section 10.04 hereof.

If a Holder converts some
or all of its Notes when there exists an Event (as defined in the Registration
Rights Agreement), such Holder shall receive additional shares of Common Stock
upon conversion equal to 3% of the applicable Conversion Rate for each $1,000
principal amount of Notes.

Section 10.02 .
Exercise of Conversion Right. To exercise the conversion right, the Holder
of any Note to be converted shall surrender such Note duly endorsed or assigned
to the Company or in blank, at the office of any Conversion Agent, accompanied
by a duly signed conversion notice substantially in the form attached to the
Note to the Company stating that the Holder elects to convert such Note or, if
less than the entire principal amount thereof is to be converted, the portion
thereof to be converted.

Notes surrendered for
conversion during the period from the close of business on any Regular Record
Date to the opening of business on the next succeeding Interest Payment Date
shall be accompanied by payment in New York Clearing House funds or other funds
acceptable to the Company of an amount equal to the interest to be received on
such Interest Payment Date on the principal amount of Notes being surrendered
for conversion.

Notes shall be deemed to
have been converted immediately prior to the close of business on the day of
surrender of such Notes for conversion in accordance with the foregoing
provisions, and at such time the rights of the Holders of such Notes as Holders
shall cease, and the Person or Persons entitled to receive the Common Stock
issuable upon conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder
or holders of such Common Stock at such time. As promptly as practicable on or
after the conversion date, the Company shall cause to be issued and delivered to
such Conversion Agent a certificate or certificates for the number of full
shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion, together with payment in lieu
of any fraction of a share as provided in Section 10.03 hereof.

 

which is converted in part only, upon such conversion the Company shall execute
and the Trustee or an Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and deliver to the
Holder thereof, at the expense of the Company, a new Note or Notes of authorized
denominations in aggregate principal amount equal to the unconverted portion of
the principal amount of such Notes.

If shares of Common Stock
to be issued upon conversion of a Note that is a Restricted Security (a
"Restricted Note"), or securities to be issued upon conversion of a
Restricted Note in part only, are to be registered in a name other than that of
the Holder of such Restricted Note, such Holder must deliver to the Conversion
Agent a certificate in substantially the form of Exhibit B-1 hereto, dated
the date of surrender of such Restricted Note and signed by such Holder, as to
compliance with the restrictions on transfer applicable to such Restricted Note.
Neither the Trustee nor any Conversion Agent, Note Registrar or transfer agent
shall be required to register in a name other than that of the Holder of Notes
or shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of any such Restricted Note not
so accompanied by a properly completed certificate.

Section 10.03 .
Fractions of Shares. No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued
upon conversion of any Note or Notes. If more than one Note shall be surrendered
for conversion at one time by the same Holder, the number of full shares which
shall be issued upon conversion thereof shall be computed on the basis of the
aggregate principal amount of the Notes (or specified portions thereof) so
surrendered. Instead of any fractional share of Common Stock which would
otherwise be issued upon conversion of any Note or Notes (or specified portions
thereof), the Company shall pay a cash adjustment in respect of such fraction
(calculated to the nearest one-100th of a share) in an amount equal to the same
fraction of the quoted price of the Common Stock as of the Trading Day preceding
the date of conversion.

Section 10.04 .
Adjustment of Conversion Rate. The Conversion Rate shall be subject to
adjustments, calculated by the Company, from time to time as follows:

(a) In case the
Company shall hereafter pay a dividend or make a distribution to all holders of
the outstanding Common Stock in shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Rate in
effect at the opening of business on the date following the date fixed for the
determination of stockholders entitled to receive such dividend or other
distribution shall be increased by dividing such Conversion Rate by a fraction:

(1) the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of
Common Stock outstanding at the close of business on the Record Date (as defined
in Section 10.04(g)) fixed for such determination, and

 

(2) the denominator of which shall be the sum of such number of
shares and the total number of shares constituting such dividend or other
distribution.

Such increase shall become effective
immediately after the opening of business on the day following the Record Date.
For the purpose of this paragraph (a), the number of shares of Common Stock at
any time outstanding shall not include shares held in the treasury of the
Company. The Company will not pay any dividend or make any distribution on
shares of Common Stock held in the treasury of the Company. If any dividend or
distribution of the type described in this Section 10.04(a) is declared but not
so paid or made, the Conversion Rate shall again be adjusted to the Conversion
Rate which would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been
declared.

(b) In case the
outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be subdivided into a greater number of
shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Rate in effect at the opening of business
on the day following the day upon which such subdivision becomes effective shall
be proportionately increased, and conversely, in case outstanding shares of Common
Stock shall be combined into a smaller number of shares of Common Stock, the
Conversion Rate in effect at the opening of business on the day following the
day upon which such combination becomes effective shall be proportionately
reduced, such increase or reduction, as the case may be, to become effective
immediately after the opening of business on the day following the day upon
which such subdivision or combination becomes effective.

(c) In case the
Company shall issue rights or warrants to all holders of its outstanding shares
of Common Stock entitling them (for a period expiring within forty-five
(45) days after the date fixed for determination of stockholders entitled
to receive such rights or warrants) to subscribe for or purchase shares of
Common Stock at a price per share less than the Closing Price on the Trading Day
immediately preceding the time of announcement of such issuance ("Market
Price"), the Conversion Rate shall be adjusted by dividing the Conversion
Rate in effect immediately prior to such Record Date by a fraction:

(1) the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of
Common Stock outstanding at the close of business on the Record Date plus the
number of shares which the aggregate offering price of the total number of
shares so offered for subscription or purchase (or the aggregate conversion
price of the convertible securities so offered) would purchase at such Market
Price, and

(2) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of
Common Stock outstanding on the close of business on the Record Date plus the
total number of additional shares of Common Stock so offered for subscription or
purchase (or into which the convertible securities so offered are convertible).

Such adjustment shall become effective
immediately after the opening of business on the day following the Record Date
fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to receive such rights or
warrants. To the extent that shares of Common Stock (or securities convertible
into Common Stock) are not delivered pursuant to such rights or warrants, upon
the expiration or termination of such rights or warrants the Conversion Rate
shall be readjusted to the Conversion Rate which would then be in effect had the
adjustments made upon the issuance of such rights or warrants been made on the
basis of the delivery of only the number of shares of Common Stock (or
securities convertible into Common Stock) actually delivered. In the event that
such rights or warrants are not so issued, the Conversion Rate shall again be
adjusted to be the Conversion Rate which would then be in effect if such Record
Date had not been fixed. In determining whether any rights or warrants entitle
the holders to subscribe for or purchase shares of Common Stock at less than
such Market Price, and in determining the aggregate offering price of such
shares of Common Stock, there shall be taken into account any consideration
received for such rights or warrants and any amount payable on exercise or
conversion thereof, the value of such consideration if other than cash, to be
determined by the Board of Directors.

 

Company shall, by dividend or otherwise, distribute to all holders of its Common
Stock shares of any class of Capital Stock of the Company (other than any
dividends or distributions to which Section 10.04(a) applies) or evidences
of its indebtedness, cash or other assets, including securities, but excluding
(1) any rights or warrants referred to in Section 10.04(c), (2) any
stock, securities or other property or assets (including cash) distributed in
connection with a reclassification, change, merger, consolidation, statutory
share exchange, combination, sale or conveyance to which Section 10.11
hereof applies and (3) dividends and distributions paid exclusively in cash
(the securities described in foregoing clauses (1), (2) and
(3) hereinafter in this Section 10.04(d) called the "excluded
securities"), then, in each such case (unless the Company elects to reserve
such securities for distribution to the Noteholders upon the conversion of the
Notes so that any such Holder converting Notes will receive upon such
conversion, in addition to the shares of Common Stock to which such Holder is
entitled, the amount and kind of such securities which such Holder would have
received if such Holder had converted its Notes into Common Stock immediately
prior to the Record Date), subject to the second succeeding paragraph of this
Section 10.04(d), the Conversion Rate shall be adjusted by
dividing the
Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the close of business on the
Record Date (as defined in Section 10.04(g)) with respect to such distribution
by a fraction:

(1) the numerator of which shall be the Current Market Price
(determined as provided in Section 10.04(g)) on such Record Date less the
fair market value (as determined by the Board of Directors, whose determination
shall be conclusive and set forth in a Board Resolution) on such Record Date of
the portion of the securities so distributed (other than excluded securities)
applicable to one share of Common Stock (determined on the basis of the number
of shares of the Common Stock outstanding on the Record Date), and

(2) the denominator
of which shall be such Current Market Price.

Such adjustment shall become effective
immediately prior to the opening of business on the day following the Record
Date. However, in the event that the then fair market value (as so determined)
of the portion of the securities so distributed (other than excluded securities)
applicable to one share of Common Stock is equal to or greater than the Current
Market Price on the Record Date, in lieu of the foregoing adjustment, adequate
provision shall be made so that each Holder shall have the right to receive upon
conversion of a Note (or any portion thereof) the amount of securities so
distributed (other than excluded securities) such Holder would have received had
such Holder converted such Note (or portion thereof) immediately prior to such
Record Date. In the event that such dividend or distribution is not so paid or
made, the Conversion Rate shall again be adjusted to be the Conversion Rate
which would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been
declared.

 

determines the fair market value of any distribution for purposes of this
Section 10.04(d) by reference to the actual or when issued trading market
for any securities comprising all or part of such distribution (other than
excluded securities), it must in doing so consider the prices in such market
over the same period (the "Reference Period") used in computing the
Current Market Price pursuant to Section 10.04(g) to the extent possible,
unless the Board of Directors in a Board Resolution determines in good faith
that determining the fair market value during the Reference Period would not be
in the best interest of the Holder.

Rights or warrants
distributed by the Company to all holders of Common Stock entitling the holders
thereof to subscribe for or purchase shares of the Company’s Capital Stock
(either initially or under certain circumstances), which rights or warrants,
until the occurrence of a specified event or events ("Trigger Event"):

(i) are deemed to
be transferred with such shares of Common Stock;

(ii) are not
exercisable; and

(iii) are also
issued in respect of future issuances of Common Stock,

shall be deemed not to have been
distributed for purposes of this Section 10.04(d) (and no adjustment to the
Conversion Rate under this Section 10.04(d) will be required) until the
occurrence of the earliest Trigger Event. If such right or warrant is subject to
subsequent events, upon the occurrence of which such right or warrant shall
become exercisable to purchase different securities, evidences of indebtedness
or other assets or entitle the holder to purchase a different number or amount
of the foregoing or to purchase any of the foregoing at a different purchase
price, then the occurrence of each such event shall be deemed to be the date of
issuance and Record Date with respect to a new right or warrant (and a
termination or expiration of the existing right or warrant without exercise by
the holder thereof). In addition, in the event of any distribution (or deemed
distribution) of rights or warrants, or any Trigger Event or other event (of the
type described in the preceding sentence) with respect thereto, that resulted in
an adjustment to the Conversion Rate under this Section 10.04(d):

(1) in the case of any such rights or warrants which shall all
have been redeemed or repurchased without exercise by any holders thereof, the
Conversion Rate shall be readjusted upon such final redemption or repurchase to
give effect to such distribution or Trigger Event, as the case may be, as though
it were a cash distribution, to give equal to the per share redemption or
repurchase price received by a holder of Common Stock with respect to such
rights or warrant (assuming such holder had retained such rights or warrants),
made to all holders of Common Stock as of the date of such redemption or
repurchase, and

(2) in the case of such rights or warrants all of which shall
have expired or been terminated without exercise, the Conversion Rate shall be
readjusted as if such rights and warrants had never been issued.

No adjustment of the Conversion Rate shall
be made pursuant to this Section 10.04(d) in respect of rights or warrants
distributed or deemed distributed on any Trigger Event to the extent that such
rights or warrants are actually distributed, or reserved by the Company for
distribution to holders of Notes upon conversion by such holders of Notes to
Common Stock.

For purposes of this
Section 10.04(d) and Sections 10.04(a), 10.04(b) and 10.04(c), any
dividend or distribution to which this Section 10.04(d) is applicable that
also includes shares of Common Stock, a subdivision or combination of Common
Stock to which Section 10.04(b) applies, or rights or warrants to subscribe
for or purchase shares of Common Stock to which Section 10.04(c) applies
(or any combination thereof), shall be deemed instead to be:

(1) a dividend or distribution of the evidences of indebtedness,
assets, shares of Capital Stock, rights or warrants other than such shares of
Common Stock, such subdivision or combination or such rights or warrants to
which Sections 10.04(a), 10.04(b) and 10.04(c) apply, respectively (and any
Conversion Rate increase required by this Section 10.04(d) with respect to
such dividend or distribution shall then be made), immediately followed by

(2) a dividend or distribution of such shares of Common Stock,
such subdivision or combination or such rights or warrants (and any further
Conversion Rate increase required by Sections 10.04(a), 10.04(b) and
10.04(c) with respect to such dividend or distribution shall then be made),
except:

(A) the Record Date of such dividend or distribution shall be
substituted as (x) "the date fixed for the determination of stockholders
entitled to receive such dividend or other distribution", "Record Date
fixed for such determinations" and "Record Date" within the meaning
of Section 10.04(a), (y) "the day upon which such subdivision becomes
effective" and "the day upon which such combination becomes
effective" within the meaning of Section 10.04(b), and (z) as
"the date fixed for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive
such rights or warrants", "the Record Date fixed for the determination of
the stockholders entitled to receive such rights or warrants" and such
"Record Date" within the meaning of Section 10.04(c), and

 

(B) any shares of Common Stock included in such dividend or
distribution shall not be deemed "outstanding at the close of business on the
date fixed for such determination" within the meaning of
Section 10.04(a) and any reduction or increase in the number of shares of
Common Stock resulting from such subdivision or combination shall be disregarded
in connection with such dividend or distribution.

(e) In case the
Company shall, by dividend or otherwise, distribute to all holders of its Common
Stock cash (excluding any cash that is distributed upon a reclassification,
change, merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange, combination, sale or
conveyance to which Section 10.11 hereof applies or as part of a
distribution referred to in Section 10.04(d) hereof), then and in each such
case, immediately after the close of business on such date, the Conversion Rate
shall be increased by dividing the Conversion Rate in effect immediately
prior to the close of business on such Record Date by a fraction:

(i) the numerator of which shall be equal to the Current Market
Price on the Record Date less an amount equal to the quotient of (x) such
amount distributed to all holders of its Common Stock and (y) the number of
shares of Common Stock outstanding on the Record Date, and

(ii) the
denominator of which shall be equal to the Current Market Price on such date.

However, in the event that the then fair
market value (as so determined) of the portion of the securities so distributed
(other than excluded securities) applicable to one share of Common Stock is
equal to or greater than the Current Market Price on the Record Date, in lieu of
the foregoing adjustment, adequate provision shall be made so that each Holder
shall have the right to receive upon conversion of a Note (or any portion
thereof) the amount of cash such Holder would have received had such Holder
converted such Note (or portion thereof) immediately prior to such Record Date.
In the event that such dividend or distribution is not so paid or made, the
Conversion Rate shall again be adjusted to be the Conversion Rate which would
then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared.

(f) In case a tender
offer made by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for all or any portion of
the Common Stock shall expire and such tender offer (as amended upon the
expiration thereof) shall require the payment to stockholders (based on the
acceptance (up to any maximum specified in the terms of the tender offer) of
Purchased Shares (as defined below)) of an aggregate consideration having a fair
market value (as determined by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall
be conclusive and set forth in a Board Resolution) that combined together with
the aggregate of the cash plus the fair market value (as determined by the Board
of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive and set forth in a Board
Resolution), as of the expiration of such tender offer, of other consideration
payable in respect of any other tender offers, by the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries for all or any portion of the Common Stock expiring within the
12 months preceding the expiration of such tender offer and in respect of
which no adjustment pursuant to this Section 10.04(f) has been made exceeds
10% of the product of the Current Market Price (determined as provided in
Section 10.04(g)) as of the last time (the "Expiration Time")
tenders could have been made pursuant to such tender offer (as it may be
amended) times the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding (including any
tendered shares) on the Expiration Time, then, and in each such case,
immediately prior to the opening of business on the day after the date of the
Expiration Time, the Conversion Rate shall be adjusted by dividing the
Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to close of business on the date of
the Expiration Time by a fraction:

 

(i) the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of
Common Stock outstanding (including any tendered shares) at the Expiration Time
multiplied by the Current Market Price of the Common Stock on the Trading Day
next succeeding the Expiration Time, and

(ii) the denominator of which shall be the sum of (x) the
fair market value (determined as aforesaid) of the aggregate consideration
payable to stockholders based on the acceptance (up to any maximum specified in
the terms of the tender offer) of all shares validly tendered and not withdrawn
as of the Expiration Time (the shares deemed so accepted, up to any such
maximum, being referred to as the "Purchased Shares") and (y) the
product of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding (less any Purchased
Shares) on the Expiration Time and the Current Market Price of the Common Stock
on the Trading Day next succeeding the Expiration Time.

Such increase (if any) shall become
effective immediately prior to the opening of business on the day following the
Expiration Time. In the event that the Company or any such Subsidiary, as the
case may be, is obligated to purchase shares pursuant to any such tender offer,
but the Company or any such Subsidiary, as the case may be, is permanently
prevented by applicable law from effecting any such purchases or all such
purchases are rescinded, the Conversion Rate shall again be adjusted to be the
Conversion Rate which would then be in effect if such tender offer had not been
made. If the application of this Section 10.04(f) to any tender offer would
result in a reduction in the Conversion Rate, no adjustment shall be made for
such tender offer under this Section 10.04(f).

(g) For purposes of
this Section 10.04, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated:

(1)
"Current Market Price" shall mean the average of the daily Closing Prices
per share of Common Stock for the ten consecutive Trading Days immediately prior
to the date in question; provided, however, that if:

(i) the "ex" date (as hereinafter defined) for any event
(other than the issuance or distribution requiring such computation) that
requires an adjustment to the Conversion Rate pursuant to Section 10.04(a),
(b), (c), (d), (e) or (f) occurs during such ten consecutive Trading
Days, the Closing Price for each Trading Day prior to the "ex" date for
such other event shall be adjusted by multiplying such Closing Price by the same
fraction by which the Conversion Rate is so required to be adjusted as a result
of such other event;

 

(ii) the "ex" date for any event (other than the issuance
or distribution requiring such computation) that requires an adjustment to the
Conversion Rate pursuant to Section 10.04(a), (b), (c), (d), (e) or
(f) occurs on or after the "ex" date for the issuance or
distribution requiring such computation and prior to the day in question, the
Closing Price for each Trading Day on and after the "ex" date for such
other event shall be adjusted by multiplying such Closing Price by the
reciprocal of the fraction by which the Conversion Rate is so required to be
adjusted as a result of such other event; and

(iii) the "ex" date for the issuance or distribution
requiring such computation is prior to the day in question, after taking into
account any adjustment required pursuant to clause (i)or (ii) of this
proviso, the Closing Price for each Trading Day on or after such "ex"
date shall be adjusted by adding thereto the amount of any cash and the fair
market value (as determined by the Board of Directors in a manner consistent
with any determination of such value for purposes of Section 10.04(d) or
(f), whose determination shall be conclusive and set forth in a Board
Resolution) of the evidences of indebtedness,  shares of Capital Stock or
assets being distributed applicable to one share of Common Stock as of the close
of business on the day before such "ex" date.

For purposes of any
computation under Section 10.04(f), the Current Market Price of the Common
Stock on any date shall be deemed to be the average of the daily Closing Prices
per share of Common Stock for such day and the next two succeeding Trading Days;
provided, however, that if the "ex" date for any event (other than the
tender offer requiring such computation) that requires an adjustment to the
Conversion Rate pursuant to Section 10.04(a), (b), (c), (d), (e) or
(f) occurs on or after the Expiration Time for the tender offer requiring
such computation and prior to the day in question, the Closing Price for each
Trading Day on and after the "ex" date for such other event shall be
adjusted by dividing such Closing Price by the reciprocal of the fraction by
which the Conversion Rate is so required to be adjusted as a result of such
other event. For purposes of this paragraph, the term "ex" date, when
used:

(A) with respect to any issuance or distribution, means the
first date on which the Common Stock trades regular way on the relevant exchange
or in the relevant market from which the Closing Price was obtained without the
right to receive such issuance or distribution;

(B) with respect to any subdivision or combination of shares of
Common Stock, means the first date on which the Common Stock trades regular way
on such exchange or in such market after the time at which such subdivision or
combination becomes effective, and

 

(C) with respect to any tender offer, means the first date on
which the Common Stock trades regular way on such exchange or in such market
after the Expiration Time of such offer.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, whenever
successive adjustments to the Conversion Rate are called for pursuant to this
Section 10.04, such adjustments shall be made to the Current Market Price
as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the intent of this
Section 10.04 and to avoid unjust or inequitable results as determined in
good faith by the Board of Directors.

(2)
"fair market value" shall mean the amount which a willing buyer would pay
a willing seller in an arm’s length transaction.

(3)
"Record Date" shall mean, with respect to any dividend, distribution or
other transaction or event in which the holders of Common Stock have the right
to receive any cash, securities or other property or in which the Common Stock
(or other applicable security) is exchanged for or converted into any
combination of cash, securities or other property, the date fixed for
determination of stockholders entitled to receive such cash, securities or other
property (whether such date is fixed by the Board of Directors or by statute,
contract or otherwise).

(h) The Company may
make such increases in the Conversion Rate, in addition to those required by
Section 10.04(a), (b), (c), (d), (e) or (f), as the Board of Directors
considers to be advisable to avoid or diminish any income tax to holders of
Common Stock or rights to purchase Common Stock resulting from any dividend or
distribution of stock (or rights to acquire stock) or from any event treated as
such for income tax purposes.

To the extent permitted
by applicable law, the Company from time to time may increase the Conversion
Rate by any amount for any period of time if the period is at least 20 days
and the increase is irrevocable during the period and the Board of Directors
determines in good faith that such increase would be in the best interests of
the Company, which determination shall be conclusive and set forth in a Board
Resolution. Whenever the Conversion Rate is increased pursuant to the preceding
sentence, the Company shall mail to the Trustee and each Holder at the address
of such Holder as it appears in the Note Register a notice of the increase at
least 15 days prior to the date the increased Conversion Rate takes effect,
and such notice shall state the increased Conversion Rate and the period during
which it will be in effect.

(i) No adjustment to
the Conversion Rate shall be required unless such adjustment would require an
increase or decrease of at least 1% in such rate; provided, however, that
any adjustments which by reason of this Section 10.04(i) are not required
to be made shall be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent
adjustment. All calculations under this Article 10 shall be made by the
Company and shall be made to the nearest one hundredth of a cent or to the
nearest one hundredth of a share, as the case may be. No adjustment need be made
for a change in the par value or no par value of the Common Stock.

 

which this Section 10.04 provides that an adjustment shall become effective
immediately after a Record Date for an event, the Company may defer until the
occurrence of such event (i) issuing to the Holder of any Note converted
after such Record Date and before the occurrence of such event the additional
shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion by reason of the adjustment
required by such event over and above the Common Stock issuable upon such
conversion before giving effect to such adjustment and (ii) paying to such
holder any amount in cash in lieu of any fraction pursuant to Section 10.03
hereof.

(k) For purposes of
this Section 10.04, the number of shares of Common Stock at any time
outstanding shall not include shares held in the treasury of the Company but
shall include shares issuable in respect of scrip certificates issued in lieu of
fractions of shares of Common Stock. The Company will not pay any dividend or
make any distribution on shares of Common Stock held in the treasury of the
Company.

Section 10.05 .
Notice of Adjustments of Conversion Rate. Whenever the Conversion Rate is
adjusted as herein provided (other than in the case of an adjustment pursuant to
the second paragraph of Section 10.04(h) for which the notice required by
such paragraph has been provided), the Company shall promptly file with the
Trustee and any Conversion Agent other than the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate
setting forth the adjusted Conversion Rate and showing in reasonable detail the
facts upon which such adjustment is based. Promptly after delivery of such
Officers’ Certificate, the Company shall prepare a notice stating that the
Conversion Rate has been adjusted and setting forth the adjusted Conversion Rate
and the date on which each adjustment becomes effective, and shall mail such
notice to each Holder at the address of such Holder as it appears in the Note
Register within 20 days of the effective date of such adjustment. Failure
to deliver such notice shall not effect the legality or validity of any such
adjustment.

Section 10.06 .
Notice Prior to Certain Actions. In case at any time after the date hereof:

(1) the Company shall declare a dividend (or any other
distribution) on its Common Stock payable otherwise than in cash out of its
capital surplus or its consolidated retained earnings;

(2) the Company shall authorize the granting to the holders of
its Common Stock of rights or warrants to subscribe for or purchase any shares
of Capital Stock of any class (or of securities convertible into shares of
Capital Stock of any class) or of any other rights;

(3) there shall occur any reclassification of the Common Stock
of the Company (other than a subdivision or combination of its outstanding
Common Stock, a change in par value, a change from par value to no par value or
a change from no par value to par value), or any merger, consolidation,
statutory share exchange or combination to which the Company is a party and for
which approval of any shareholders of the Company is required, or the sale,
transfer or conveyance of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company;
or

 

(4) there shall occur the voluntary or involuntary dissolution,
liquidation or winding up of the Company;

the Company shall cause to be filed at
each office or agency maintained for the purpose of conversion of Notes pursuant
to Section 4.03 hereof, and shall cause to be provided to the Trustee and
all Holders in accordance with Section 12.02 hereof, at least 20 days
(or 10 days in any case specified in clause (1) or (2) above)
prior to the applicable record or effective date hereinafter specified, a notice
stating:

(A) the date on which a record is to be taken for the purpose of
such dividend, distribution, rights or warrants, or, if a record is not to be
taken, the date as of which the holders of Common Stock of record to be entitled
to such dividend, distribution, rights or warrants are to be determined, or

(B) the date on which such reclassification, merger,
consolidation, statutory share exchange, combination, sale, transfer,
conveyance, dissolution, liquidation or winding up is expected to become
effective, and the date as of which it is expected that holders of Common Stock
of record shall be entitled to exchange their  shares of Common Stock for
securities, cash or other property deliverable upon such reclassification,
merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange, sale, transfer, dissolution,
liquidation or winding up.

Neither the failure to
give such notice nor any defect therein shall affect the legality or validity of
the proceedings or actions described in clauses (1) through (4) of
this Section 10.06.

Section 10.07 .
Company to Reserve Common Stock. The Company shall at all times reserve and
keep available, free from preemptive rights, out of its authorized but unissued
Common Stock, for the purpose of effecting the conversion of Notes, the full
number of shares of fully paid and nonassessable Common Stock then issuable upon
the conversion of all Notes outstanding.

Section 10.08 .
Taxes on Conversions. Except as provided in the next sentence, the Company
will pay any and all taxes (other than taxes on income) and duties that may be
payable in respect of the issue or delivery of shares of Common Stock on
conversion of Notes pursuant hereto. A Holder delivering a Note for conversion
shall be liable for and will be required to pay any tax or duty which may be
payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issue and delivery of shares
of Common Stock in a name other than that of the Holder of the Note or Notes to
be converted, and no such issue or delivery shall be made unless the Person
requesting such issue has paid to the Company the amount of any such tax or
duty, or has established to the satisfaction of the Company that such tax or
duty has been paid.

 

Covenant as to Common Stock. The Company covenants that all shares of Common
Stock which may be issued upon conversion of Notes will upon issue be fully paid
and nonassessable and, except as provided in Section 10.08, the Company
will pay all taxes, liens and charges with respect to the issue thereof.

Section 10.10 .
Cancellation of Converted Notes. All Notes delivered for conversion shall be
delivered to the Trustee to be canceled by or at the direction of the Trustee,
which shall dispose of the same as provided in Section 2.11.

Section 10.11 .
Effect of Reclassification, Consolidation, Merger or Sale. If any of
following events occur, namely:

(1) any reclassification or change of the outstanding shares of
Common Stock (other than a change in par value, or from par value to no par
value, or from no par value to par value, or as a result of a subdivision or
combination),

(2) any merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or
combination of the Company with another corporation as a result of which holders
of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive stock, securities or other property
or assets (including cash) with respect to or in exchange for such Common Stock
or

(3) any sale or conveyance of all or substantially all the
properties and assets of the Company to any other corporation as a result of
which holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive stock, securities or
other property or assets (including cash) with respect to or in exchange for
such Common Stock,

the Company or the successor or purchasing
corporation, as the case may be, shall execute with the Trustee and the Company
a supplemental indenture (which shall comply with the TIA as in force at the
date of execution of such supplemental indenture if such supplemental indenture
is then required to so comply) providing that such Note shall be convertible
into the kind and amount of shares of stock and other securities or property or
assets (including cash) which such Holder would have been entitled to receive
upon such reclassification, change, merger, consolidation, statutory share
exchange, combination, sale or conveyance had such Notes been converted into
Common Stock immediately prior to such reclassification, change, merger,
consolidation, statutory share exchange, combination, sale or conveyance
assuming such holder of Common Stock did not exercise its rights of election, if
any, as to the kind or amount of securities, cash or other property receivable
upon such reclassification, change, merger, consolidation, statutory share
exchange, combination, sale or conveyance (provided that, if the kind or amount
of securities, cash or other property receivable upon such reclassification,
change, merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange, combination, sale or
conveyance is not the same for each share of Common Stock in respect of which
such rights of election shall not have been exercised ("Non-Electing
Share"), then for the purposes of this Section 10.11 the kind and
amount of securities, cash or other property receivable upon such
reclassification, change, merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange,
combination, sale or conveyance for each Non-Electing Share shall be deemed to
be the kind and amount so receivable per share by a plurality of the
Non-Electing Shares). Such supplemental indenture shall provide for adjustments
which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments
provided for in this Article 10. If, in the case of any such
reclassification, change, merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange,
combination, sale or conveyance, the stock or other securities and assets
receivable thereupon by a holder of shares of Common Stock includes shares of
stock or other securities and assets of a corporation other than the successor
or purchasing corporation, as the case may be, in such reclassification, change,
merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange, combination, sale or
conveyance, then such supplemental indenture shall also be executed by such
other corporation and shall contain such additional provisions to protect the
interests of the Holders of the Notes as the Board of Directors shall reasonably
consider necessary by reason of the foregoing, including to the extent
practicable the provisions providing for the repurchase rights set forth in
Section 3.05 hereof.

 

notice of the execution of such supplemental indenture to be mailed to each
Holder, at the address of such Holder as it appears on the Note Register, within
20 days after execution thereof. Failure to deliver such notice shall not
affect the legality or validity of such supplemental indenture.

The above provisions of
this Section 10.11 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications,
mergers, consolidations, statutory share exchanges, combinations, sales and
conveyances.

If this
Section 10.11 applies to any event or occurrence, Section 10.04 hereof
shall not apply.

Section 10.12 .
Responsibility of Trustee for Conversion Provisions. The Trustee, subject to
the provisions of Section 7.01 hereof, and any Conversion Agent shall not
at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any Holder of Notes to
determine whether any facts exist which may require any adjustment of the
Conversion Rate, or with respect to the nature or intent of any such adjustments
when made, or with respect to the method employed, or herein or in any
supplemental indenture provided to be employed, in making the same. Neither the
Trustee, subject to the provisions of Section 7.01 hereof, nor any
Conversion Agent shall be accountable with respect to the validity or value (of
the kind or amount) of any Common Stock, or of any other securities or property,
which may at any time be issued or delivered upon the conversion of any Note;
and it or they do not make any representation with respect thereto. Neither the
Trustee, subject to the provisions of Section 7.01 hereof, nor any
Conversion Agent shall be responsible for any failure of the Company to make any
cash payment or to issue, transfer or deliver any shares of stock or share
certificates or other securities or property upon the surrender of any Note for
the purpose of conversion; and the Trustee, subject to the provisions of
Section 7.01 hereof, and any Conversion Agent shall not be responsible or
liable for any failure of the Company to comply with any of the covenants of the
Company contained in this Article.

 

Reserved

ARTICLE 12

Miscellaneous

Section 12.01 .
Trust Indenture Act Controls. This Indenture is hereby made subject to, and
shall be governed by, the provisions of the TIA required to be part of and to
govern indentures qualified under the TIA; provided, however, that, unless
otherwise required by law, notwithstanding the foregoing, this Indenture and the
Notes issued hereunder shall not be subject to the provisions of subsections
(a)(1), (a)(2), and (a)(3) of Section 314 of the TIA as now in effect or as
hereafter amended or modified; provided further that this Section 12.01
shall not require this Indenture or the Trustee to be qualified under the TIA
prior to the time such qualification is in fact required under the terms of the
TIA, nor shall it constitute any admission or acknowledgment by any party to the
Indenture that any such qualification is required prior to the time such
qualification is in fact required under the terms of the TIA. If any provision
of this Indenture limits, qualifies, or conflicts with another provision which
is required to be included in this Indenture by the TIA, the required provision
shall control.

Section 12.02 .
Notices. Any request, demand, authorization, notice, waiver, consent or
communication shall be in writing and delivered in person or mailed by
first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed as follows or transmitted by
facsimile transmission (confirmed by guaranteed overnight courier) to the
following facsimile numbers:

if to the Company:

Endeavour International
Corporation 
1000 Main Street, Suite 3300 
Houston, Texas 77002

Attention: General Counsel 
Telephone: (713) 307-8700 
Facsimile:
(713) 307-8794

if to the Trustee:

Wells Fargo Bank,
National Association 
1000 Louisiana Street, Suite 640 
MAC T5001-061

Houston, Texas 77002 
Attn: Deirdre H. Ward 
Telephone:
(713) 319-1658 
Facsimile: (713) 650-0579

 

Trustee by notice given to the other in the manner provided above may designate
additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

Any notice or
communication given to a Noteholder shall be mailed to the Noteholder, by
first-class mail, postage prepaid, at the Noteholder’s address as it appears on
the registration books of the Note Registrar and shall be sufficiently given if
so mailed within the time prescribed.

Failure to mail a notice
or communication to a Noteholder or any defect in it shall not affect its
sufficiency with respect to other Noteholders. If a notice or communication is
mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not received
by the addressee.

If the Company mails a
notice or communication to the Noteholders, it shall mail a copy to the Trustee
and each Note Registrar, Paying Agent, Conversion Agent or co-registrar.

Section 12.03 .
Communication by Holders with Other Holders. Noteholders may communicate
pursuant to Section 312(b) of the TIA with other Noteholders with respect to
their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Company, the Trustee, the
Note Registrar, the Paying Agent, the Conversion Agent and anyone else shall
have the protection of Section 312(c) of the TIA.

Section 12.04 .
Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. Upon any request or
application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under this
Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee:

(1) an Officers’ Certificate stating that, in the opinion of the
signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture
relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and

(2) an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the opinion of such
counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with.

Section 12.05 .
Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. Each Officers’ Certificate or
Opinion of Counsel with respect to compliance with a covenant or condition
provided for in this Indenture shall include:

(1) a statement that each person making such Officers’
Certificate or Opinion of Counsel has read such covenant or condition;

 

(2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the
examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in
such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel are based;

(3) a statement that, in the opinion of each such person, he has
made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable such person to
express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has
been complied with; and

(4) a statement that, in the opinion of such person, such
covenant or condition has been complied with.

Section 12.06 .
Separability Clause. In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes
shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and
enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or
impaired thereby.

Section 12.07 .
Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent, Conversion Agent and Note Registrar. The
Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or a meeting of Noteholders. The
Note Registrar, Conversion Agent and the Paying Agent may make reasonable rules
for their functions.

Section 12.08 .
Legal Holidays. A "Legal Holiday" is any day other than a Business
Day. If any specified date (including a date for giving notice) is a Legal
Holiday, the action shall be taken on the next succeeding day that is not a
Legal Holiday, and, if the action to be taken on such date is a payment in
respect of the Notes, no interest, if any, shall accrue for the intervening
period.

Section 12.09 .
GOVERNING LAW. THIS INDENTURE AND THE NOTES WILL BE GOVERNED BY, AND
CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

Section 12.10 .
No Recourse Against Others. A director, officer, employee or stockholder, as
such, of the Company shall not have any liability for any obligations of the
Company under the Notes or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect
of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Note, each
Noteholder shall waive and release all such liability. The waiver and release
shall be part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes.

Section 12.11 .
Successors. All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes
shall bind its successor. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall
bind its successor.

Section 12.12 .
Benefits of Indenture. Nothing in this Indenture or in the Notes, express or
implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto, any Paying
Agent, any authenticating agent, any Note Registrar and their successors
hereunder and the holders of Notes, any benefit or any legal or equitable right,
remedy or claim under this Indenture.

 

Table of Contents, Heading, Etc. The table of contents and the titles and
headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for
convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part hereof, and shall
in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

Section 12.14 .
Authenticating Agent. The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent (the
"Authenticating Agent") that shall be authorized to act on its behalf,
and subject to its direction, in the authentication and delivery of Notes in
connection with the original issuance thereof and transfers and exchanges of
Notes hereunder, including under Sections 2.03, 2.07, 2.08, 3.08 and 10.02,
as fully to all intents and purposes as though the authenticating agent had been
expressly authorized by this Indenture and those Sections to authenticate and
deliver Notes. For all purposes of this Indenture, the authentication and
delivery of Notes by the Authenticating Agent shall be deemed to be
authentication and delivery of such Notes "by the Trustee" and a
certificate of authentication executed on behalf of the Trustee by an
Authenticating Agent shall be deemed to satisfy any requirement hereunder or in
the Notes for the Trustee’s certificate of authentication. Such Authenticating
Agent shall at all times be a Person eligible to serve as trustee hereunder
pursuant to Section 7.09.

Any corporation into
which any Authenticating Agent may be merged or converted or with which it may
be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, consolidation or
conversion to which any Authenticating Agent shall be a party, or any
corporation succeeding to all or substantially all the corporate trust business
of any Authenticating Agent, shall be the successor of the Authenticating Agent
hereunder, if such successor corporation is otherwise eligible under this
Section 2.14, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further
act on the part of the parties hereto or the Authenticating Agent or such
successor corporation.

Any Authenticating Agent
may at any time resign by giving written notice of resignation to the Trustee
and to the Company. The Trustee may at any time terminate the agency of any
Authenticating Agent by giving written notice of termination to such
Authenticating Agent and to the Company. Upon receiving such a notice of
resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time any
Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible under this Section, the Trustee
shall either promptly appoint a successor Authenticating Agent or itself assume
the duties and obligations of the former Authenticating Agent under this
Indenture and, upon such appointment of a successor Authenticating Agent, if
made, shall give written notice of such appointment of a successor
Authenticating Agent to the Company and shall mail notice of such appointment of
a successor Authenticating Agent to all holders of Notes as the names and
addresses of such holders appear on the Note Register.

The Company agrees to pay
to the Authenticating Agent from time to time such reasonable compensation for
its services as shall be agreed upon in writing between the Company and the
Authenticating Agent.

 

Sections 2.12, 7.03, 7.04, 7.07 and this Section 2.14 shall be
applicable to any Authenticating Agent.

Section 12.15 .
Execution In Counterparts(a) . This Indenture may be executed in any number
of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but such counterparts shall
together constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the
undersigned, being duly authorized, have executed this Indenture on behalf of
the respective parties hereto as of the date first above written.

	 
	
       

	
      ENDEAVOUR INTERNATIONAL
      CORPORATION

	
       

	
      By:

	
       

	
      Name: H. Don
    Teague

	
       

	
      Title: Executive Vice
      President--Administration, General Counsel and
Secretary

	 
	
       

	
      WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL
      ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee

	
       

	
      By:

	
       

	
      Name: Christina
    Faith

	
       

	
      Title: Vice
    President

 

EXHIBIT A

FOR GLOBAL NOTE ONLY:
[UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE
DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF
TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE
NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (AND ANY PAYMENT HEREON IS MADE
TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER
USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL SINCE THE
REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL
NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF THE
DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE
AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE
IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN ARTICLE TWO OF THE INDENTURE
REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF.]

IF REQUIRED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 2.07(d): [THIS SECURITY AND THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ISSUABLE UPON
CONVERSION OF THIS SECURITY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF
1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NEITHER
THIS SECURITY, THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ISSUABLE UPON CONVERSION OF THIS
SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN OR THEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED,
SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE
ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT
SUBJECT TO, REGISTRATION.

THE HOLDER OF THIS
SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER
SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE HOLDING PERIOD APPLICABLE TO SALES
THEREOF UNDER RULE 144(K) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION)
(THE "RESALE RESTRICTION PERIOD"), ONLY (A) TO ENDEAVOUR INTERNATIONAL
CORPORATION (THE "COMPANY"), OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) FOR SO LONG AS
THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A, TO A PERSON IT
REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A "QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER" AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT
OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHICH NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS
BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (C) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION
STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR
(D) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION
REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, INCLUDING UNDER RULE 144, IF AVAILABLE,
SUBJECT IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES TO ANY REQUIREMENT OF LAW THAT THE
DISPOSITION OF ITS PROPERTY OR THE PROPERTY OF SUCH INVESTOR ACCOUNT OR ACCOUNTS
BE AT ALL TIMES WITHIN ITS OR THEIR CONTROL. EACH PURCHASER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT
PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE RESALE RESTRICTION PERIOD, THE COMPANY AND THE
TRUSTEE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL,
CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM, AND IN EACH
OF THE FOREGOING CASES, A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THE
OTHER SIDE OF THIS SECURITY IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE
TRUSTEE. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER
EXPIRATION OF THE RESALE RESTRICTION PERIOD.]

 

ENDEAVOUR INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION

6.00% Convertible Senior Notes due 2012

No. CUSIP: 29257MAA8 
Issue Date:

ENDEAVOUR INTERNATIONAL
CORPORATION, a Nevada corporation promises to pay to [Cede & Co.]*
[     ] or registered assigns, [the principal
amount of      DOLLARS
($     )] [the principal amount as set forth on
Schedule I hereto]* on January 15, 2012.

This Note shall bear
interest as specified on the other side of this Note. This Note is convertible
as specified on the other side of this Note.

Additional provisions of
this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note.

Dated: ENDEAVOUR INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION

	 	 	 	 	 
	
      By:
	 	 	--	 
	   Name:

	   Title:

*Include only on Global Security

7

 

AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Notes
referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture (as defined on the other side of
this Note).

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Trustee

By:     

Authorized Signatory

By:     

As Authenticating Agent

(if different from Trustee)

Dated:     

8

 

6.00% Convertible Senior Note due 2012

1. Cash Interest.

The Company promises to
pay interest in cash on the principal amount of this Note at the rate per annum
of 6.00%. The Company will pay cash interest semiannually in arrears on
January 15 and July 15 of each year (each an "Interest Payment
Date"), beginning July 15, 2005, to Holders of record at the close of
business on January 1 and July 1 (whether or not a business day) (each a
"Regular Record Date"), as the case may be, immediately preceding such
Interest Payment Date, and the Company will pay interest in arrears on the
Maturity Date to the Holder to whom it pays the principal of this Note. Cash
interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest
has been paid or duly provided or, if no interest has been paid, from the Issue
Date. Cash interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve
30-day months. The Company shall pay cash interest on overdue principal at the
rate borne by the Notes plus 2% per annum, and it shall pay interest in cash on
overdue installments of cash interest (including Liquidated Damages, if any) at
the same rate to the extent lawful. All such overdue cash interest shall be
payable on demand. The Company further promises to pay Liquidated Damages that
it may from time to time be required to pay pursuant to Section 2(e) of the
Registration Rights Agreement at the same time and in the same manner as
payments of interest as specified herein.

2. Method of Payment.

Subject to the terms and
conditions of the Indenture, the Company will make payments in respect of the
principal of, premium, if any, and cash interest on this Note and in respect of
Change of Control Purchase Price and any applicable Make-Whole Premium to
Holders who surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect such payments in
respect of the Notes. The Company will pay cash amounts in money of the United
States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and
private debts. However, the Company may make such cash payments by check payable
in such money. A holder of Notes with an aggregate principal amount in excess of
$3,000,000 will be paid by wire transfer in immediately available funds at the
election of such holder. Any payment required to be made on any day that is not
a Business Day will be made on the next succeeding Business Day.

3. Paying Agent, Conversion Agent and
Note Registrar.

Initially, Wells Fargo
Bank, National Association (the "Trustee"), will act as Paying Agent,
Conversion Agent and Note Registrar. The Company may appoint and change any
Paying Agent, Conversion Agent, Note Registrar or co-registrar without notice,
other than notice to the Trustee except that the Company will maintain at least
one Paying Agent in the State of New York, City of New York, Borough of
Manhattan, which shall initially be an office or agency of the Trustee. The
Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their Affiliates may act as Paying
Agent, Conversion Agent, Note Registrar or co-registrar.

 

The Company issued the
Notes under an Indenture dated as of January 20, 2005 (the
"Indenture"), between the Company and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes
include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by
reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as in effect from time to time
(the "TIA"). Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein have
the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all
such terms, and Noteholders are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a
statement of those terms.

The Notes are general
unsecured obligations of the Company (except as provided in Paragraph 12
hereof) limited to $65,000,000 aggregate principal amount or $81,250,000
aggregate principal amount if the Purchasers’ Option is exercised fully (subject
to Section 2.08 of the Indenture). The Indenture does not limit other
indebtedness of the Company, secured or unsecured.

5. Redemption and Repurchase by the
Company at the Option of the Holder.

Prior to January 20,
2010, the Notes shall not be redeemable at the Company’s option. At any time on
or after January 20, 2010 and prior to Stated Maturity, the Company, at its
option, may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, in accordance with the
Indenture on the Redemption Date for a Redemption Price in cash equal to 100% of
the principal amount of the Notes plus any accrued and unpaid interest and
Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes redeemed to but not including the
Redemption Date.

If there shall have
occurred a Change of Control (subject to certain conditions provided for in the
Indenture), each Holder, at such Holder’s option, shall have the right, in
accordance with the provisions of the Indenture, to require the Company to
purchase its Notes (or any portion of the principal amount hereof that is at
least $1,000 or any whole multiple thereof, provided that the portion of the
principal amount of this Note to be outstanding after such purchase is at least
equal to $1,000) at the Change of Control Purchase Price in cash or Common
Stock, at the Company’s option, plus any accrued and unpaid interest to but not
including the Change of Control Purchase Date.

 

occurred a Change of Control pursuant to clause (ii) of the definition
thereof, and a Holder surrenders its Notes for purchase, the Company shall pay
to such Holder a Make-Whole Premium in addition to the Change of Control
Purchase Price. The Make-Whole Premium will also be paid on the Change of
Control Purchase Date to the Holders of the Notes who convert their Notes on or
after the date on which the Company has given a notice to all Holders of Notes
in accordance with Section 3.05(d) of the Indenture and on or before the
Change of Control Purchase Date.

The Company may, in lieu
of paying a Make-Whole Premium, elect to adjust the Conversion Rate and the
related conversion obligation such that from and after the effective date of
such Public Acquirer Change of Control, Holders of the Notes will be entitled to
convert their Notes into a number of shares of Public Acquirer Common Stock by
adjusting the Conversion Rate in effect immediately before the Public Acquirer
Change of Control as set forth in the Indenture.

A written notice of the
Change of Control will be given to the Holders as provided in the Indenture. To
exercise a purchase right, a Holder must deliver to the Trustee a Change of
Control Purchase Notice as provided in the Indenture.

Holders have the right to
withdraw any Change of Control Purchase Notice by delivering to the Paying Agent
a written notice of withdrawal in accordance with the provisions of the
Indenture.

6. Conversion.

Subject to the next two
succeeding sentences, a Holder of a Note may convert it into Common Stock of the
Company at any time before the close of business on the final maturity date of
the Note. A Note in respect of which a Holder has delivered a Change of Control
Purchase Notice exercising the option of such Holder to require the Company to
purchase such Note may be converted only if such notice of exercise is withdrawn
in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

The initial Conversion
Rate shall be initially equal to 199.2032 shares of Common Stock per $1,000
principal amount of the Notes, subject to adjustment in certain events described
in the Indenture, which is equal to an initial Conversion Price of approximately
$5.02 per share of Common Stock. The Company shall pay a cash adjustment as
provided in the Indenture in lieu of any fractional share of Common Stock.

If a Holder converts some
or all of its Notes when there exists an Event (as defined in the Registration
Rights Agreement), such Holder shall receive additional shares of Common Stock
upon conversion equal to 3% of the Conversion Rate for each $1,000 principal
amount of Notes.

 

Holder must (1) complete and manually sign the conversion notice below (or
complete and manually sign a facsimile of such notice) and deliver such notice
to the Conversion Agent, (2) surrender the Note to the Conversion Agent,
(3) furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents if required by
the Conversion Agent, the Company or the Trustee and (4) pay any transfer
or similar tax, if required.

7. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange.

The Notes are in fully
registered form, without coupons, in denominations of $1,000 of principal amount
and integral multiples of $1,000. A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in
accordance with the Indenture. The Note Registrar may require a Holder, among
other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and to
pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Note
Registrar need not transfer or exchange any Notes in respect of which a Change
of Control Purchase Notice has been given and not withdrawn (except, in the case
of a Note to be purchased in part, the portion of the Note not to be purchased).

8. Persons Deemed Owners.

The registered Holder of
this Note may be treated as the owner of this Note for all purposes.

9. Unclaimed Money or Notes.

The Trustee and the
Paying Agent shall return to the Company upon written request any money or Notes
held by them for the payment of any amount with respect to the Notes that
remains unclaimed for two years, subject to applicable unclaimed property law.
After return to the Company, Holders entitled to the money or Notes must look to
the Company for payment as general creditors unless an applicable abandoned
property law designates another person.

10. Amendment; Waiver.

Subject to certain
exceptions set forth in the Indenture, (i) the Indenture or the Notes may
be amended with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding and
(ii) certain Defaults or Events of Default may be waived with the written
consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes
at the time outstanding. Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the
Indenture, without the consent of any Noteholder, the Company and the Trustee
may amend the Indenture or the Notes, among other things, to cure any ambiguity,
omission, defect or inconsistency, or to comply with Article 5 of the
Indenture, or to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of
any Noteholder, or to comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with
the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA.

 

Under the Indenture,
Events of Default include (1) the Company fails to pay when due the
principal of or premium (including Make-Whole Premium), if any, on any of the
Notes at maturity, upon exercise of a repurchase right or otherwise;
(2) the Company fails to pay an installment of interest (including
Liquidated Damages, if any) on any of the Notes that continues for 30 days
after the date when due; (3) the Company fails to deliver shares of Common
Stock, together with cash in lieu of fractional shares and any Make-Whole
Premium, when such Common Stock or cash in lieu of fractional shares and any
Make-Whole Premium is required to be delivered upon conversion of a Note and
such failure continues for 10 days after such required delivery date;
(4) the Company fails to give notice regarding a Change of Control within
the time period specified in the Indenture; (5) the Company fails to
perform or observe any other term, covenant or agreement contained in the Notes
or the Indenture for a period of 60 days after written notice of such
failure, requiring the Company to remedy the same, shall have been given to the
Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at
least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding; (6)
(A) the Company or any Significant Subsidiary fails to make any payment by
the end of the applicable grace period, if any, after the final scheduled
payment date for such payment with respect to any indebtedness for borrowed
money in an aggregate amount in excess of $5 million or
(B) indebtedness for borrowed money of the Company or any Significant
Subsidiary in an aggregate amount in excess of $5 million shall have been
accelerated or otherwise declared due and payable, or required to be prepaid or
repurchased (other than by regularly scheduled required prepayment) prior to the
scheduled maturity thereof as a result of a default with respect to such
indebtedness referred to in subclause (A) or (B) hereof, in either
case without such having been discharged, cured, waived, rescinded or annulled,
for a period of 30 days after receipt by the Company of a Notice of Default and
(7) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization with respect
to the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or any Subsidiaries of the Company
which in the aggregate would constitute a Significant Subsidiary. If an Event of
Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (7) above)
occurs and is continuing, the Trustee, or the Holders of at least 25% in
aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding, may declare all
the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Certain events of bankruptcy or
insolvency are Events of Default which will result in the Notes becoming due and
payable immediately upon the occurrence of such Events of Default.

 

enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The
Trustee may refuse to enforce the Indenture or the Notes unless it receives
reasonable indemnity or security. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a
majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding may
direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee shall,
within 90 days of the occurrence of an Event of Default, give notice of
such Event of Default to the holders of the Notes, provided that the
Trustee may withhold from Noteholders notice of any continuing Default (except a
Default in payment of amounts specified in clause (1) or (2) above) if
it determines that withholding notice is in their interests.

12. Trustee Dealings with the
Company.

Subject to certain
limitations imposed by the TIA, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its
individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and
may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Company or its
Affiliates and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates with the
same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

13. No Recourse Against Others.

A director, officer,
employee or stockholder, as such, of the Company shall not have any liability
for any obligations of the Company under the Notes or the Indenture or for any
claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their
creation. By accepting a Note, each Noteholder waives and releases all such
liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issue of
the Notes.

14. Authentication.

This Note shall not be
valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee or an Authenticating Agent
manually signs the Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication on the other side of
this Note.

15. Abbreviations.

Customary abbreviations
may be used in the name of a Noteholder or an assignee, such as TEN COM
(=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (=joint
tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST
(=custodian), and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors Act).

16. GOVERNING LAW.

THE INDENTURE AND THIS
NOTE WILL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE
STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

to any Noteholder upon written request and without charge a copy of the
Indenture which has in it the text of this Note in larger type. Requests may be
made to:

Endeavour International
Corporation 
1000 Main, Suite 3300

Houston, Texas 77002

 

	 	 	 
	
      TO: 
	 	ENDEAVOUR INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION
WELLS
      FARGO BANK, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION

The undersigned
registered owner of this Note hereby irrevocably exercises the option to convert
this Note, or the portion thereof (which is $1,000 or an integral multiple
thereof) below designated, into shares of Common Stock of Endeavour
International Corporation in accordance with the terms of the Indenture referred
to in this Note, and directs that the shares issuable and deliverable upon such
conversion, together with any check in payment for fractional shares and
Make-Whole Premium, if any, and any Notes representing any unconverted principal
amount hereof, be issued and delivered to the registered holder hereof unless a
different name has been indicated below. If shares or any portion of this Note
not converted are to be issued in the name of a person other than the
undersigned, the undersigned will provide the appropriate information below and
pay all transfer taxes payable with respect thereto. Any amount required to be
paid by the undersigned on account of interest accompanies this Note.

Dated:
     

      
Signature(s)

Signature(s) must be
guaranteed by an "eligible guarantor institution" meeting the
requirements of the Note Registrar, which requirements include membership or
participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program ("STAMP")
or such other "signature guarantee program" as may be determined by the
Note Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance
with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

      
Signature Guarantee

 

of shares of Common Stock if to be issued, and Notes if to be delivered, other
than to and in the name of the registered holder:

     

(Name)

     

(Street Address)

     

(City, State and Zip Code)

     

Please print name and address

Principal amount to be converted 
(if
less than all):

$     

Social Security or Other Taxpayer

Identification Number:

Fill in the information
below for any person to whom the check for the payment of fractional shares, if
any, and Make-Whole Premium, if any, is to be delivered if other than the
registered holder:

     

(Name)

     

(Street Address)

     

(City, State and Zip Code)

     

Please print name and address

Social Security or Other Taxpayer

Identification Number:

10

 

	 	 	 
	
      TO: 
	 	ENDEAVOUR INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION
WELLS
      FARGO BANK, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION

The undersigned
registered owner of this Note hereby irrevocably acknowledges receipt of a
notice from Endeavour International Corporation (the "Company") as to the
occurrence of a Change of Control with respect to the Company and requests and
instructs the Company to repay the entire principal amount of this Note
(Certificate No.     ), or the portion thereof
(which is $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) below designated, in
accordance with the terms of the Indenture referred to in this Note to the
registered holder hereof. If the Company has elected to pay the Change of
Control Purchase Price and, if applicable, the Make-Whole Premium, in Common
Stock, the undersigned hereby elects to receive the Change of Control Purchase
Price in Common Stock.

Dated:
     

     

      
Signature(s)

NOTICE: The above
signatures of the holder(s) hereof must correspond with the name as written upon
the face of the Note in every particular without alteration or enlargement or
any change whatever.

Principal amount to be
repaid (if less than all):

$     

      
Social Security or Other

Taxpayer Identification
Number

11

 

For value received
     hereby sell(s) assign(s) and transfer(s)
unto      (Please insert social security or
other Taxpayer Identification Number of assignee) the within Note, and hereby
irrevocably constitutes and appoints
     attorney to transfer said Note on the books
of the Company, with full power of substitution in the premises.

In connection with any
transfer of the Note prior to the expiration of the holding period applicable to
sales thereof under Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act (or any successor
provision) (other than any transfer pursuant to a registration statement that
has been declared effective under the Securities Act), the undersigned confirms
that such Note is being transferred:

	 	 	 	•   To Endeavour International Corporation or a subsidiary thereof;
or	 

	 	 	 	•   Inside the United States pursuant to and in compliance with
      Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended; or	 

	 	 	 	•   Pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144 under the
      Securities Act of 1933, as amended;	 

and unless the box below is checked, the
undersigned confirms that such Note is not being transferred to an
"affiliate" of the Company as defined in Rule 144 under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (an "Affiliate").

 

transferee is an Affiliate of the Company.

Dated:
     

     

      
Signature(s)

Signature(s) must be
guaranteed by an "eligible guarantor institution" meeting the
requirements of the Note Registrar, which requirements include membership or
participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program ("STAMP")
or such other "signature guarantee program" as may be determined by the
Note Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance
with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

      
Signature Guarantee

NOTICE: The signature of the conversion
notice, the Change of Control Purchase Notice or the assignment must correspond
with the name as written upon the face of the Note in every particular without
alteration or enlargement or any change whatever.

12

 

ENDEAVOUR INTERNATIONAL
CORPORATION

6.00% Convertible Senior Notes Due
2012

No:

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
      Date 
	 	Principal Amount 	 	Notation Explaining
Principal
      Amount
Recorded 	 	Authorized
Signature of
Trustee

13

 

Transfer Certificate

In connection with any
transfer of any of the Notes within the period prior to the expiration of the
holding period applicable to the sales thereof under Rule 144(k) under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act") (or any
successor provision), the undersigned registered owner of this Note hereby
certifies with respect to $     principal amount
of the above-captioned Notes presented or surrendered on the date hereof (the
"Surrendered Notes") for registration of transfer, or for exchange or
conversion where the Notes issuable upon such exchange or conversion are to be
registered in a name other than that of the undersigned registered owner (each
such transaction being a "transfer"), that such transfer complies with
the restrictive legend set forth on the face of the Surrendered Notes for the
reason checked below:

	 	 	 
	
      •  
•  
•  
•   
	 	A transfer of the Surrendered Notes is made to
      the Company or
any subsidiaries; or
The transfer of the Surrendered
      Notes complies with Rule 144A
under the U.S. Securities Act of
      1933, as amended (the
"Securities Act"); or
The transfer of
      the Surrendered Notes is pursuant to an
effective registration
      statement under the Securities Act, or
The transfer of the Surrendered
      Notes is pursuant to another
available exemption from the registration
      requirement of the
Securities
Act.

and unless the box below is checked, the
undersigned confirms that, to the undersigned’s knowledge, such Notes are not
being transferred to an "affiliate" of the Company as defined in
Rule 144 under the Securities Act (an "Affiliate").

	 	 	 
	•  The transferee is an Affiliate of the
      Company.

	
       
	 	 
	
      DATE:
            
	 	     
Signature(s)

(If the registered owner is a
corporation, partnership or

fiduciary, the title of the Person
signing on behalf of

such registered owner must be stated.

14exv10w55

 

EXHIBIT 10.55

CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

EXECUTION COPY

Master Distribution Agreement

     This Master Distribution Agreement (the “Agreement”) is entered into as of February 2, 2005,
among Homestore Inc., a Delaware corporation (“HS”), Homestore Sales Company, Inc., a subsidiary of
HS (“HSC”) and NRT Incorporated, a Delaware corporation (“NRT”). HS and HSC are collectively
referred to herein as Homestore.

     Whereas, HS provides, through HSC, online real estate media and technology solutions;

     Whereas, NRT owns and operates real estate brokerage companies (“NRT Local Operating
Companies”) throughout the United States which do business under the Coldwell Banker®, ERA®,
Sotheby’s International Realty®, The Corcoran Group® and The Sunshine Group® brand names;

     Whereas, Homestore operates a Website located at the URL www.realtor.com
(“REALTOR.com”) which contains information regarding homes and lots for sale, and generally charges
real estate agents or brokers a fee to display enhanced personal and company contact and content on
REALTOR.com in a variety of feature configurations (“Advertisements”); and

     Whereas, NRT desires to purchase certain Advertisements as set forth below.

     NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual agreements contained herein, the
parties hereto agree as follows:

	 	1.  	Description of HSC Advertisements. The following is a current
description of the Advertisements to be provided by HSC to NRT hereunder (examples of
each Advertisement demonstrating the current positioning, scaled size (not actual) and
content type of each type of Advertisement is attached hereto as Exhibit A). NRT
acknowledges and agrees that nothing set forth herein shall be deemed to limit or
restrict HSC’s ability to amend or modify any of the features or functionality of the
Advertisements so long as HSC implements such amendments or modifications to all of
its customers:

(a) Company Showcase Enhanced Listing – property listing which includes up to six
(6) photographs of the property, one or more fields of text describing the property, a
photograph of the real estate listing agent, contact information for the

1

 

real estate listing agent and company logo. This Advertisement currently appears on the
web page that appears when a consumer clicks on a listing. The current size of (i) the top
photograph is 300 pixels wide by 200 pixels high (ii) the photographs cascading down on the
left side of the web page are 120 pixels wide by 80 pixels high (iii) the photograph of the
real estate agent is 80 pixels wide by 120 pixels high and (iv) the logo is 120 pixels wide
by 80 pixels high. As part of the Company Showcase Enhanced Listing, all NRT real estate
sales agents, present and future, will (i) be listed in the Find a REALTOR Directory on
Realtor.com in the same manner as if the NRT real estate sales agent had purchased the
Agent Showcase Enhancement (allows consumers to find a real estate sales agent when
searching for a REALTOR® in a specific geographic area) and (ii) be provided the
functionality to access the agent control panel feature for consumer usage reporting
information, account maintenance settings, and marketing information on Homestore products
and services.

     Upon execution, HSC will supply login credentials for NRT offices to NRT’s Director of
Electronic Marketing, broken out by NRT office.

(b) Featured Home – thumbnail photograph of a property listing presented on the
web page after a search is entered but before the web page presenting the actual search
results. The current size of the thumbnail photograph is 120 wide by 80 pixels high. Each
Featured Home slot is assigned to a specific zip code (as determined by the United States
Postal Service) and is classified into one of three tiers based on the volume of searches
on Realtor.com within that zip code. HSC offers four (4) Featured Home slots within tier 1
and tier 2 zip codes. HSC offers eight (8) Featured Home slots within tier 3 zip codes.
When a consumer searches on Realtor.com for property listings, the geographic areas defined
in their search criteria are compared with the zip codes of all of the property listings
designated as a Featured Home. If four (4) or less Featured Homes exist within the area of
the search, those Featured Homes are displayed. If more than four (4) Featured Homes
exists within the area of the search, the Featured Homes are grouped into sets of four (4)
and displayed randomly.

(c) Featured Company/Companion Advertisement – (i) a customizable banner
advertisement located in the top right portion of a web page and (ii) a customizable
skyscraper advertisement companion advertisement located on the right side of a web page.
The current size of (i) the banner advertisement in the top right of a web page is 468
pixels wide by 60 pixels high and (ii) the skyscraper advertisement on the right side of a
web page is 120 pixels wide by 600 pixels high. Featured Company/Companion Advertisements
will (x) display at such time when users during a session or searches may be geo-targeted
and (y) will then display on the home page, the initial search page, the criteria selection
page or the search results page. These two advertisements together are referred to as a
Companion Advertisement. Each Featured Company/Companion Advertisement is placed in one
out of six hundred eighty one (681) local markets. Local markets are based on Metropolitan
Statistical Area data sets as defined by

2

 

the U.S. Census Bureau except in certain large Metropolitan Statistical Area data sets
where each county is considered a local market (“MSA”). There are ten (10) Featured
Company/Companion Advertisement slots per MSA, subject to a twenty percent (20%) cap per
MSA per company (it being understood and agreed that separately branded NRT subsidiaries
constitute separate companies for the purpose of Companion Advertisements).

(d) Animated Sign Rider – an animated advertisement located within the thumbnail of
a property listing on a search results web page and links directly to the listing office’s
website or to the listing detail page on which the Advertisement displays. The current size
of an Animated Sign Rider is 75 pixels wide by 50 pixels high.

(e) Office Standard Listing Enhancement – logo and office contact information on
the property detail page that currently appears on the bottom right side of a search
results web page. The current size of the logo is 120 pixels high by 80 pixels wide.

2. Purchase. In consideration of the amounts to be paid to HSC by NRT as set forth
in Section 4, HSC will provide NRT with the following during the Term hereof:

	 	(a)  	Company Showcase Enhanced Listings — All NRT property listings shall
be displayed as Company Showcase Enhanced Listings. NRT real estate sales agents
currently subscribing to the Find a REALTOR feature will remain as is and NRT real
estate sales agents that do not currently subscribe will be added to the Find a
REALTOR feature as soon as practicable but in no event later than June 30, 2005. After
June 30, 2005 new NRT real estate sales agents will be added within thirty (30) days
of notification by NRT. All NRT real estate sales agents will be provided immediate
access to the agent control panel feature.
	 
	 	(b)  	Featured Home — NRT will have the ability to designate as a Featured Home any
property listed for sale by NRT within [*] Featured Home zip code slots listed on
Exhibit B attached hereto, subject to a cap on inventory of two (2) Featured Home
slots per NRT Local Operating Company office location per zip code. With respect to
Exhibit B, HSC agrees to reasonably cooperate with NRT in NRT’s identification of the
[*] Featured Home zip code slots, which identification shall be made by NRT within ten
(10) days of execution of this Agreement. When purchasing a Featured Home product, (i)
if NRT does not specify a listing to feature, HSC will select the highest priced
listing in NRT inventory that has a photo, (ii) text, individual agent photos or
office logos shall not be featured in the Featured Homes spot, and (iii) in the event
NRT does not have any inventory to display, HSC will place in NRT’s spot a placeholder
image that will re-direct to a NRT Local Operating Company website. [*] If at any
time during the Term of this Agreement HSC increases

[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

3

 

	 	   	the number of Featured Home slots per zip code, HSC shall proportionately increase the
number of Featured Home slots provided hereunder, at no additional charge, subject to
any required limitation set forth by the National Association of Realtors® (“NAR”).
The Featured Homes purchased hereunder shall be displayed randomly and equitably based
on neutral criteria applied to all of HSC’s customers.
	 
	 	(c)  	Companion Advertisements – [*] Companion Advertisements as listed on
Exhibit D. With respect to Exhibit D, HSC shall reasonably cooperate with NRT in NRT’s
identification of the [*] Companion Advertisements, which identification shall be made
by NRT within ten (10) days of execution of this Agreement. NRT will provide to HSC
customizable graphical advertisements for each NRT Local Operating Company. NRT may
purchase up to two (2) Companion Advertisements per MSA.

a. Frequency of Display of Companion Advertisements – The Companion
Advertisements purchased hereunder shall be displayed on ten percent (10%) of the web
pages or other geo-targeted inventory (location within an MSA), per NRT Local Operating
Company, for searches within the MSAs that NRT has purchased Companion Advertisements.

	 	(d)  	Animated Sign Rider – all NRT listings will be provided with Animated Sign
Rider.
	 
	 	(e)  	Office Standard Listing Enhancement- all NRT listings will be provided with
Office Standard Listing Enhancement.

     3. Term and Termination. The initial term of this Agreement shall commence on April
1, 2005 (the “Effective Date”) and shall terminate on March 31, 2006 (the “Initial Term”); provided
however that NRT shall have the option, in its sole discretion, to extend the Initial Term for two
successive annual periods (each two annual periods, “Renewal Term”, and collectively, the “Term”).
NRT shall exercise such renewal options by delivering at least sixty (60) days written notice to
HSC prior to the expiration of the Initial Term or any Renewal Term. Pricing for the Term is as
set forth in Section 4, and all other terms and conditions shall remain the same during the Term.

     During the Term of this Agreement, either NRT or Homestore shall have the right to terminate
this Agreement for cause in the event of any material breach of this Agreement by the other party
if such breach is not cured within sixty (60) days after the breaching party receives a written
notice of such breach from the non-breaching party. Termination of this Agreement for cause
pursuant to this section shall not relieve either party from any obligations hereunder due and
owing as of the date of such termination. Additional termination rights are set forth in Sections
7, 8, 9, 17 (h) and 27 herein.

     Any party may terminate this Agreement by written notice to the other party, and may
regard the other party as in default of this Agreement, if such party becomes

[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

4

 

insolvent, makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, suffers or permits the
appointment of a receiver for its business or assets, becomes subject to any proceeding under any
bankruptcy or insolvency law whether domestic or foreign, or has wound up or liquidated,
voluntarily or otherwise.

     4. Price. In consideration of the Advertisements to be provided by HSC hereunder,
NRT hereby agrees to pay to HSC the following amounts in cash via wire transfer to such bank
account as directed by HSC:

(i) For April 1, 2005 through March 31, 2006 – [*] Dollars ($[*]) payable in monthly
installments of $[*] per month, payable by the 10th day of each month;

(ii) To the extent NRT exercises its renewal option, for April 1, 2006 through March 31, 2007
– [*] Dollars ($[*]) payable in monthly installments of $[*] per month, payable by the
10th day of each month; and

(iii) To the extent NRT exercises its renewal option, for April 1, 2007 through March 31,
2008 – [*] Dollars ($[*]) payable in monthly installments of $[*] per month, payable by the
10th day of each month.

     In addition, in the event that the number of Company Showcase Enhanced Listings under Section
2(a) hereof exceeds (i) [*] from April 1, 2005 through March 31, 2006, (ii) [*] from April 1, 2006
through March 31, 2007, or (iii) [*] from April 1, 2007 through March 31, 2008, then NRT’s monthly
payment will increase by an amount equal to [*] percent ([*]%) of HSC’s then in effect retail price
for its enhanced listing product for each Company Showcase Enhanced Listing in excess of the
foregoing maximums.

     For the Term of this Agreement, HSC will extend a [*] percent ([*]%) discount to its then in
effect retail rates to NRT’s offices that purchase additional Advertisements other than those
purchased pursuant to this Agreement. HSC’s current retail rates are set forth in Exhibit E
attached hereto, which may be amended by HSC in its sole discretion at any time.

     Any purchases or renewals made by NRT or its Local Operating Companies (but not including
purchases made by NRT real estate sales agents) shall be approved in writing by NRT’s Director of
Electronic Marketing or his designee (as designated in writing to HSC), and are subject to the
terms and conditions of this Agreement (and no additional terms and conditions except with respect
to term). For the purpose of clarity, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall survive as
necessary to apply to the entire term of all additional purchases or renewals under the Agreement
regardless of the term of such purchase or renewal. Any purchases or renewals after the Term of
this Agreement shall be subject to HSC’s standard terms and conditions.

     [*]

     [*]

[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

5

 

     5. Usage Statistics. HSC makes no guarantees with respect to usage statistics or
levels of impressions for any Advertisement. NRT acknowledges that delivery statistics provided by
HSC are the definitive and binding measurements of HSC’s performance on any delivery obligation to
the extent reasonably documented by HSC.

     6. No Resale or Redistribution of Ad Space. Except as set forth herein with respect
to distribution to NRT subsidiaries, employees and agents and as set forth in Section 21
(Assignment), NRT may not resell or redistribute to a third party any of its Advertisement rights
hereunder.

     7. Additional Limitation of Liability for Advertisements. IN THE EVENT HSC FAILS TO PUBLISH
AN ADVERTISEMENT, THE SOLE LIABILITY OF HS AND HSC TO NRT, AND NRT’S SOLE REMEDY, SHALL BE LIMITED
TO, AT NRT’S OPTION (i) INTEGRATION OR PLACEMENT OF SUCH ADVERTISEMENT AT A LATER TIME OR (ii)
TERMINATION OF THE AGREEMENT UPON THIRTY (30) DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE.

     8. Provision of Advertising Materials; Specifications. NRT will provide all materials
for the Advertisements including, without limitation, trademarks, service marks, tradenames,
graphics, logos, URL’s, domain names, brand features photographs, text, data, pictures,
communications, animation, images, digital and/or audio clips or components or other content or
material contained therein, (collectively “Advertising Content”) in accordance with HSC’s policies
and specifications then in effect which HSC may modify from time to time and at any time
(collectively, “Specifications”), which for the purpose of clarity include (x) HSC’s Technical
Standards and Procedures attached hereto at Exhibit F and (y) the current position, size,
frequency and content type of the Advertisements set forth herein and in effect from time to time.
HSC shall publish Advertising Content in the Advertisements in accordance with the Specifications.
HSC’s use of the Advertising Content in the Advertisements in accordance with the current
position, size, frequency and content type set forth herein and in effect from time to time. HSC
shall not be required to publish any Advertisement that is not received in accordance with such
Specifications. HSC shall provide NRT prior written notice of any material change or material
modification to the Specifications. For the purpose of clarity, any material change or material
modification to the current positioning, size, frequency and/or content type of the current
Advertisements is a material change to the Specifications. NRT shall provide HSC with written
notice of any such change or modification that adversely impacts NRT and HSC shall have thirty (30)
days from the date of such notification to cure such adverse impact. If HSC fails to cure the
adverse impact NRT may terminate this Agreement upon thirty (30) days written notice. HSC shall
promptly notify NRT of any Advertisement Content that is not received in accordance with such
Specifications. HSC will accept the Advertising Content via data feeds from NRT. NRT hereby grants
to HSC a non-exclusive, non-transferable, non-sublicenseable, revocable, royalty-free, worldwide,
fully paid license to store, use, reproduce, modify, edit and display any Advertising Content in
accordance herewith for the sole purpose of appropriately displaying Advertising Content within
Advertisements

6

 

pursuant to this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing restrictions, HSC will comply with
NRT trademark usage guidelines in connection with use of any NRT marks, logos, and/or names
pursuant to this Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit G. This license granted hereunder to the
Advertising Content will terminate immediately upon termination of this Agreement for any reason.
Except for the rights and licenses expressly granted to HSC in this Section 8, NRT retains all
right, title, and interest in the Advertising Content.

     Except as expressly provided hereunder or as a feature or function of any Advertisements, and
without limiting the terms of any licenses granted hereunder, HSC shall not either during or after
the Term of this Agreement: (i) make any representations, either express or implied, or create an
appearance that a visitor to an HSC Distribution Channel (as defined below) is visiting a website
of NRT or any of its affiliated real estate brands (collectively “NRT Websites”), including without
limitation, “framing” any page of an NRT Website; (ii) send e-mails using NRT’s, and/or its
affiliated real estate brands, names, logos, trademarks, service marks, website URL’s, domain names
listed on Exhibit H (collectively “NRT Marks”);(iii) purchase or otherwise contract with a third
party to exploit any NRT Marks, or variation or misspelling thereof, as a keyword for the purpose
of causing any Homestore web site to appear as a search result in any search engine or for any
other reason ; (iv) use or otherwise incorporate NRT Marks or variations or misspellings in the
domain name(s) of any Homestore web site; (v) use, or permit others to use, NRT Marks in a manner
that infringes upon, misappropriates, and/or otherwise violates NRT’s intellectual property rights
in the NRT Marks.

     9. Positioning of Advertisements; Distribution Channels. Except as specifically stated
herein, the positioning of Advertisements within the HSC Distribution Channels, as defined below,
or on any page thereof is at HSC’s sole discretion. For the purpose of clarity, any material change
or material modification to the current positioning of the Advertisements is a material change to
the Specifications. HSC may, at its sole discretion, modify or remove any portion of the HSC
Distribution Channels, provided however that in the event HSC modifies or removes any HSC
Distribution Channel resulting in significantly less viewing traffic of Advertising Content and
which results in HSC decreasing its retail rates then in effect for enhanced listings, NRT and HSC
will, in good faith, renegotiate the pricing set forth in this Agreement. In the event the parties
cannot mutually agree on satisfactory pricing, NRT may terminate this Agreement upon thirty (30)
days prior written notice. As used herein, “HSC Distribution Channels” shall mean Internet sites
(including co-branded and mirrored versions thereof) and other media (including any and all print
media) owned and operated by HSC or its affiliates including but not limited to REALTOR.com®, and
third-party Internet sites where Advertisement Content may be distributed and/or electronically
displayed (including, e.g. AOL and MSN).

     10. HSC’s Right to Reject, Cancel or Remove Advertisements. Except as specifically
stated herein, HSC reserves the right to reject, cancel or remove any Advertisements, URL, link,
space reservation or position commitment, at any time, for any reason whatsoever in its reasonable
editorial discretion and without any abatement in

7

 

NRT’s payment obligation hereunder. HSC shall provide at least twenty four (24) hours written
notice prior to removing any Advertisement. The fact that HSC has not rejected any Advertisement
shall not in any way reduce, limit or otherwise affect NRT’s responsibilities and obligations under
this Agreement.

     11. Advertisement. The procedure for each Advertisement shall be as follows: (a) NRT
shall provide HSC with the Advertising Content in accordance with the Specifications; (b) upon
receiving the Advertising Content, HSC is authorized to produce the selected Advertisement by
incorporating the Advertising Content. Subject to Section 14 (Content and Linking Guidelines), HSC
grants NRT permission to incorporate links to the HSC Site from NRT’s Advertisements. NRT will
retain a copy of the Advertising Content provided to HSC for as long as such listing is an active
listing. HSC reserves the right to omit or remove Advertising Content in whole or in part if HSC,
in its reasonable discretion, finds any part of it to be in violation of the Agreement or otherwise
inappropriate. NRT understands that Advertising Content or provision thereof is not
confidential.

     12. User Data. For purposes of this Agreement, “User Data” means all data and
information collected from or generated about individual(s) who visit the web sites on which the
Advertisement is hosted, or data and information collected from consumers that are referred to NRT
through the Advertisement. All User Data collected by HSC shall constitute HSC’s proprietary and
confidential information. NRT agrees to be bound by the HSC privacy policy located at
http://www.homestore.com/AboutUs/Privacypop.asp, as amended from time to time, for User Data. NRT
also agrees to use information received from consumers solely for the purpose of responding to
their inquiry and to provide services requested by the consumer. NRT will indemnify, defend and
hold HSC harmless from and against third party claims alleging that User Data has been improperly
used by NRT, NRT employees or agents, or by unauthorized users that obtained such data by
penetration of NRT’s web sites or facilities, but solely to the extent that NRT fails to employ
commercially standard security measures to protect such websites or facilities from such
unauthorized access, or any party to whom NRT discloses the User Data. This indemnity shall be
subject to the procedures set forth in Section 18 (Indemnification) hereof.

     13. Proprietary Rights.  As between the parties hereto, HSC exclusively owns
and retains all right, title and interest in and to the Advertisement in perpetuity throughout the
Universe; provided, however that NRT shall retain all its right, title and interest in the
Advertising Content. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, and subject to
HSC’s receipt of payments specified in this Agreement, the Advertisement is licensed (not sold) to
NRT by HSC. HSC does not transfer title to the Advertisement to NRT. This non-exclusive license
only gives NRT the right to use and display the units of the Advertisement that are licensed to NRT
hereunder in accordance with the terms hereof. NRT hereby agrees that to the maximum extent
permitted by law, NRT will not decompile, reverse engineer, disassemble or otherwise reduce the
Advertisement to a human-perceivable form, in whole or in part, and, except as provided for in this
license, NRT will not copy, modify, network, rent, lease, sublicense, or otherwise distribute the

8

 

Advertisement in whole or in part. All rights in and to the Advertisement not expressly
granted to NRT in this Agreement are reserved by HSC. For the avoidance of doubt, the terms of
this Section 13 shall not in any way limit or restrict NRT’s ownership or usage rights in the
Advertising Content. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, NRT retains sole and
exclusive discretion over its usage of Advertising Content, provided that such usage does not
otherwise violate the terms of this Section 13.

     14. Content and Linking Guidelines. During the Term, website(s) to which any of NRT’s
Advertisements link shall not contain any real estate listing information, listings of real estate
agents or brokers or home search listings, including Advertisements or links thereto; provided that
NRT’s Advertisements may link to NRT Local Operating Company websites or the website of any NRT
real estate sales agent.

     If NRT ordered an Advertisement that includes as a feature of the Advertisement the right to
create a link from such Advertisement to the HSC Site, HSC hereby grants to NRT a limited,
revocable, royalty-free right and license to link to the HSC Site from NRT Local Operating Company
websites during the Term, subject to the following provisions: (a) any and all links to the HSC
Site (“Authorized Links”) must be configured according to the Specifications; (b) aside from
linking to the home page at http://www.REALTOR.com, NRT may not link to or frame any other page in
any web site of HSC or its affiliates without HSC’s prior written permission; (c) NRT may not
configure any web page in such a way as to require users to register, sign up for services, or
otherwise submit personal information as a condition of accessing any web page or service of HSC or
its affiliates without HSC’s prior written permission and (d) HSC grants NRT a non-exclusive,
non-transferable, non-sublicenseable, royalty-free, revocable, worldwide right and license to use
the graphic images, and text and other such images for which HSC grants NRT express permission to
use, solely for the purpose of establishing the Authorized Links. Except for the rights and
licenses granted to NRT under this Agreement, HSC reserves all of its rights in the graphic images
and text, any other images, its trade name and trademarks, and all of its other intellectual
property rights. NRT will at all times comply with HSC’s Trademark Usage Guidelines, a copy of
which is attached hereto as Exhibit I, which HSC may modify upon reasonable written notice to NRT.
In the event NRT fails to adhere to the Specifications (which includes Trademark Usage Guidelines),
HSC may revoke NRT’s license to create Authorized Links at any time by providing NRT prior written
notice of such revocation.

     15. HSC Reporting Requirements. Within fourteen (14) days of the end of each month
during the Term of this Agreement, HSC shall provide NRT with consolidated reports for that month
containing (i) the number of impressions and click-throughs for each Featured Company
advertisement, broken out by MSA (ii) the number of impressions of each Featured Home within the
Featured Home slot, broken out by NRT Local Operating Company, zip code, and multiple listing
service listing ID (iii) for each property listing, the number of total property views, and the
number of property inquiries (when available), broken out by branch office, multiple listing
service listing ID, and date and (iv) the total number of telephone calls received by HSC from NRT
real estate sales

9

 

agents and abandonment rate of those calls. The form of each report is set forth in Exhibit
J.

     16. Confidentiality and Public Announcements. (a) During the Term of this Agreement,
it is anticipated that the parties will learn confidential and/or proprietary information about the
other. NRT and HSC will keep confidential such information and any other information which NRT and
HSC may acquire with respect to the other’s (including their respective subsidiaries’) business,
including, but not limited to, information developed and relating to new products, customers,
pricing, know-how, processes, and practices (collectively, “Confidential Information”), and the
receiving party shall not (without the prior written consent of the disclosing party) disclose or
permit disclosure of such Confidential Information to any third party, unless and until the other
party consents in writing to disclosure, or unless such knowledge and information otherwise becomes
generally available to the public through no fault of the other party but provided further that,
notwithstanding the above, the receiving party may disclose, on a need-to-know basis, such
Confidential Information to its third party subcontractors who have signed non-disclosure
agreements with the receiving party, and/or to its current employees, officers, or directors, or
legal or financial representatives. NRT’s Confidential Information also shall include any
proprietary and/or confidential information related to NRT’s employees, franchisees, sales
associates, brokers.

     In addition, neither party shall distribute any press release or notices to third parties or
other publicity concerning this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby without the
prior written consent of the other party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, NRT may generally
advertise the volume of the products purchased hereunder and the retail value related thereto, but
not financial terms related thereto.

     Neither party will disclose to any third party, without the other party’s prior written
consent (except on a need-to-know basis to its third party subcontractors who have signed
non-disclosure agreements with the receiving party, and/or to its current employees, officers, or
directors, or legal or financial representatives), the subject of this relationship without first
providing the other party with the opportunity to review and offer reasonable objection to the
contemplated publication. It is understood, however that the restrictions listed in this Section 16
shall not apply to any portion of Confidential Information which: (i) was previously known to a
receiving party without obligations of confidentiality; (ii) is obtained after the effective date
of this Agreement from a third party which is lawfully in possession of such information and not in
violation of any contractual or legal obligation to a disclosing party, or in breach of this
Agreement, with respect to such information; (iii) is or becomes part of the public domain through
no fault of the receiving party; (iv) is independently ascertainable or developed by the receiving
party or its employees without any breach of this Agreement by the receiving party; (v) is required
to be disclosed by applicable law, rule or regulation, (vi) is required to be disclosed by
administrative or judicial action provided that the receiving party immediately after receiving
written notice of such action notifies disclosing party of such action to give disclosing party the
opportunity to seek any other legal remedies to

10

 

maintain such confidential information in confidence; or (vii) is approved for release by
written authorization of the disclosing party.

          (b) With respect to personally identifiable information of NRT’s employees, franchisees, sales
associates, brokers, and/or customers (including, but not limited to, names, phone numbers, e-mail
addresses, and/or postal addresses) of such individuals that is not the subject of any of the
exclusions of Confidential Information as specified in Section 16(a) above, but provided that HSC
uses such information solely for the purposes of the applicable exclusion (“NRT Personal Data”),
HSC agrees that it shall not, and shall not authorize others to, (a) sell or rent Personal Data to
any other entity, or (b) use or disclose Personal Data except as necessary (i) to perform the
services required by NRT hereunder and/or the applicable individual(s) to whom the information
belongs (the “Services”), (ii) for HSC or its affiliates to send marketing and informational e-mail
communications to NRT sales associates solely of a nature reasonably related to the Services and/or
real estate services. In addition to the foregoing, HSC shall not otherwise use or disclose NRT
Personal Data without the prior written consent of NRT and the applicable individual(s) to whom the
information belongs, and in such case HSC shall only use such NRT Personal Data to the extent
expressly permitted by NRT and such individuals(s). Without limiting the foregoing, HSC shall only
use NRT Personal Data in accordance with applicable law. Solely with respect to e-mail
communications using NRT Personal Data sent to NRT sales associates, HSC shall be permitted to use
its current third party e-mail provider (the “Third Party Provider”) solely for purposes set forth
in subsection (ii) of the foregoing sentence, provided that the Third Party Provider has agreed in
writing to maintain the confidentiality of NRT Personal Data. HSC shall indemnify, defend and
hold harmless NRT and its parent and affiliates and their officers, directors, employees,
representatives and agents, from and against any and all Losses (as defined below), pursuant to the
terms of Section 18, arising out of, related to or in connection with any acts or omissions of the
Third Party Provider.

     (c) The terms of this Section 16 shall survive any expiration or termination of this
Agreement.

     17. Representations and Warranties; HSC Obligations.

     (a) Each of the parties represent, warrant and covenant that (i) this Agreement constitutes
its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms; (ii)
the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement has been authorized by all necessary
corporate action and will not violate any agreement, order, constituent document, law or regulation
to which it is bound or subject and (iii) it will perform its obligations hereunder at all times in
accordance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations, including but not limited to the
CAN-SPAM Act.

     (b) NRT represents, warrants and covenants that to the best of its knowledge after reasonable
inquiry and investigation (i) the Advertising Content is true, complete and accurate and that it
has the right to provide the Advertising Content and to permit HSC’s use of the Advertising Content
in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; (ii) the

11

 

Advertising Content is in compliance with the Technical Standards and Procedures and does not
otherwise interfere with the function or performance of HSC’s Site; (iii) the Advertising Content
will not: (A) infringe, violate or misappropriate any third-party’s copyright, patent, trademark,
trade secret or other proprietary or intellectual property rights or right of publicity or privacy,
or breach any agreements or licenses to which NRT is bound; (B) violate any law or regulation,
including without limitation those governing export control; (C) be defamatory or trade libelous;
(D) be pornographic or obscene or contain any nudity or other sexual materials; (E) contain (and
NRT shall not introduce into HSC’s and/or its affiliates’ or parent company’s computer systems,
databases, or software) viruses, Trojan horses, worms, time bombs, or other similar harmful or
deleterious programming routines; (F) contain material that is threatening, abusive, harassing,
defamatory, obscene, profane, indecent, or otherwise objectionable or offensive; (G) contain
content promoting or encouraging a raffle, contest, game, or pyramid scheme requiring payment of a
fee by participants; (H) contain hate propaganda or fraudulent material or activity; (I) contain
any property owner information, including but not limited to name and phone number, and for sale by
owner listing information or (J) contain NRT confidential information or trade secrets or the
confidential information or trade secrets of a third party.

     (c) HSC represents, warrants and covenants that to the best of its knowledge after reasonable
inquiry and investigation the Advertisements, the publishing of the Advertisements through the HSC
Distribution Channels, and Technical Standards and Procedures including all content contained
therein (with the exception of Advertising Content displayed in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement), and the services relating thereto provided by HSC (collectively, the “HSC Materials”)
will not (A) infringe, violate, or misappropriate any third party’s copyright, patent, trademark,
trade secret or other proprietary or intellectual property rights or right of publicity or privacy,
or breach any agreements or licenses to which HSC is bound (collectively, any breach of this
Section 17(c)(A) shall be referred to hereinafter as “Infringement”), (B) violate any law or
regulation, including without limitation those governing export control; (C) be defamatory or trade
libelous; (D) be pornographic or obscene or contain any nudity or other sexual materials; (E)
contain (and HSC shall not introduce into NRT’s and/or its affiliates’ or parent company’s computer
systems, databases, or software) viruses, Trojan horses, worms, time bombs, or other similar
harmful or deleterious programming routines; (F) contain material that is threatening, abusive,
harassing, defamatory, obscene, profane, indecent, or otherwise objectionable or offensive; (G)
contain content promoting or encouraging a raffle, contest, game, or pyramid scheme requiring
payment of a fee by participants; (H) contain hate propaganda or fraudulent material or activity;
(I) unless permitted by its operating agreement with NAR, contain any property owner information,
including but not limited to name and phone number, and for sale by owner listing information. HSC
further represents, warrants and covenants that it has the right to provide the Advertisements and
services set forth herein.

     (d) HSC will use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that any and all third
party owners and/or operators of websites which contain Advertising, comply with the applicable
terms and conditions of this Agreement.

12

 

     (e) HSC agrees to ensure a commercially reasonable response time for users accessing
REALTOR.com and agrees to respond to any page delivery problems reported by users of the web site
within one (1) business day after notice of such problem is received by HSC.

     (f) NRT agrees to assign one (1) person from its Information Technology department as its NRT
Project Manager and HSC agrees to assign one (1) person from its Information Technology department
as its HSC Project Manager. Such Project Managers shall communicate with each other in the event
there are issues related to the service or functionality of REALTOR.com.

     (g) HSC agrees to provide a dedicated toll free telephone number Monday through Friday from 6
am to 5 pm PST to answer questions from NRT sales associates, including but not limited to password
reset inquiries. The average abandoned call rate for inbound calls to HSC from NRT real estate
sales agents shall not exceed [*] percent ([*]%). For each month in which the abandonment rates
exceeds [*] percent ([*]%) HSC shall refund $[*] to NRT.

     (h) Within [*] ([*]) [*] of receipt of notice, HSC agrees to use commercially reasonable
efforts to correct all errors, bugs, derivations or failures in the performance of REALTOR.com so
that it performs in accordance with specifications. In the event of any outage of REALTOR.com
which (a) continues unabated for a period of [*] ([*]) [*], and/or (b) in the aggregate lasts more
than [*] during any thirty (30) day period (excluding outages for scheduled maintenance or overall
general outage of Internet connectivity), NRT shall have the right to immediately terminate this
Agreement upon ten (10) days written notice to HSC.

     (i) HSC agrees to provide an immediate telephone response from a trained technical
representative to an NRT representative in the Information Technology department in the event HSC
is notified or becomes aware of an emergency, including but not limited to power outage or a
material decrease in functionality of REALTOR.com.

     18. Indemnity. Each party agrees, at its own expense, to indemnify, defend and hold
harmless the other party and its parent and affiliates and their officers, directors, employees,
representatives and agents (“Indemnified Parties”), from and against any and all third-party (which
shall include employees, agents, representatives of the Indemnified Party) claims, damages,
expenses, losses, costs (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs) or liability or expenses
of any kind (collectively “Losses”) incurred by the Indemnified Parties arising out of, related to
or in connection with (a) the breach by the indemnifying party of its representations or
obligations under this Agreement or (b) the Advertising Content (provided that NRT’s obligations
hereunder shall only apply to the extent HSC (and/or any other Indemnified Parties related to HSC)
use(s) the Advertising Content in accordance with the terms of this Agreement) or (c) any material,
product or service provided by the indemnifying party to any party (including without limitation,

[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

13

 

any warranty claims, consumer protection claims and claims of trademark or copyright infringement,
defamation, breach of confidentiality, privacy violation, false or deceptive advertising or sales
practices) or (d) the indemnifying party’s willful misconduct and/or intentional or grossly
negligent actions or breaches hereunder. Each party agrees to promptly notify the indemnifying
party in writing of any indemnifiable claim. The indemnified party shall cooperate in all
reasonable respects with the indemnifying party and its attorneys in the investigation, trial,
defense and settlement of such claim and any appeal arising therefrom. The indemnified party may
participate in such investigation, trial, defense and settlement of such claim and any appeal
arising therefrom, through its attorneys or otherwise, at its own cost and expense. No settlement
of a claim that involves a remedy other than the payment of money by the indemnifying party shall
be entered into without the consent of the indemnified party, unless the settlement includes an
unconditional general release of the indemnified party which consent will not be unreasonably
withheld. For the purpose of clarity, HS and HSC agree that they are jointly and severally liable
for the representations, warranties and agreements contained herein by such parties, and that in
all cases HS guarantees any performance obligations of HSC including without limitation the
indemnification provisions set forth herein.

     19. Disclaimer of Warranties. EXCEPT FOR THE REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES AND
COVENANTS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN, ALL ADVERTISEMENTS PROVIDED BY HSC HEREUNDER ARE PROVIDED “AS
IS” AND WITHOUT ANY WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE.
EXCEPT FOR THE REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN, HOMESTORE, ON
ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY THIRD PARTIES, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THIRD PARTY
BENEFICIARIES: (a) EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NONINFRINGEMENT OF ANY ADVERTISEMENT CONTENT (BUT WITHOUT LIMITING THE TERMS
OF SECTION 17(c)(A)), AND ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES ARISING FROM THE COURSE OF DEALING OR COURSE OF
PERFORMANCE; (b) DOES NOT WARRANT THAT THE OPERATION OF THE ADVERTISEMENTS WILL BE UNINTERRUPTED OR
ERROR-FREE; (c) DOES NOT MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS REGARDING THE USE OR THE RESULTS DERIVED FROM THE
ADVERTISEMENTS IN TERMS OF CORRECTNESS, ACCURACY, RELIABILITY, LEAD GENERATION, INCREASE IN
BUSINESS OR OTHERWISE; AND (d) SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTIES THAT THE ADVERTISEMENTS WILL
FUNCTION OR ARE COMPATIBLE WITH SUCH COMPUTER HARDWARE OR SOFTWARE WITH WHICH NRT OR OTHERS MAY USE
TO USE OR ACCESS THE ADVERTISEMENTS, SUBJECT TO THE SPECIFICATIONS. NRT IS SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR
ENSURING THAT ANY COMPUTER HARDWARE OR SOFTWARE NRT USES IS COMPATIBLE WITH AND/OR FUNCTIONS WITH
THE ADVERTISEMENTS.

14

 

     20. Limitation of Liability. IN NO EVENT SHALL ANY PARTY BE LIABLE HEREUNDER
FOR ANY LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OF BUSINESS, LOSS OF USE OR DATA, INTERRUPTION OF BUSINESS, OR FOR
INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, EXEMPLARY, PUNITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, WHETHER
BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, NEGLIGENCE), WARRANTY, GUARANTEE OR ANY
OTHER LEGAL OR EQUITABLE GROUNDS, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
DAMAGES. THESE LIMITATIONS SHALL SURVIVE AND APPLY NOTWITHSTANDING THE VALIDITY OF THE LIMITED
REMEDIES PROVIDED FOR IN THE AGREEMENT. THE FOREGOING LIMITATION OF LIABILITY SHALL NOT AFFECT A
PARTY’S INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS UNDER SECTION 18 (Indemnification) HEREOF.

     21. Assignment. Except as set forth in this Section, neither NRT or
Homestore may assign any portion of this Agreement or any licenses granted hereunder, voluntarily
or involuntarily, including without limitation by operation of law, without the prior written
consent of the other party, except that either party may assign this Agreement without the other
party’s consent in the case of a merger, consolidation, or sale of all or substantially all of the
assignor’s assets with or to an unaffiliated third party. Any attempt to otherwise assign this
Agreement shall be null and void, except that NRT may assign this Agreement to an affiliate of NRT
in connection with a corporate reorganization; provided that (i) NRT shall remain liable as a
guarantor of the payment obligations hereunder and (ii) no such assignment shall extend NRT’s
rights hereunder to third parties, including franchisees of its parent corporation. No person or
entity not a party hereto shall have any interest herein or be deemed a third party beneficiary
hereof, and nothing contained herein shall be construed to create any rights enforceable by any
other person or third party.

     22. Independent Contractor. NRT and Homestore are, and will be deemed to
be, independent contractors with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, and nothing
contained in this Agreement will be deemed or construed in any manner whatsoever as creating any
partnership, joint venture, employment, agency, fiduciary or other similar relationship between the
parties. Neither party nor any of its agents or employees shall have any right or authority to
assume or create obligation of any kind, whether express or implied, on behalf of the other party.

     23. Binding Agreement. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit
of the parties and their respective permitted successors and assigns.

     24. Captions Headings. Captions and paragraph headings used in this Agreement are for
convenience only and shall not be used to interpret any provision hereof.

     25. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with the Exhibits, constitutes the
entire agreement and
understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and is intended as the
parties’ final expression and complete and exclusive statement of the terms thereof, superseding
all prior or contemporaneous agreements,

15

 

representations, promises and understandings, whether
written or oral, and may be amended or modified only by an instrument in writing signed by both
parties.

     26. Notices. Any notice required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be (a) in
writing, (b) effective on the first business day following the date of receipt, and (c) delivered
by one of the following means: (i) by personal delivery; (ii) by prepaid, overnight package
delivery or courier service; or (iii) by the United States Postal Service, first class, certified
mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid. All notices given under this Agreement shall be
addressed, in the case of Homestore, as follows:

Attn: General Counsel

Homestore Inc.

30700 Russell Ranch Road

Westlake Village, California 91362

All notices given under this Agreement shall be addressed, in the case of NRT, as follows:

NRT Incorporated

339 Jefferson Road

Parsippany, NJ 07054

Attn: Bruce Zipf, President

With copies to: same address

Attn: Ken Hoffert, General Counsel

Attn: Rob Campbell, Director, Electronic Marketing

     or to such other addresses of which the parties have been advised in writing by any of the
above-described means. Personal delivery to a party or to any officer, partner, agent, or employee
of such party at its address herein shall constitute receipt. The following shall also constitute
receipt: (i) a party’s rejection or other refusal to accept notice, and (ii) the inability to
deliver to a party because of a changed address of which no notice has been received by the other
party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no notice of change of address shall be effective until ten
(10) days after the date of receipt thereof. This Section shall not be construed in any way to
affect or impair any waiver of notice or demand herein provided.

     27. Force Majeure. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this
Agreement, the failure or delay in performance by a party (other than the payment of money) shall
be excused to the extent it is caused by an event beyond that party’s control, provided that the
party prevented from or delayed in rendering performance notifies the other party immediately in
writing and in detail of the commencement and nature of such cause, and provided further that such
party uses its best efforts to render performance in a
timely manner, utilizing to such end all resources reasonably required in the circumstances.
If such event continues beyond ninety (90) days, either party may terminate this Agreement.

16

 

     28. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance
with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to any principles of conflicts of
law. With respect to any litigation arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the parties
agree that it shall be exclusively filed in and heard by the state or federal courts with
jurisdiction to hear such suits located in Los Angeles County, California and each party hereby
submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts.

     29. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of
which shall be deemed an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same
Agreement.

     30. Severability. In the event that any provision of this Agreement shall be held to
be void or unenforceable, the remaining portions shall remain in full force and effect.

     31. Survival. Any provision of or obligation under this Agreement which contemplates
performance or observance subsequent to any termination or expiration of this Agreement shall
survive any such termination or expiration, and shall continue in full force and effect. In
addition, all provisions of this Agreement shall survive the termination or expiration of this
Agreement to the fullest extent necessary to give the parties the full benefit of the bargain
expressed herein and of the intent contemplated hereunder.

17

 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each party has executed or caused its duly authorized officer to execute
this Agreement the day and year first above written.

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	 	 	Homestore Sales Company, Inc.
	 
	 	 	 	 
	

	 	 	 	/s/ W. Michael Long 
	

	 	 	 	 
	

	 	 	 	W. Michael Long, CEO
	 
	 	 	 	 
	

	 	 	 	Homestore, Inc.
	 
	 	 	 	 
	

	 	 	 	/s/ Allan Dalton 
	

	 	 	 	 
	

	 	 	 	Allan Dalton, President & CEO of Realtor.com
	 
	 	 	 	 
	

	 	 	 	NRT Incorporated
	 
	 	 	 	 
	

	 	 	 	/s/ Bruce Zipf
	

	 	 	 	 
	

	 	 	 	Bruce Zipf, President

18

 

Exhibit A

Examples of Positioning, Size and Font of Advertisements

19

 

	

Company Showcase Enhanced
Listing

 

	

Agent Control Panel

 

	

Agent Control Panel

Reporting Property Selection

 

	

Agent Control Panel

Reporting Property Detail

 

	

Agent Control Panel

Reporting Email Detailed Report

 

	

Find a REALTOR(r)

 

	

Find a REALTOR(r)

 

	

Featured Home

 

	

Featured Company/Companion
Advertisement

 

	

Animated Sign Rider

 

	

Office Standard Listing
Enhancement

 

Exhibit B

 Featured Home Zip Code Slots

20

 

[*]

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	[*]
Featured Homes
	 	 	 	Slot 1 Office Assignment	 	 	 	Slot 2 Office Assignment	 	 	 	Slot 3 Office Assignment	 	 
	 	Zip	 	 	State	 	 	 	County	 	 	 	Community	 	 	 	Tier	 	 	 	Rank	 	 	 	Value	 	 	 	Slots	 	 	 	Office	 	 	 	PC	 	 	 	Oracle#	 	 	 	#	 	 	 	Office	 	 	 	PC	 	 	 	Oracle#	 	 	 	#	 	 	 	Office	 	 	 	PC	 	 	 	Oracle#	 	 	 	#	 	 
	 	[*]
	 	 	 	[*]	 	 	 	 	[*]	 	 	 	 	[*]	 	 	 	 	[*]	 	 	 	 	[*]	 	 	 	 	[*]	 	 	 	 	[*]	 	 	 	 	[*]	 	 	 	 	[*]	 	 	 	 	[*]	 	 	 	 	[*]	 	 	 	 	[*]	 	 	 	 	[*]	 	 	 	 	[*]	 	 	 	 	[*]	 	 	 	 	[*]	 	 	 	 	[*]	 	 	 	 	[*]	 	 	 	 	[*]	 	 
	 

[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

 

 

Exhibit C

Desired Zip Code Slots

21

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Desired Zip Code Slots 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 
	[*]	 	[*]	 	[*]

 

[*] CERTAIN
INFORMATION IN THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY
WITH THE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH
RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

 

 

Exhibit D

Companion Advertisement MSAs

22

 

NRT Featured Company Availability

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	Market	 	 	Companion Ads	 
	LOC	 	Market	 	 	Tier	 	 	(up to 20%)	 
	 
	[*]
	 	 	[*]	 	 	 	[*]	 	 	 	[*]	 

[*] CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

 

 

Exhibit E

HSC Retail Rates

23

 

Office Standard

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	HLC range	 	 	AA	 	 	A	 	 	B	 	 	C	 
	 
	0
	 	3	 	$	102	 	 	$	97	 	 	$	90	 	 	$	85	 
	4
	 	10	 	$	173	 	 	$	163	 	 	$	153	 	 	$	144	 
	11
	 	25	 	$	341	 	 	$	320	 	 	$	301	 	 	$	283	 
	26
	 	50	 	$	518	 	 	$	487	 	 	$	458	 	 	$	430	 
	51
	 	75	 	$	735	 	 	$	691	 	 	$	649	 	 	$	611	 
	76
	 	100	 	$	1,011	 	 	$	950	 	 	$	893	 	 	$	839	 
	101
	 	250	 	$	1,267	 	 	$	1,191	 	 	$	1,120	 	 	$	1,053	 
	251
	 	500	 	$	1,902	 	 	$	1,789	 	 	$	1,681	 	 	$	1,580	 
	501
	 	750	 	$	2,851	 	 	$	2,680	 	 	$	2,519	 	 	$	2,368	 
	751
	 	1000	 	$	3,610	 	 	$	3,394	 	 	$	3,190	 	 	$	2,999	 
	1000
	 	+	 	$	4,650	 	 	$	4,370	 	 	$	4,109	 	 	$	3,862	 

Animated Sign Rider

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	HLC range	 	 	AA	 	 	A	 	 	B	 	 	C	 
	 
	0
	 	3	 	$	121	 	 	$	113	 	 	$	107	 	 	$	100	 
	4
	 	10	 	$	286	 	 	$	268	 	 	$	253	 	 	$	238	 
	11
	 	25	 	$	573	 	 	$	539	 	 	$	506	 	 	$	476	 
	26
	 	50	 	$	858	 	 	$	806	 	 	$	758	 	 	$	713	 
	51
	 	75	 	$	1,139	 	 	$	1,070	 	 	$	1,007	 	 	$	946	 
	76
	 	100	 	$	1,431	 	 	$	1,345	 	 	$	1,265	 	 	$	1,189	 
	101
	 	250	 	$	1,979	 	 	$	1,860	 	 	$	1,748	 	 	$	1,643	 
	251
	 	500	 	$	3,142	 	 	$	2,952	 	 	$	2,775	 	 	$	2,609	 
	501
	 	750	 	$	4,364	 	 	$	4,102	 	 	$	3,856	 	 	$	3,625	 
	751
	 	1000	 	$	5,682	 	 	$	5,341	 	 	$	5,020	 	 	$	4,719	 
	1000
	 	+	 	$	7,316	 	 	$	6,877	 	 	$	6,465	 	 	$	6,076	 

Featured Company (companions)

	 	 	 	 	 
	Market	 	Price	 
	 
	AA
	 	$	24,805	 
	A
	 	$	12,341	 
	B
	 	$	5,676	 
	C
	 	$	2,707	 

Featured Homes

	 	 	 	 	 
	Market	 	Price	 
	 
	3
	 	$	1,999.00	 
	2
	 	$	849.00	 
	1
	 	$	349.00	 

 

 

Exhibit F

Technical Standards and Procedures 

24

 

REALTOR.com
®  Technical Standards and Procedures

Please adhere to the following new HTML Guidelines when creating your
Custom Ad Copy. To better serve both professionals and
consumers, REALTOR.com®
reserves the right to remove or modify any HTML tags that may disrupt the
integrity of REALTOR.com®, without notification.

REALTOR.com HTML
Guidelines

	 	 	 	 	 
	“SAFE” HTML elements:	 	 	 	“UNSAFE” HTML elements:
	• <a>...</a>

	 	 	 	• <applet>...</applet>
	• <area>

	 	 	 	• <body>...</body>
	• <b>...</b>

	 	 	 	• <embed>
	• <big>...</big>

	 	 	 	• <head>...</head>
	• <blink>...</blink>

	 	 	 	• <html>...</html>
	• <blockquote>...</blockquote>

	 	 	 	• <form>...</form>
	• <br>

	 	 	 	• <base>...</base>
	• <div>...</div>

	 	 	 	• <iframe>
	• <em>...</em>

	 	 	 	• <ilayer>
	• <h1>...</h1>

	 	 	 	• <input>
	• <h2>...</h2>

	 	 	 	• <frame>
	• <h3>...</h3>

	 	 	 	• <frameset>...</frameset>
	• <h4>...</h4>

	 	 	 	• <layer>...</layer>
	• <h5>...</h5>

	 	 	 	• <link>
	• <h6>...</h6>

	 	 	 	• <meta>
	• <i>...</i>

	 	 	 	• <object>...<object>
	• <img>

	 	 	 	• <script>...</script>
	• <li>...</li>

	 	 	 	• <select>...</select>
	• <map>...</map>

	 	 	 	• <style>...</style>
	• <marquee>...</marquee>

	 	 	 	• <textarea>...</textarea>
	• <ol>...</ol>

	 	 	 	• <title>...</title>
	• <p>...</p>

	 	 	 	• “window.open”
	• <small>...</small>
	 	 	 	 
	• <ul>...</ul>
	 	 	 	 
	• <strong>...</strong>
	 	 	 	 
	• <sub>...</sub>
	 	 	 	 
	• <sup>...</sup>
	 	 	 	 
	• <table>...</table>
	 	 	 	 
	• <td>...</td>
	 	 	 	 
	• <th>...</th>
	 	 	 	 
	• <tr>...</tr>
	 	 	 	 
	• <u>...</u>
	 	 	 	 

 

 

Exhibit G

NRT Trademark Guidelines

25

 

SOTHEBY’S

INTERNATIONAL REALTY

SOTHEBY’S

INTERNATIONAL REALTY®

IDENTITY STANDARDS

MANUAL

	 	 	 
	Sotheby’s International Realty Affiliates, Inc.
	 	November 2004

 

 

CONTENTS

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	SECTION I

	 	3	 	 	INTRODUCTION

	 	 	 	 	SECTION 2

	 	5	 	 	THE SOTHEBY’S INTERNATIONAL REALTY®
TRADEMARKS

	 	6	 	 	Legal Disclaimers

	 	6	 	 	Using The Sotheby’s International Realty®
Name In Text

	 	7	 	 	Using The Sotheby’s International Realty®
Name With Your Business Name

	 	8	 	 	Uses On The Internet

	 	 	 	 	SECTION 3

	 	13	 	 	THE SOTHEBY’S INTERNATIONAL REALTY®
AFFILIATE LOGO LOCK-UP

	 	14	 	 	Preferred Logo

	 	15	 	 	Online Usage

	 	16	 	 	Your Company’s Icon

	 	17	 	 	Color

	 	18	 	 	Minimum Size And Clear Space

	 	19	 	 	Misuse

 

 

CONTENTS

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	SECTION 4

	 	21	 	 	SIGNAGE

	 	22	 	 	Yard Signs

	 	23	 	 	Riders

	 	24	 	 	Open House Signs

	 	25	 	 	Building Signs

	 	 	 	 	SECTION 5

	 	27	 	 	STATIONERY

	 	28	 	 	Letterhead

	 	30	 	 	Envelope

	 	31	 	 	Business Cards

	 	34	 	 	Name Badge

	 	 	 	 	SECTION 6

	 	35	 	 	ADVERTISING

	 	36	 	 	Display And Classified Ads

	 	 	 	 	SECTION 7

	 	37	 	 	APPROVED VENDORS AND CONTACT INFORMATION

 

 

1. INTRODUCTION

WELCOME TO THE SOTHEBY’S INTERNATIONAL REALTY® SYSTEM. THIS IDENTITY STANDARDS
MANUAL IS DESIGNED TO GUIDE YOU IN THE CORRECT AND CONSISTENT USE OF ONE OF OUR
MOST VALUABLE ASSETS:THE COLLECTION OF BRANDED ELEMENTS THAT HELP DEFINE AND
DIFFERENTIATE THE SOTHEBY’S INTERNATIONAL REALTY® SYSTEM. THIS IDENTITY MANUAL
WILL HELP YOU UNDERSTAND HOW TO USE THE SOTHEBY’S INTERNATIONAL REALTY® LOGO,
AS WELL AS HOW TO APPLY THE BRAND ELEMENTS ACROSS A WIDE RANGE OF COMMUNICATION
MATERIALS USED IN BRAND MARKETING. ADDITIONALLY, THE STANDARDS ENSURE THAT YOUR
RELATIONSHIP WITH SOTHEBY’S INTERNATIONAL REALTY AFFILIATES, INC. WILL BE
CLEARLY DELINEATED IN ALL COMMUNICATIONS.

 

 

I. INTRODUCTION

Whether you are running an ad, hanging a sign, creating a brochure or handing
out a business card, you have the opportunity to communicate the distinctive
qualities that define the Sotheby’s International Realty® brand. The full
measure of the brand will be built not only through your interaction with
customers, but incrementally, ad by ad, web page by web page, sign by sign. Each
element of communication reinforces what theSotheby’s International Realty®
brand represents.

As an established real estate professional,you already know the value of a
strong brand in the crowded real estate brokerage industry. Success is based as
much on reputation as it is on the perception of your name. TheSotheby’s
International Realty® brand carries with it a centuries-old tradition of
quality and service that began with the venerable auction house established in
1744. Well-defined brands help shape the way customers think and feel about your
business even before they walk in the door or respond to an advertisement.
Though an existing brokerage name may be familiar to customers in a local or
regional market, being affiliated with a global brand brings to your brokerage
all the positive associations and brand equity that are part of the Sotheby’s
International Realty® brand. In addition, your company benefits from all the
marketing done by Sotheby’s International Realty Affiliates, Inc., wherever the
name appears.

TheSotheby’s International Realty® service marks, trademarks and logotypes are
licensed by Sotheby’s International Realty Licensee Corporation, a subsidiary of
Cendant Corporation who, in turn, licenses these marks to Sotheby’s
International Realty Affiliates, Inc. You are authorized to use the marks
pursuant to your franchise agreement with Sotheby’s International Realty
Affiliates, Inc. Each company granted permission to use the marks is required to
protect them by adhering to the standards and regulations set forth in this
Identity Manual.

THIS IDENTITY MANUAL IS PART OF THE POLICY AND PROCEDURES MANUAL.

The standards on the following pages must be adhered to without variation. You
are required to use our approved suppliers (see Section 7) for all your
materials, including stationery, business cards, yard signs, etc. They are
familiar with the standards for using the marks and will afford you optimum
purchasing efficiencies. If a situation should arise that requires any departure
from the standards in this Identity Manual, prior approval in writing must be
obtained from Sotheby’s International Realty Affiliates, Inc.

INTERNATIONAL MASTER FRANCHISORS AND FRANCHISEES

If you are an international master franchisor or franchisee, the applicable
identity standards may be different. Please contact your master franchisor for
the applicable identity standards for your country.

4

 

2. THE SOTHEBY’S INTERNATIONAL REALTY® TRADEMARKS

OUR TRADEMARKS ARE AMONG OUR MOST IMPORTANT ASSETS. THEY REPRESENT OUR COMPANY
AND OUR BRAND TO THE WORLD. AS SUCH, CORRECT AND CONSISTENT USE IS CRITICAL TO
MAINTAINING THE PRESTIGIOUS REPUTATION ASSOCIATED WITH THE SOTHEBY’S
INTERNATIONAL REALTY® BRAND. THIS SECTION DESCRIBES THE CORRECT USE OF OUR
TRADEMARKS. TAKE CARE TO FOLLOW THIS GUIDE CAREFULLY TO ENSURE PROPER USE IN ALL
APPLICATIONS.

5

 

2. THE SOTHEBY’S INTERNATIONAL REALTY® “TRADEMARKS

Using The Sotheby’s International Realty® Name With Your Business Name

When you become a Sotheby’s International Realty® affiliate, your business
will operate under a business name or “DBA” (which stands for “doing business
as”) that combines your business name and the Sotheby’s International Realty®
name.

For example:

     Smyths & Jones Sotheby’s International Realty

You may not abbreviate the Sotheby’s International Realty® name. Your company
name must be pre-approved by Sotheby’s International Realty Affiliates, Inc. It
should provide clear identity, and should never cause confusion with other
offices or firms, or refer to a geographic area or imply a national scope. Also,
your business name should not use any word or name that denotes any brand
segmentation of the marks or categorization based upon luxury, quality,
preeminence or similar categorization.

For example, National Real Estate, Colorado Realty or United States Real Estate
Associates would be inappropriate and confusing when used as your company name
along with the Sotheby’s International Realty® trademark.

Premier Sotheby’s International Realty® would be inappropriate because it
would tend to segment or categorize the brand.

When referring to your business name in text, you should consult the specific
guidelines provided in this Identity Manual. For example, when referring to your
business name in text, you should not use the registered trademark symbol (®).
The Sotheby’s International Realty® name, with your trade name, should always
be written out completely.

Legal Disclaimers

MINIMUM REQUIRED DISCLAIMERS

Every piece of printed literature given directly to consumers (i.e., brochures,
postcards), excluding stationery, business cards, listing ads and classified
ads, must contain the following legal disclaimer, set in approximately 6-point
type using Gill Sans typeface:

	   	®,TM and SM are licensed trademarks to Sotheby’s International
Realty Affiliates, Inc. An Equal Opportunity Company. Equal Housing
Opportunity. Each Office Is Independently Owned And Operated, Except
Offices Owned And Operated By NRT Incorporated.

For stationery, business cards, listing ads, classified ads and all signage, the
following Minimum Required Disclaimer must be used:

	   	Each Office Is Independently Owned And Operated.

If a piece such as a flyer, door hanger or postcard is to be distributed to
consumers, precede the previously mentioned legal disclaimers with:

	   	If your property is listed with a real estate broker, please disregard. It
is not our intention to solicit the offerings of other real estate
brokers. We are happy to work with them and cooperate fully.

Every piece of broadcast communication (i.e., radio and TV commercials, locally
produced TV shows) used by affiliates must contain:

	   	(Your DBA Name) Sotheby’s International Realty. Each Office Is
Independently Owned And Operated, Except Offices Owned And Operated By NRT
Incorporated. Sotheby’s International Realty® is a registered trademark.

The use of the Sotheby’s International Realty® name or logo is not permitted
on checks or purchase orders without the appropriate Minimum Required
Disclaimer. Also, remember that for all uses of theSotheby’s International
Realty® name or logo, you must comply with all of the guidelines set forth in
this Identity Manual.

Please refer to page 11 for Minimum Required Disclaimers on Internet usages.

6

 

2.THE SOTHEBY’S INTERNATIONAL REALTY®TRADEMARKS

Using The Sotheby’s International Realty® Name In Text

When referencing theSotheby’s International Realty® brand name separately from
your business, the name must always be accompanied by the ® symbol. You may
not refer to the brand as “Sotheby’s” alone or attach “International Realty” to
any other name. You should not abbreviate the words “Sotheby’s International
Realty® or our corporate name Sotheby’s International Realty Affiliates, Inc.

When referring to Sotheby’s International Realty Affiliates, Inc. or your
business name in text, do not use the registered trademark symbol (®). The
Sotheby’s International Realty® name, with your trade name, must be written
out completely.

Do not use the registered symbol when using your business name (i.e., Smythe &
Jones Sotheby’s International Realty).

CORRECT USES OF OUR NAME IN TEXT:

	   	Our tradition makes the Sotheby’s International Realty® brand a
quintessential real estate brand.
	 
	   	Smythe & Jones Sotheby’s International Realty operates offices in
Ridgewood, New Jersey.
	 
	   	Sotheby’s International Realty Affiliates, Inc. maintains its
international headquarters in Parsippany, New Jersey.

INCORRECT USES OF OUR NAME IN TEXT:

	   	Do not use the brand name as a noun
e.g. Sotheby’s International Realty® has offices in over 40 states.
	 
	   	Do not abbreviate Sotheby’s International Realty
e.g. Smythe & Jones SIR
	 
	   	Do not use the ® symbol in your business name
e.g. Smythe & Jones Sotheby’s International Realty®
	 
	   	Do not abbreviate your business name
e.g. Sj Sotheby’s International Realty

When referencing SOTHEBYSREALTY.COM, it must always appear in lower case bold
with no spaces, as demonstrated here:

	   	We invite you to visit SOTHEBYSREALTY.COM, where we bring the luxury real
estate market to your home.

Failure to use a registered trademark in the correct manner may lead to the loss
of its status as a protected mark. Therefore, careful consideration must be
taken to ensure that our trademarks are used correctly in all applications.

TYPOGRAPHY

The only approved typefaces that may be used are Gill Sans and Minion families
of fonts. These are not the fonts for the Sotheby’s International Realty®
Affiliate Logo Lock-up, which is a custom-designed illustration. These fonts
should be used as supporting typefaces when creating ads, brochures and other
printed materials.

7

 

2. THE SOTHEBY’S INTERNATIONAL REALTY® TRADEMARKS

You will be provided with a proprietary Logo Lock-up consisting of the Sotheby’s
International Realty® Logo and a unique type treatment for your business name.
Existing logos or type treatment may not be used.

Please refer to Section 3 of this Identity Manual for details about the proper
use of the Logo Lock-up.

The Sotheby’s International Realty® Logo is the core element in the Sotheby’s
International Realty® Affiliate Logo Lock-up. While it appears to be rendered
in a commercially available typeface, it is a specially created illustration
that should not be re-created. When you become a member of the Sotheby’s
International Realty® system, you are legally obligated to adhere to the exact
and correct use of our trademarks.

Many common items such as stationery, yard signs and personal promotion
literature can only be purchased with company-specific, imprinted information.
When utilizing brochures or pre-printed presentation materials that do not have
company-specific imprinted information, you must use the die-cut feature for
insertion of a business card (when available) to ensure that your company name
is displayed in the materials. Depending on the item, the Minimum Required
Disclaimers (see page 6) must always appear in upper and lower case Gill Sans
type style each time your company name appears in conjunction with the Sotheby’s
International Realty® name or any mark.

Uses On The Internet

Whether you’re creating a site for your company, your team or yourself, you must
follow our corporate name and trademark guidelines. In addition, company and
office Web sites must comply with this Identity Manual.

This section uses a fictional company in Parsippany, NJ (“Your Team Sotheby’s
International Realty”), a fictional Sales Associate (Jane Smith) and a fictional
Internet Service Provider (“ISProv”) to show you how all these guidelines apply
on the Web.

ESTABLISHING WEB ADDRESSES

When most people refer to the “address” of a Web site, they’re talking about its
domain name. In order to connect a particular domain name to your Web site,you
must first register that name, pay a registration fee, and provide certain
administrative and technical contact information.

See http://www.internic.net/regist.html for a complete list of accredited
registrars.

If you are establishing a Web address for a company or office site, and intend
to use the Sotheby’s International Realty® brand name in that address, make
sure you do so correctly.

8

 

2. THE SOTHEBY’S INTERNATIONAL REALTY® TRADEMARKS

IN YOUR DOMAIN NAME, YOU MAY USE:

Your full, approved company name, for example:

	   	www.yourteamsothebysrealty.com

http://www.isprov.com/yourteamsothebysrealty

A modification of your approved company name*, for example:

	   	www.yourteam.com

www.yteam.com

www.yourteam-sothebysrealty.com

www.yourteamsothebysrealty.com

http://www.isprov.com/yourteam

http://www.isprov.com/yteam

*Note that any abbreviation of the Sotheby’s International Realty® name is
acceptable in the context of a domain name only, NOT in the content of a Web
site. All other references to the brand name must always spell out the Sotheby’s
International Realty® name correctly, and must use the fully-approved company
name (i.e., Your Team Sotheby’s International Realty).

GEOGRAPHIC IDENTIFIERS

With a large number of franchised brokers and sales associates around the world,
it’s inevitable that some companies and individuals will have duplicate names.
Locally this isn’t a problem, but on the Web it can be challenging.

If you are creating a company or office Web site, and duplication of names is a
concern for you, you may want to include your geographic location (city and
state) in your domain name.

THESE EXAMPLES ARE ACCEPTABLE:

	   	www.yourteamsothebysinternationalrealtynewyorkny.com

www.yourteamsothebysrealtynewyorkny.com

www.yourteamnewyorkny.com

www.isprov.com/yourteamsothebysinternationalrealtynewyorkny

www.isprov.com/yourteamnewyorkny

THESE EXAMPLES ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE:

	   	www.sothebysinternationalrealtynewyorkny.com

www.isprov.com/sothebysinternationalrealtynewyorkny

If you intend to use the words “Sotheby’s International Realty” with a
geographic identifier in your domain name, you may refer to the Sotheby’s
International Realty® brand ONLY if you include your company name, for
example:

	   	www.yourteamsothebysinternationalrealtynewyorkny.com

9

 

2. THE SOTHEBY’S INTERNATIONAL REALTY® TRADEMARKS

AVOIDING CONFUSION

It is important to avoid confusion between Sotheby’s International Realty
Affiliates, Inc. and its franchisees and sales associates, and to distinguish
theSotheby’s International Realty® brand from other real estate brands.

This means that in your domain name, you should never separate the Sotheby’s
International Realty® brand name from the rest of your address by placing it
between two dots or between two slashes.

UNACCEPTABLE ADDRESSES MIGHT INCLUDE:

	   	www.sothebysinternationalrealty.yourteam.com

www.yourteam.com/sothebysinternationalrealty/

INFORMATION ACCURACY

You are solely responsible for the information and other content that you choose
to make available on your Web site, SOTHEBYSREALTY.COM or on any other Web site
or online service. Accordingly, you should carefully consider what information
and other content is permissible to be reproduced and displayed in accordance
with applicable trademark, copyright, patent and other laws. In addition, you
must adhere to all restrictions (including Sotheby’s International Realty®
system restrictions and applicable local laws) governing the accuracy and
presentation of advertising and the promotion of your business on the Internet
and through all other online services.

Refer to Section 3 for guidelines on the use of the Sotheby’s International
Realty® Affiliate Logo Lock-up on the Internet.

10

 

2. THE SOTHEBY’S INTERNATIONAL REALTY® TRADEMARKS

BRAND USAGE GUIDELINES

In addition to following corporate guidelines in creating your Web address, you
must also represent the Sotheby’s International Realty® brand correctly in the
actual content of your site. All of the rules regarding the use of the Sotheby’s
International Realty® name should be applied to your Web site.

MANDATORY DISCLAIMERS

Office,company, team and individual Web sites must contain disclaimers on every
page. Disclaimers are most often found at the bottom of the page.

Make sure each of your pages includes the following:

	   	"Ó 2004 [or current year] Sotheby’s International Realty® Affiliates,
Inc. Sotheby’s International Realty® is a registered trademark licensed
to Sotheby’s International Realty Affiliates, Inc. Equal Housing
Opportunity. Each Office Is Independently Owned And Operated, Except
Offices Owned And Operated By NRT Incorporated.”

ONLINE ADVERTISING

Any Web presence is considered online advertising. This means that your content
is subject to many regulations, and should be carefully considered before being
made public.

You are solely responsible for the information and other content that you make
available anywhere on the Web. This includes SOTHEBYSREALTY.COM and your own
business Web site. Make sure you comply with the following:

	   	As discussed at length earlier in this section, your site must use the
Sotheby’s International Realty® marks correctly and consistently.
	 
	   	Make sure you have permission to reproduce and display content (as well as
any artwork and graphic images), in accordance with applicable trademark,
copyright, patent and other laws.
	 
	   	Follow all regulations governing the accuracy and presentation of
advertising and the promotion of your business on the Web. This includes
local laws and, for company and office sites, be sure to follow the
restrictions of Sotheby’s International Realty Affiliates, Inc.

As a Sotheby’s International Realty® franchisee,you may request a link from
SOTHEBYSREALTY.COM to your company or office Web site. Sotheby’s International
Realty Affiliates, Inc. reserves the right to disapprove and deny access to any
franchisee whose Web site contains content which violates this Identity Manual
or otherwise threatens to damage the Sotheby’s International Realty® service
mark, and may include suspension from any awards program.

11

 

2. THE SOTHEBY’S INTERNATIONAL REALTY® TRADEMARKS

SUBMITTAL FOR APPROVAL

In order to be listed on SOTHEBYSREALTY.COM and any other Sotheby’s
International Realty® Web sites, all company and office Web sites must first
be submitted for approval to the Franchise Administration Department.

A team or individual site does not need to be submitted to the Franchise
Administration Department, but should be reviewed by the managing broker. The
broker is responsible for ensuring that all sites associated with his or her
office comply with legal and trademark regulations.

To submit a company or office Web site for approval, follow these steps:

	1.  	Contact the Franchise Administration Department via email at
compliance@sothebysrealty.com.
	 
	2.  	If the Web address or the content of the site is not approved,your office
will be notified via email of any errors to be addressed.
	 
	3.  	Correct the errors and resubmit to the Franchise Administration
Department.
	 
	4.  	Upon approval, the Web address will be entered into our database. This
database is refreshed daily, Monday through Saturday. On the next refresh,
the Web address will be uploaded to appear on SOTHEBYSREALTY.COM.

EMAIL SIGNATURES

Email is a primary form of communication for Sotheby’s International Realty®
affiliates. Therefore, consistent representation for our identity is
important.The purpose of the email signature is to provide easy access to
contact information for your customers, as well as important information
regarding confidentiality. A recommended email signature content and format is
shown here:

Jonathan Smythe

Senior Real Estate Consultant

jonathan.smythe@smythejonessothebysrealty.com

Smythe & Jones Sotheby’s International Realty

123 Street Address, Suite 1700

Anytown ST 10000

t 212.555.1234 f 212.555.4321 c 917.555.1234

Notice of confidentiality: This transmission contains information that may be
confidential and that may also be proprietary; unless you are the intended
recipient of the message (or authorized to receive it for the intended
recipient), you may not copy, forward, or otherwise use it, or disclose its
contents to anyone else. If you have received this transmission in error, please
notify us immediately and delete it from your system.

12

 

3. THE SOTHEBY’S INTERNATIONAL REALTY® AFFILIATE LOGO LOCK-UP

A SPECIAL LOGO HAS BEEN CREATED TO REPRESENT YOUR AFFILIATION WITH SOTHEBY’S
INTERNATIONAL REALTY AFFILIATES, INC. TO MAINTAIN THE PRESTIGIOUS REPUTATION
ASSOCIATED WITH THE SOTHEBY’S INTERNATIONAL REALTY® BRAND AND YOUR LOCAL
BRAND, CONSISTENT USE OF THE LOGO LOCK-UP IS IMPERATIVE. IN THIS SECTION,
SPECIFIC GUIDELINES FOLLOW THAT EXPLAIN THE PROPER USE OF THE LOGO. ALWAYS REFER
TO THE GUIDELINES WHEN PREPARING ARTWORK FOR COMMUNICATION MATERIALS.

13

 

3. THE SOTHEBY’S INTERNATIONAL REALTY® AFFILIATE LOGO LOCK-UP

Preferred Logo

The preferred Sotheby’s International Realty® Logo Lock-up will be either a
1-line, 2-line or 3-line version depending on the length of your DBA. Once this
is determined, a Logo Lock-up will be created for you. You must always use this
version of the Sotheby’s International Realty® Logo Lock-up in either its
horizontal or vertical configuration. YOUR AFFILIATE LOGO LOCK-UP WILL BE A
CUSTOM-DESIGNED ILLUSTRATION. YOU MAY NEVER ATTEMPT TO ALTER, REPLICATE OR
CREATE YOUR OWN VERSION.

Visually, a 50/50 size relationship must be maintained between the Sotheby’s
International Realty® Logo and your company’s DBA. You must never alter this
relationship. If your existing company logo contains an icon that has regional
equity, it may be incorporated into your Sotheby’s International Realty®
Affiliate Logo Lock-up in approved or accepted applications (see page 16).

1-LINE DBA

The length of the DBA must never be longer than the word “Sotheby’s” in the
Sotheby’s International Realty® Logo. The x-height of the letters in the DBA
can never exceed the cap-height of the word “Sotheby’s” in the Sotheby’s
International Realty® Logo.

[LOGO]

1-line DBA Affiliate Logo Lock-up

2-LINE DBA

The length of the DBA must never be longer than the word “Sotheby’s” in the
Sotheby’s International Realty® Logo. The measurement from the top of the
cap-height of the first word to the baseline of the second must never exceed the
height measured from the cap-height of the word “Sotheby’s” to the baseline of
the words “International Realty” in the Sotheby’s International Realty® Logo.

[LOGO]

2-line DBA Affiliate Logo Lock-up

3-LINE DBA

The length of the DBA must never be longer than the word “Sotheby’s” in the
Sotheby’s International Realty® Logo.The measurement from the top of the
cap-height in the first word to the baseline of the last word can never exceed a
measurement 2.25 times the height of the “S” in the Sotheby’s International
Realty® Logo.

[LOGO]

3-line DBA Affiliate Logo Lock-up

14

 

3. THE SOTHEBY’S INTERNATIONAL REALTY® AFFILIATE LOGO LOCK-UP

Online Usage

The Logo Lock-up must be used correctly and consistently in the online space to
maintain the premium quality standards established by this Identity Manual.

The Sotheby’s International Realty® Logo must remain proportional for online
applications.

When presented online, the Sotheby’s International Realty® Logo should never
be smaller than 50 pixels high from the endpoints of the center rule.

In order to maintain the integrity of the Sotheby’s International Realty®
Logo, a minimum amount of clear space should surround the logo on Web sites or
other online usage. The minimum amount of clear space that should surround the
logo should be greater than or equal to the dimension of the vertical capital
“S” in the Sotheby’s International Realty® Logo.

[LOGO]

Online Affiliate Logo Lock-up Minimum Size

[LOGO]

Online Surrounding Clear Space

15

 

3. THE SOTHEBY’S INTERNATIONAL REALTY® AFFILIATE LOGO LOCK-UP

Your Company’s Icon

If there is equity in your current logo in your business market, you may
incorporate an icon derivative of your current logo in the Sotheby’s
International Realty® Affiliate Logo Lock-up. USE OF ANY ICON, AND THE SIZE
AND ELEMENTS CONTAINED IN YOUR ICON, ARE SUBJECT TO THE PRIOR APPROVAL OF
SOTHEBY’S INTERNATIONAL REALTY AFFILIATES, INC.

Shown here is the general area that may be dedicated to your approved icon and
its relationship to the Sotheby’s International Realty® Logo. Please note that
your logo is included in the space attributed to your business name for purposes
of maintaining the 50/5O size relationship.

In the vertical 2-line Logo Lock-up, your company’s icon height cannot exceed
the distance from the top of the capital “S” in “Sotheby’s” to the baseline of
“International Realty,” must align horizontally with the imaginary line that
runs through the mid-point of your DBA, and must maintain a distance of at least
the cap-height of the “S” in “Sotheby’s” between your DBA and the icon.

In the horizontal Logo Lock-up, your company’s icon aligns horizontally with the
imaginary line that runs through the mid-point of your DBA. The space between
your icon and your DBA is equal to half the height of the capital “S” in the
Sotheby’s International Realty® Logo.

[LOGO]

Vertical 2-line DBA Affiliate Logo Lock-up with Icon

[LOGO]

Horizontal 2-line DBA with Icon

16

 

3. THE SOTHEBY’S INTERNATIONAL REALTY® AFFILIATE LOGO LOCK-UP

COLOR

The distinctive and elegant color of your Affiliate Logo Lock-up helps
distinguish your communications. You must follow the standards for color exactly
when producing your own material.

	 	 	 
	[IMAGE]

	 	[IMAGE]

	Satheby’s International

	 	Satheby’s International
	Realty® Blue

	 	Realty® Dark Gray

In lieu of the specific blue and gray colors indicated throughout this manual,
you may use the PANTONE® colors listed, the standards for which are shown in
the current edition of the PANTONE formula guide.

The colors shown on this page and throughout this manual have not been evaluated
by Pantone, Inc. for accuracy and may not match the PANTONE Color Standards.

Pantone® is the property of Pantone, Inc.

17

 

3. THE SOTHEBY’S INTERNATIONAL REALTY® AFFILIATE LOGO LOCK-UP

MINIMUM SIZE AND CLEAR SPACE

The Affiliate Logo Lock-up must be clearly visible wherever it appears,
therefore the logo should not appear in sizes smaller than one inch in height
for the vertical Logo Lock-up and 1.25 inches in length for the horizontal Logo
Lock-up.

The Affiliate Logo Lock-up must never be obstructed from view by distracting
graphics or images. Always maintain a minimum clear space around the logo as
exhibited here.

[LOGO]

Vertical 2-line DBA Affiliate Logo Lock-up Minimum Size

[LOGO]

Horizontal 2-line DBA Affiliate Logo Lock-up Minimum Size

[LOGO]

Vertical 2-line DBA Surrounding Clear Space

[LOGO]

Horizontal 2-line DBA Surrounding Clear Space

18

 

3. THE SOTHEBY’S INTERNATIONAL REALTY® AFFILIATE LOGO LOCK-UP

MISUSE

[LOGO]

Do not change the font for the DBA

[LOGO]

Do not change the scale of the logo elements

[LOGO]

Do not rearrange the logo elements

[LOGO]

Do not reverse logo elements separately

[LOGO]

Do not use the DBA without the Sotheby’s International Realty® Logo

[LOGO]

Do not add anything to the logo

[LOGO]

Do not change the logo color

[LOGO]

Do not delete the rule

[LOGO]

Do not rotate the logo

[LOGO]

Do not scale the logo disproportionately

19

 

4. SIGNAGE

FIRST IMPRESSIONS ARE CRITICAL. SIGNAGE REPRESENTS THE FIRST POINT OF CONTACT
FOR THE MAJORITY OF YOUR CUSTOMERS, THEREFORE THE DESIGN OF YOUR SIGNAGE AND ITS
CONSISTENT REPRODUCTION IS IMPERATIVE.

Signage must be ordered from a Sotheby’s International Realty®
approved vendor. For a list of approved vendors, see Section 7.

20

 

4. SIGNAGE

YARD SIGNS

The standard yard sign consists of a square blue panel with white type and
square corners. The size of the overall sign is 24” wide by 24” tall.

The diagram shown here demonstrates the correct proportions and sizes for all
yard sign design elements.

The Minimum Required Disclaimer (see page 6) must appear on the yard sign as
shown.

DBA:

Logo Lock-up

PHONE NUMBER:

Font: Gill Sans Regular

WEB ADDRESS:

Font: Gill Sans Regular

DISCLAIMER:

Font: Gill Sans Regular

OPTIONAL YARD SIGNS (Pg.22)

Optional yard signs have been developed incorporating agent names into the
signage.The size of the overall sign is 24” wide by 30” tall to allow for the
addition of names.They allow for either one or two agent names and contact
numbers, with and without icons. If you do not see an appropriate option here
consult our Corporate Marketing Department.

The minimum required disclaimer (see page 6) must appear on the yard sign as
shown.

DBA:

Logo Lock-up

PHONE NUMBERS:

Font: Gill Sans Regular

AGENT NAMES:

Font: Minion

WEB ADDRESS:

Font: Gill Sans Regular

DISCLAIMER:

Font: Gill Sans Regular

[LOGO]

2-line DBA Affiliate Logo Lock-up

[LOGO]

2-line DBA Affiliate Logo Lock-up with Icon

21

 

4. SIGNAGE

OPTIONAL YARD SIGNS (cont’d.)

[LOGO]

1 Agent and 2-line DBA Affiliate Logo Lock-up

[LOGO]

1 Agents and 2-line DBA Affiliate Logo Lock-up with Icon

[LOGO]

2 Agents and 2-line DBA Affiliate Logo Lock-up

[LOGO]

2 Agents and 2-line DBA Affiliate Logo Lock-up with Icon

22

 

4. SIGNAGE

RIDERS

Message riders can be used on the top or bottom of the yard sign. Copy for
standard riders begins four inches from the left edge and is flush left. All
riders are six-inch-high panels with square corners. The standard rider is 24
inches wide. Twelve-inch and 36-inch riders are also available from our approved
vendors. The rider width must match the yard sign width.

TOP-OF-SIGN RIDERS

Top-of-sign riders are always Sotheby’s International Realty® Blue with type
reversing to white. These should always refer to an action being taken on behalf
of the sale of the property. Standard signs are available for commonly used
riders (i.e., Sold, Under Contract). Custom riders can be created following
these guidelines.

BOTTOM-OF-SIGN RIDERS

Bottom-of-sign riders are always Sotheby’s International Realty® Blue with
type reversing to white. These should always refer to an agent, phone number or
feature of the house. Again, standard signs are available from the approved
vendors. Customized signs can be created following these guidelines.

SOLD

Top-of-Sign Rider — Single Word

Font: Gill Sans Bold

Size: 120 pt

Tracking: 100/1000em

UNDER CONTRACT

Top-of-Sign Rider-Multiple Words

Font: Gill Sans Bold

Size: 60 pt

Tracking 100/1000em

Waterfront

Bottom-of-Sign Rider — One Line

Font: Minion

Size: 85 pt

Tracking 10/1000em

Jonathan Smythe

123 456 8790

Bottom-of-Sign Rider-Two Lines

FIRST LINE:

Font: Minion

Size: 85 pt

Tracking: 10/1000em

SECOND LINE:

Font: Gill Sans Regular

Size: 60 pt

Tracking: 10/1000em

23

 

4. SIGNAGE

OPEN HOUSE SIGNS

The open house sign is similar to the standard yard sign. The diagram at right
illustrates the correct design elements for the open house sign.

The Minimum Required Disclaimer (see page 6) must appear on the open house sign.

The open house sign is also available as a rider (see page 23).

DBA:

Logo Lock-up

OPEN HOUSE:

Font: Gill Sans Bold

DISCLAIMER:

Font: Gill Sans Regular

[LOGO]

24

 

4. SIGNAGE

BUILDING SIGNS

Horizontal and vertical format signs have been designed to provide maximum
flexibility for a variety of application requirements. Building signs have been
established in halo illuminated, internally illuminated, face illuminated and
non-illuminated letters. Your building or city may have different requirements.
It is therefore recommended that you consult with one of our approved vendors to
explore your options.

Specific measurements are not given because the size of sign you will require
will vary depending on your location, the size of your office, local zoning
requirements and so on. The designs are based on a grid system, which can be
enlarged proportionally to suit your specific needs.

Building signs contain three pieces of information — the Sotheby’s International
Realty® Logo, the Affiliate name and the Minimum Required Disclaimer. You must
use the Logo Lock-up we provide to you which maintains a 50/50 visual
relationship between the Sotheby’s International Realty® logo and the
affiliate name.

Note: No slogans, telephone numbers, marks or other words may appear on the
building sign. Any variations from these specifications must be submitted to
Sotheby’s International Realty Affiliates, Inc. for approval.

REQUIRED DISCLAIMER

The Minimum Required Disclaimer (see page 6) must appear on the building sign,
aligned left with the vertical rule and displayed in Gill Sans upper and lower
case in white.

ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS

Electrical wiring is another vital factor in planning the construction of your
sign, which should adhere to national industry standards. For example, there are
great differences in cost and quality of ballast, which must be Underwriters
Laboratories (U/L) approved with U/L-approved waterproofing and pure aluminum
weatherproof raceways. All wiring and wiring systems must be pure U/L-approved
copper.

[LOGO]

Square

[LOGO]

Square with Icon

[LOGO]

Horizontal: Long Format

[LOGO]

Horizontal: Long Format with Icon

25

 

4.SIGNAGE

BUILDING SIGNS (cont’d.)

[LOGO]

Face illuminated Logotype and Text

[LOGO]

Non-illuminated

[LOGO]

Halo Illuminated Logotype and Face Illuminated Text

[LOGO]

Internally Illuminated

26

 

5. STATIONERY

THE DESIGN OF OUR STATIONERY REFLECTS THE SOPHISTICATED IMAGE OF THE BRAND.
SPECIFIC PAPER AND PRINTING GUIDELINES ARE PROVIDED, AND MUST BE FOLLOWED
CAREFULLY TO ENSURE CONSISTENCY AND QUALITY REPRODUCTION.

Approved vendors must be used for all stationery. See Section 7.

27

 

5. STATIONERY

LETTERHEAD

Our letterhead design continues the sophistication established for our
stationery system.

SIZE

8.5” X 11”

PAPER

Crane’s Crest, 100% Cotton Pearl White Wove, 28#

INK

Letterhead can only be printed in Sotheby’s International Realty® Blue and
Dark Gray with the Sotheby’s International Realty® Logo printed in Sotheby’s
International Realty® Blue. Complete color specifications can be found on page
17.

DESIGN

Your letterhead design may include your icon if you so choose. Exhibits are
shown with and without an icon. The Minimum Required Disclaimer (see page 6)
must be positioned at the bottom of the letterhead, aligned left with the
vertical rule, in 6 pt. Gill Sans, upper and lower case.

Symbols and awards, such as the Realtor symbol, are permitted at the bottom of
the letterhead, .25” from the bottom and no taller than .25”.

TYPOGRAPHY

For typography specifications, see page 7.

[LETTERHEAD]

28

 

5. STATIONERY

LETTERHEAD (cont’d.)

DBA:

Logo Lock-up

Color: Sotheby’s International Realty® Blue

NAME:

Font: Gill Sans Bold

Size: 8

Leading:10

Color: Sotheby’s International Realty® Blue

TITLE AND ADDRESS:

Font: Minion

Size: 8.5

Leading: 10

Color: Sotheby’s International Realty® Dark Gray

NUMERALS:

Font: Minion

Size: 8

Leading: 10

Color: Sotheby’s International Realty® Dark Gray

WEB SITE:

Font: Gill Sans Regular

Size: 7.5 (7 pt if email address comes to within .25 inches from edges of sheet)

Leading: 10

Color: Sotheby’s International Realty® Dark Gray

MINIMUM REQUIRED DISCLAIMER:

Font Gill Sans Regular

Size: 6

Color: Sotheby’s International Realty® Dark Gray

[LETTERHEAD WITH ICON]

29

 

5. STATIONERY

Envelope

SIZE

No. 10-9.5” x 4.125”

PAPER

Crane’s Crest, 100% Cotton Pearl White Wove, 28#

INK

Envelopes can only be printed in Sotheby’s International Realty® Blue and Dark
Gray, with the Sotheby’s International Realty® Logo printed in Sotheby’s
International Realty® Blue. Complete color specifications can be found on page
17.

DESIGN

Shown here is the only approved envelope design. Affiliate icons can also be
used as demonstrated on the right.

DBA:
Logo Lock-up

RETURN ADDRESS:

Font Minion

Size: 8.5

Leading: 10

Color: Sotheby’s International Realty® Dark Gray

MINIMUM REQUIRED DISCLAIMER:

Font: Gill Sans Regular

Size: 6

Color: Sotheby’s International Realty® Dark Gray

[ENVELOPE]

[ENVELOPE WITH ICON]

[ENVELOPE BACK]

30

 

5. STATIONERY

Business Cards

Your business card reflects who you are and the company you represent.
Flexibility has been provided in business card design to accommodate varying
needs, including multiple contact numbers and address lines, and back-of-card
options with and without icons and photos.

SIZE

3.5” x 2.125”

PAPER

Crane’s Crest, 25% Cotton Pearl White Wove, 11O#

INK

Business cards can only be printed in Sotheby’s International Realty®
Blue,Sotheby’s International Realty® Dark Gray with Sotheby’s International
Realty® Logo Lock-up reversing to white. For complete color specifications,
see page 17.

FRONT-OF-CARD DESIGN

The design on the front of the card remains the same regardess of which
back-of-card design you choose. Affiliate icons may not be included on the back
of the card.

Marks, symbols and individual awards may not be included on business cards.

DBA:

Logo Lock-up

Color: Reversed out of Sotheby’s International Realty® Blue

[LOGO]

Preferred Business Card

[LOGO]

Preferred Business Card With Icon

31

 

5. STATIONERY

Business Cards (cont’d.)

BACK-OF-CARD OPTIONS

Two options provide flexibility to customize the back of your card to suit your
own needs. The back of your card can simply have your name, address, phone
numbers, email address and web address, and may include either a company icon or
a personal photo. If you choose to include a photograph, you may do so as
demonstrated below. You may only use black ink for your photo as no color
photography is allowed. For specific style guidelines for your photograph, see
page 33.

	   	NAME:
	 
	   	Font Gill Sans Bold

Size: 8.5

Leading: 11

Color: Sotheby’s International Realty® Blue
	 
	   	TITLE:
	 
	   	Font: Minion

Size: 9.5

Leading: 11

Color: Sotheby’s International Realty® Dark Gray
	 
	   	COMPANY NAME AND ADDRESS:
	 
	   	Font: Minion

Size: 9.5

Leading: 11

Color: Sotheby’s International Realty® Dark Gray
	 
	   	NUMERALS:
	 
	   	Font: Minion

Size: 9

Leading: 11

Color: Sotheby’s International Realty® Dark Gray
	 
	   	EMAIL ADDRESS AND WEB SITE:
	 
	   	Font: Gill Sans Regular

Size: 8 (7 pt if email address comes to within .25 inches from edges of card)

Leading: 11

Color: Sotheby’s International Realty® Dark Gray
	 
	   	MINIMUM REQUIRED DISCLAIMER:
	 
	   	Font: Gill Sans Regular

Size: 4

Leading: 9

Color: Sotheby’s International Realty® Dark Gray

[IMAGE]

[IMAGE]

32

 

5. STATIONERY

PHOTOGRAPHY GUIDELINES

Courtesy and professionalism are what you want to project when you hand someone
a business card. Therefore, your photograph, should you choose to use one, must
represent you in the best manner possible. We have developed these guidelines to
help maintain a consistent, contemporary look for all business card photographs.
Take this guide to your photographer and ask them to follow this style exactly
as prescribed.

A close-up head and shoulders shot is the only acceptable image. To ensure the
professionalism the Sotheby’s International Realty® brand requires, photos of
other people, animals, buildings, automobiles, slogans, graphics or anything
other than YOU is not allowed.

Your picture will be an important business tool, and should reflect your
professional image as a member of one of the most prestigious real estate
organizations in the world.

IMAGERY STYLE

Provide this style guideline to your photographer.

	 	•  	Background should be a solid dark gray or white.
	 
	 	•  	Cropping is tight, centering on the face.
	 
	 	•  	Focus is on the eyes; any visible background must be out of focus.
	 
	 	•  	High-contrast black and white prints must be used. No color
photographs are allowed.
	 
	 	•  	Format is a square.
	 
	 	•  	Subject should look directly into the camera. No profiles allowed.
	 
	 	•  	Provide three 5 x 7 black and white glossy prints.

ACCEPTABLE PHOTOGRAPHS

[PHOTO]

UNACCEPTABLE PHOTOGRAPHS

[PHOTO]

Do not include objects in the photograph

[PHOTO]

Do not use overstyled photos

[PHOTO]

Do not use casual photographs

[PHOTO]

Do not use color photography

33

 

5. STATIONERY

Name Badge

The name badge is a useful communication tool. Substrate is determined by the
individual supplier. Always use a Sotheby’s International Realty® approved
vendor. See Section 7.

SIZE

2.75” x 1.375”

[IMAGE]

DBA:

Logo Lock-up

NAME:

Font: Gill Sans Regular

Size: 10

Leading: 11

Color: Reversed out of Sotheby’s International Realty® Blue

TITLE:

Font: Minion

Size: 9

Leading: 11

Color: Reversed out of Sotheby’s International Realty® Blue

MINIMUM REQUIRED DISCLAIMER:

Font: Gill Sans Regular

Size: 4

Color: Reversed out of Sotheby’s International Realty® Blue

34

 

6. ADVERTISING

CONSISTENT USAGE OF THE SOTHEBY’S INTERNATIONAL REALTY® AFFILIATE LOGO LOCK-UP
AND OTHER MARKS IN OUR CLASSIFIED ADS IS CRITICAL TO OUR MUTUAL SUCCESS.

35

 

6. ADVERTISING

Display And Classified Ads

These exhibits are intended to show appropriate logo placement for advertising
only, and are not intended to show specific design options. Take care to ensure
that the Sotheby’s International Realty® Affiliate Logo Lock-up is always used
consistently.

Listing ads must contain the Minimum Required Disclaimer (see page 6).

You may use your company icon on advertising materials that present listings or
information for your company alone. However, icons are not permitted on
materials for co-operative advertising programs that feature multiple
affiliates.

Classified Ad

[PICTURE]

Positive

[PICTURE]

Reverse

Listing Ad: Color

[PICTURE]

Listing Ad: Black and White

[PICTURE]

36

 

7. APPROVED VENDORS AND CONTACT INFORMATION

THE USE OF APPROVED VENDORS ENSURES THAT YOUR SIGNS AND STATIONERY WILL ALWAYS
COMPLY WITH THE GUIDELINES IN THIS MANUAL. OUR VENDORS MAINTAIN THE HIGHEST
LEVEL OF QUALITY AND CONSISTENCY, AND UNDERSTAND THE IMPORTANCE OF PRESENTING
THE SOTHEBY’S INTERNATIONAL REALTY® BRAND CORRECTLY IN ALL APPLICATIONS.

The current approved vendors that must be used are listed in the Sotheby’s
International Realty® Broker and Sales Associate Programs Reference Guide.
Please visit our website at http://members.sothebysrealty.com.

37

 

SOTHEBY’S

INTERNATIONAL REALTY

	   	Ó MMIV Sotheby’s international Realty Affiliates, Inc. All Rights
Reserved. Sotheby’s International Realty® is a licensed trademark to
Sotheby’s International Realty Affiliates, Inc. An Equal Opportunity
Company. Equal Housing Opportunity [LOGO]. Each Office Is Independently
Owned And Operated, Except Offices Owned And Operated By NRT Incorporated.

 

 

[PICTURE]

 

 

Contents

	 	 	 	 	 
	The ERA® Corporate
Vision Statement
	 	 	1	 
	The ERA Basics
	 	 	 	 
	The ERA Mark
	 	 	2	 
	The ERA House Logo
	 	 	3	 
	The ERA International Collection
	 	 	 	 
	Logo & Name
	 	 	5	 
	The ERA Tagline
	 	 	7	 
	The ERA Colors
	 	 	8	 
	Type Treatments
	 	 	10	 
	Other Logos & Symbols
	 	 	11	 
	ERA Legal Disclaimers
	 	 	12	 
	Your ERA Stationery
	 	 	 	 
	Business Cards
	 	 	15	 
	Letterhead & Envelopes
	 	 	17	 
	The Internet
	 	 	19	 
	Your ERA Office
	 	 	24	 
	ERA Signage
	 	 	 	 
	Yard Signs
	 	 	26	 
	Commercial Signs
	 	 	29	 
	Directional Signs
	 	 	30	 
	Building Signs
	 	 	31	 
	Detailed Information
	 	 	 	 
	For Assistance
	 	 	34	 
	Downloadable Logos & Art
	 	 	34	 
	Print Specifications
	 	 	35	 
	Stationery Design Specifications
	 	 	38	 
	Yard Sign Specifications
	 	 	60	 

 

 

The ERA® Identity—Your Identity

Always There For You®...

To Help Your Business Succeed

As the innovative leader in real estate, ERA Franchise Systems, Inc., is proud
to have you as a member of the team — and excited to help you take advantage of
all the power and reputation of the ERA name and logo.

FOR OVER 30 YEARS, WE’VE BEEN BUILDING EQUITY IN THE ERA MARK — THE VISUAL USE
OF THE ERA NAME — AND OUR LOGO. TOGETHER, THEY HAVE COME TO STAND FOR OUR BOLD,
CONFIDENT, PRO-ACTIVE APPROACH TO HOME BUYING AND SELLING.

Along with our mark and logo comes our tagline ALWAYS THERE FOR YOU, which
conveys the personal dedication you find throughout the ERA organization:
Dedication to our member brokers, to our sales associates, and to all the
clients you serve.

We’ve created standards for using our mark, logo, and image, and put them
together in this easy reference guide, to protect the ERA brand identity — and,
most importantly, to help you market yourself while you benefit from all the
value that the ERA brand stands for in real estate.

IF YOU HAVE QUESTIONS THAT THIS GUIDE DOESN’T ANSWER, FEEL FREE TO CONTACT THE
ERA MARKETING DEPARTMENT FOR ASSISTANCE AT:

1 CAMPUS DRIVE

PARSIPPANY, NJ 07054

FAX 973-496-7354

E-MAIL MARKETING@ERA.COM

 

 

The ERA® Vision

ERA Franchise Systems, Inc., is the real estate company of choice for consumers
and agents because ERA SALES ASSOCIATES ARE ETHICAL, FORWARD-THINKING, AND RESULTS-ORIENTED PROFESSIONALS who take a proactive approach to real estate...
Therefore, agents can be sure they’ll have the best tools and training to
accomplish the job at hand.

Consumers will have total confidence that they are dealing with a consummate
professional expressing the highest level of service and integrity.

[ERA® LOGO]

1

 

[PICTURE] The Basics

THE ERA® MARK

Our mark—the visual representation of the ERA® name—is a registered
trademark, protected for use by ERA Franchise Systems, Inc., and its member
brokers. That means you have specific rights and obligations regarding the use
of the name in the real estate industry.

Specifically, you agree to use the ERA name and/or logo with your company name
in signage, stationery, advertising, and all communication materials according
to ERA guidelines. Following these standards will not only help protect the name
— it also ensures that you get the benefits of ERA brand equity.

The basic rules are simple.

	•  	Always spell “ERA” with all capital letters and without periods between
the letters.
	 
	•  	Always use the ERA-approved typeface — Univers Bold Condensed.
	 
	   	(For additional type treatment information for your graphic artist or
printer, refer to page 35)
	 
	•  	The first time “ERA” appears as an adjective (that is, as a descriptor in
front of another word) on any page or document, use the registered
trademark symbol — for example: ERA® logo, ERA® office, ERA®
services.
	 
	•  	Include the phrase “Each ERA® Office is Independently Owned and Operated” in
all your advertising, yard signs, stationery, business cards, and other promo
tional materials that use the ERA name. (For additional legal disclaimers, refer
to page 12).

2

 

The Basics

THE ERA® HOUSE LOGO

The distinctive red and blue ERA house logo is designed so that buyers and
sellers will quickly and easily identify you as an ERA member broker. Along with
the right to use the logo, you also have the responsibility to use it correctly,
to protect and take advantage of its full value. For example:

	•  	The ERA logo must always have the registered trademark symbol as shown.
(Figure 1)

Figure 1

	•  	Use the complete logo, exactly as it is provided to you by ERA. For
example, the house symbol and the ERA lettering may not be used
separately.
	 
	•  	Leave plenty of white space — equivalent to at least half the width of
the logo — around every side of the ERA logo, so that it clearly stands
out. (Figure 2)

Figure 2

	•  	The strength of the ERA logo lies in its distinctive identity — so never
incorporate it as part of another design or logo, or use patterns,
textures, or other backgrounds with it.

(cont.)

3

 

The ERA” House Logo (cont.)

	•  	When you use the ERA® logo with your company name, the logo should be
positioned to the left and horizontally aligned. “ERA” should precede your
company name exactly as shown. (Figure 3)

Figure 3

	•  	If your own company name does not appear with the ERA logo, you can use the
version of the logo that incorporates “REAL ESTATE,” as long as it will print
legibly. (Figure 4)

Figure 4

	•  	The ERA Yard Sign art is primarily for use in advertising and brochures —
never for stationery or signage — and should appear to the left of your
company name as shown. (Figure 5)

Figure 5

4

 

The Basics

	   	THE ERA® INTERNATIONAL COLLECTION LOGO & NAME
	 
	   	As with the ERA house logo, you also have the responsibility to use the ERA
“International Collection” logo correctly to protect and take advantage of its
full value.

	•  	In the logo, the words “International Collection” should be in all capital
letters in the ERA-approved typeface Filosofia, available from Emigre
(WWW.EMIGRE.COM).
	 
	•  	The logo can appear in one of two ways:

	 	•  	In the vertical version of the logo, “International Collection”
should be one-third the height of the crest and underlined. (Figure
6)

Figure 6

	 	•  	In the horizontal version of the logo, the words should be half the
height of the crest. (Figure 7)

Figure 7

(cont.)

5

 

The Basics

THE ERA® INTERNATIONAL COLLECTION LOGO (CONT.)

	•  	When printing, there are two different versions of logo colors:

	 	•  	International Level — a gold ERA crest with “International
Collection” in black (Figure 8)

Figure 8

	 	•  	Premier Level — a red ERA crest with “International Collection” in
blue (Figure 9)

Figure 9

Distinctive properties

	   	For color specifications that you can provide to your graphic artist or
printer, refer to page 37.
	 
	•  	When written in text, the name “International Collection” must be in Times
New Roman in small capital letters, so that the “I” and “C” are larger
than the rest of the letters: INTERNATIONAL COLLECTION.
	 
	•  	INTERNATIONAL COLLECTION must always have “ERA” before it in the first
reference in any paragraph.

6

 

The Basics

THE ERA® TAGLINE

The official ERA tagline ALWAYS THERE FOR YOU® is the central theme that is
the foundation of all our communication efforts. The message to customers is
that your business and our company are built on a principle of personal
dedication — and, that it is a philosophy that guides everything we do.

	•  	“ALWAYS THERE FOR YOU®” must always have the registration mark symbol
® as shown and should print in the ERA Blue (Pantone 2735C or 072UC).
	 
	•  	The ERA tagline, “ALWAYS THERE FOR YOU®” should appear in Univers
Extended Bold.
	 
	•  	The Univers family of typefaces is available worldwide on diskette,
through Adobe, Inc. You can download it at WWW.ADOBE.COM/TYPE/MAIN.HTML or
check with your local computer software provider.
	 
	•  	ALWAYS THERE FOR YOU means:

We the staff at ERA

are “ALWAYS THERE”

for our member brokers.

Our member brokers

are “ALWAYS THERE”

for our sales associates.

Our sales associates

are “ALWAYS THERE”

for the clients they serve.

[ERA® REAL ESTATE LOGO]

7

 

The Basics

THE ERA® COLORS

	   	The official ERA Red and ERA Blue were chosen for their boldness and
distinction, and should always be used according to ERA guidelines.

	•  	When printing the logo in two colors, use the official ERA Red (Pantone
186 Coated or Uncoated) and ERA Blue (Pantone 2735 Coated or 072
Uncoated).

	 	 	 
	[IMAGE]

	 	[IMAGE]

	   	For detailed color specifications that you can provide to your graphic
artist or printer, refer to page 35-36.
	 
	•  	If you are printing the logo against a background color, use a ‘white box
around the logo. (Figure 10)

Figure 10

	•  	For detailed ERA logo specifications, refer to page 3.
	 
	•  	If you are printing the logo in one color, that color must be black.
(Figure 11 A)

Figure 11

	•  	If you are printing against a black background, use the logo in reverse —
that is, with the house and type in white. (Figure 11B)

Figure 12

(cont.)

8

 

The Basics

The ERA® Colors (cont.)

SPECIAL RULES FOR CLOTHES/FABRIC

	•  	When printing on apparel, the house portion of the logo must appear in ERA
Red; “ERA®” REAL ESTATE” appears in either ERA Blue or white, depending
on the fabric color you choose.
	 
	   	On any color fabric, you can use a white box. (Figure 12)

Figure 12

	   	On dark fabric, you can use a “floating” logo with -white lettering.
(Figure 13)

Figure 13

	   	On white or a light color fabric, you can use a floating logo and blue
lettering. (Figure 14 and Figure 15)

Figure 14

Figure 15

9

 

The Basics

TYPE TREATMENTS

All of your marketing materials must use the ERA®-approved family of
typefaces, Univers. It was chosen for its clean, contemporary look and easy
readability. (The exception is the ERA® INTERNATIONAL COLLECTION name; for
correct type treatment, please refer to page 5-6.)

	•  	Use Univers type for all your ERA materials, including signage, print
advertising, billboards, business cards, and stationery.
	 
	•  	“ERA” should always appear in Univers Bold Condensed in all capital
letters with no periods: ERA
	 
	•  	The ERA tagline, “Always There For You®” should always appear in Univers
Extended Bold.
	 
	•  	Never use all capital letters for your company name; that’s reserved for
the ERA name.
	 
	•  	The Univers family of typefaces is available worldwide on diskette,
through Adobe, Inc. You can download it at WWW.ADOBE.COM/TYPE/MAIN.HTML
or check with your local computer software provider.

10

 

The Basics

OTHER LOGOS & SYMBOLS

	•  	Along with the ERA® logo, you may use ERA-approved associated logos/
symbols in your local advertising.
	 
	   	However, any associated logo/symbol should be secondary and must never
dominate or compete with the ERA logo. Where possible, the height of the
secondary logo/symbol should not exceed one-third the height of the ERA
logo. (Figure 16)

Figure 16

	•  	The “Equal Housing Opportunity” logo should be included in all of your ERA
printed materials.
	 
	•  	The additional logos/symbols approved by ERA for your use can be found at
the Images & Logo section within WWW.TEAMERA.COM.
	 
	•  	To use other logos/symbols, you must get prior written approval from the
ERA Marketing Department at 1 Campus Drive, Parsippany, NJ 07054 (fax
973-496-7354, e-mail MARKETING@ERA.COM ).

11

 

The Basics

ERA® LEGAL DISCLAIMERS

ERA Franchise Systems, Inc. requires that the following legal disclaimers be
used with all your advertising, yard signs, stationery, business cards, and
other promotional materials the use the ERA® name.

	•  	“The Equal Housing Opportunity” logo should be included in all of your
ERA® printed materials. (Figure 17)

Figure 17

	•  	Include the phrase “Each ERA® Office is Independently Owned and
Operated” in all your printed materials that use the ERA® name.
	 
	•  	Use the following disclaimer WHEN A REGISTERED ERA® MARK is used within
the printed material:
	 
	   	[LOGO] Ó 2002 ERA Franchise Systems, Inc. Each ERA® Office is
Independently Owned and Operated. ® is a licensed mark of ERA Franchise
Systems, Inc.
	 
	   	Note: If a registered mark owned by another company is also used in the
printed material, the disclaimer needs to be modified. For example,
“ERA® is a licensed mark of ERA Franchise Systems, Inc.; GM® is a
licensed mark of General Motors Corporation.”

(cont.)

12

 

The Basics

ERA Legal Disclaimers (cont.)

	•  	Use the following disclaimer when a REGISTERED MARK AND SERVICE MARK IS
OWNED BY ERA FRANCHISE SYSTEMS, INC. and is used within the printed
material:
	 
	   	[LOGO] Ó 2002 ERA Franchise System, Inc. Each ERA® Office is
Independently Owned and Operated. ® and SM are licensed marks of ERA
Franchise Systems, Inc.
	 
	   	Note: If a registered mark or a service mark owned by another company is
also used in the printed material, the disclaimer needs to be modified.
For example, “ERA® and ERA Select Services® are licensed marks of ERA
Franchise Systems, Inc.; GM® is a licensed mark of General Motors
Corporation.
	 
	•  	The ERA logo must always have the registered mark ® as shown. (Figure
18)

Figure 18

	•  	“Always There For You” must always have the registration mark ®. (Figure
18)
	 
	•  	Use the following legal marks with these ERA programs and taglines:
	 
	   	ERA Sellers Security® Plan 

ERA Home Protection Plan®

Always There For You® 1ST IN SERVICETM

1ST IN CUSTOMER SATISFACTION®

ERA Select ServicesSM

(cont.)

13

 

The Basics

ERA Legal Disclaimers (cont.)

	•  	Use the following legal disclaimers on these ERA®” programs:

	 	•  	ERA SELLERS SECURITY® PLAN: “WE WILL SELL YOUR HOUSE, OR ERA WILL
BUY IT®” LEGAL DISCLAIMER: Conditions apply, including a program
participation fee; house must meet specific qualifications, and
purchase price will be determined solely by ERA Franchise Systems,
Inc. Additionally a second home must be purchased through a broker
designated by ERA Franchise Systems, Inc. Call your local ERA®
Professional to review details.
	 
	 	•  	ERA HOME PROTECTION PLAN®:

LEGAL DISCLAIMER: Neither ERA Franchise Systems, Inc. nor its
affiliated companies, including Cendant Corporation, provides any
product or service in connection with the Home Protection Plan. All
products and services are provided by Aon Home Warranty Services,
Inc.

14

 

[PICTURE] Your ERA® Stationery

BUSINESS CARDS

Your ERA. business cards are designed to enhance your professional image and
further help you capitalize on the ERA brand equity.

A selection of business cards, stationery, and other marketing materials are
available through Merrill Corporation, an ERA-preferred alliance partner and an
expert in our guidelines regarding logos, typefaces, formats, and so on.

Ordering materials through Merrill meets ERA preferences and assures that all
identity standards are met.

However, if you choose to use another vendor, follow these guidelines in
creating your business cards, to protect the ERA name and your professional
image.

	•  	Your business cards should strictly follow ERA standards for included
information and approved layout as shown in Figure 19. Even if you are an
agent who works from your home, your ERA business cards must still include
your affiliated ERA company name and office address and phone number —
NOT your home office information.

(cont.)

Figure 19

15

 

Your ERA® Stationery

Business Cards (Cont.)

	   	For more examples of ERA-approved layouts for business cards — including
ERA® INTERNATIONAL COLLECTION cards and detailed specifications —
please refer to pages 38-41 and 46-51.
	 
	•  	Always use the approved typefaces, official ERA colors, and ERA-approved
dimensions and layout. (For detailed design specifications, refer to pages
34-35, 38-41, and 46-51.)
	 
	•  	If you wish to include a photo on your business card, a 3” by 5” color or
black-and-white original is acceptable. (Figure 20)

Figure 20

	   	The photo should be a head-and-shoulder shot, wearing tasteful business
attire. (No cartoons, costumes, or candid photos, please!) We recommend
that you wear dark, solid colors — avoiding bold prints — and have your
picture taken against a subtle background. Jacket and lies, jewelry, and
makeup should all be subtle as well, to convey a professional image in
keeping with the reputation of the ERA brand.
	 
	•  	Don’t use unofficial taglines or slogans on your business cards. Remember,
you and the ERA brand stand for professionalism!
	 
	•  	For a Merrill catalog, call 1-800-728-0900.
	 
	   	Or, shop Merrill online 24 hours a day, at WWW.DESKSHOP.COM/ERA.

16

 

Your ERA® Stationery

LETTERHEAD & ENVELOPES

Your ERA letterhead enhances your professional image and helps you capitalize on
the ERA brand equity. Merrill Corporation, an ERA-preferred alliance partner,
offers a choice of letterhead, envelopes, and other marketing materials, and is
an expert in our guidelines regarding logos, typefaces, formats, and so on.

Ordering materials through Merrill meets ERA preferences and assures that all
identity standards are met.

However, if you still choose to use another vendor, be sure to follow ERA
guidelines to protect the ERA name and your professional image.

	•  	Figure 21 shows an example of how standard letterhead (8 1/2” x 11”)
should look.

(Cont.)

Figure 21

17

 

Your ERA® Stationery

Letterhead & Envelopes

	•  	Figure 22 shows an example of how a standard number 10 envelope (9 1/2” x
4 1/8”) should look.

Figure 22

	•  	Always use the approved typefaces, official ERA colors, and ERA-approved
dimensions and layout. (For detailed design specifications, refer to pages
42-43.)

For more examples of ERA®-approved layouts for letterhead and envelopes —
including ERA® INTERNATIONAL COLLECTION and detailed specifications — please
refer to pages 52-59.

For a Merrill catalog, call 1-800-728-090O. Or, shop Merrill online 24 hours a
day, at WWW.DESKSHOP.COM/ERA.

18

 

[PICTURE]

THE INTERNET

The Internet is a growing part of the real estate industry and can be a valuable
asset to your business. ERA® has entered the world of online services and
continues to explore this exciting form of marketing.

As we do so, we all need to keep in mind the importance of the proper use of ERA
marks and logos—carefully following the standards and guidelines designed to
protect the integrity of the ERA name and reputation.

Most of the standards outlined in this guide also apply to your use of the
Internet; in addition, here are some special areas that are unique to the
Internet.

ERA on the World Wide Web

As real estate web sites grow, it is important to present information that is
correct and not misleading. As an ERA member broker, you are represented on
WWW.ERA.COM, a national site.

In all individual office sites, agent sites, and domain names, it’s important
not to represent yourself as the national site. Clearly identify your office or
agent name, and observe ERA guidelines for URL selection so as not to represent
your site as the national site.

[PICTURE]

(cont.)

19

 

THE INTERNET

ERA.com Frame

ERA® offices that are in good standing are allowed to use the ERA.com frame
set (Figure 23), which lets you capitalize on the identity of the ERA brand on
the Internet. However, it’s still important that the agent or office is
identified plainly on the site, so that users will not think they are on the
national site. The frame set is available by e-mailing
INTERACTIVE.MARKETING@ERA.COM.

Figure 23

When using the ERA.com frame set, do not use the same order and verbiage for
links in the left or top frame. You can use images from ERA commercials or print
pieces in the body of your home page. All content and images associated with
your office or agent profile pages should be of a real estate nature.

When using ERA.com as a resource for your site, it is important that you are
using these pages within your frame set. In this frame set, you should clearly
identify your office name or agent name along with contact information.

Artwork on the Web

ERA Franchise Systems, Inc., makes logos and artwork available for use by all
offices and agents. All rules relating to logo usage off-line apply to online
use as well. Additionally, the ERA logo cannot be animated in any way when used
as a corporate identifier.

Logos and images for print and internet use are available on WWW.TEAMERA.COM in
the marketing section, under logos and images.

(cont.)

20

 

THE INTERNET

E-mail Addresses

All ERA® franchise owners and their staff are entitled to a free “@ERA.com”
e-mail address (firstname.lastname@ERA.com). This @ERA.com address allows you to
take advantage of ERA Marketing programs. To receive your @ERA.com e-mail
address, have your Office Coordinator add your personal Internet Service
Provider (ISP) e-mail address into the CREST EDG system. (An example of a
personal ISP e-mail address would be agentname@aol.com.)

For help in setting up an @ERA.com e-mail address, contact your ERA Business
Consultant or call the CREST EDG Help Desk at 1-800-593-5934.

Your Own Domain Name

You may obtain an individual domain name or home page address on the Internet
from an Internet Service Provider or follow these guidelines when selecting your
name.

	•  	Use your fictitious business name from your ERA Membership Agreement. For
example, if you are doing business as ERA Red Team Realty, your domain
name would be: www.ERAredteamrealty.com
	 
	•  	However, since the same fictitious business name may be used by other
franchises in different locations, we strongly recommend that you indicate
the city and state as well — for example:
www.ERAredteamrealtyparsippanynj.com

(cont.)

21

 

THE INTERNET

Domain Name (cont.)

	•  	As mentioned previously regarding the appearance and presentation of your
site, be sure that your domain name/Web address is clearly identified with
you or your office, not confused with the national, corporate ERA® site.
For example:

	 	•  	Don’t create an Internet address in which “ERA” is followed by a dot
and additional characters.
	 
	 	•  	Don’t create a screen name or Internet address that is confusingly
similar to any of the ERA trademarks, service marks, or slogans.

	•  	Don’t create a screen name or Internet address that may be confused with
other real estate brokerage offices, other brands, or independent
companies.
	 
	•  	Have your office coordinator or manager enter the information into CREST
EDG. This applies for offices or agent URLS.

22

 

THE INTERNET

General Content Tips

	•  	In Web advertising, present the ERA® name and all ERA marks and slogans
consistently with guidelines and restrictions. For example, the ERA logo
must conform to the identity standards, including size, placement, and
colors.
	 
	•  	Each franchisee is solely responsible for the information and other
content you choose to make available on WWW.ERA.COM, WWW.IC.ERA.COM, or
any home page or other online service.
	 
	•  	All Web sites must contain these three disclaimers on the home page:

	 	(1)  	Each ERA® Office is Independently Owned and Operated.
	 
	 	(2)  	® and SM are licensed trademarks of ERA Franchise Systems, Inc.
	 
	 	(3)  	(HOME LOGO) Equal Housing Opportunity.

	•  	Any other slogans or logos used must include applicable disclaimers,
including:
	 
	   	Neither ERA Franchise Systems, Inc., nor any of its franchises or other
affiliated companies, including Cendant Corporation, provide any product
or service in conjunction with this program.

If you have any questions, please contact your business consultant or e-mail ERA
Interactive Marketing (INTERACTIVE.MARKETING@ERA.COM).

23

 

[PICTURE]

YOUR ERA® OFFICE

Especially in the real estate marketplace, the appearance of your workplace can
have a real impact on clients (not to mention potential clients). Your ERA
member broker office should incorporate the ERA identity — bold, confident,
contemporary, reliable — to create a distinctive, professional environment for
home buying and selling.

Four main criteria are key to creating and maintaining this identity:

	(1)  	Use of ERA-approved signage and other materials for your office exterior
and interior, according to ERA guidelines
	 
	(2)  	Tasteful, coordinated use of color and design to reflect and promote the
ERA image
	 
	(3)  	Regional influence on the office design and decor
	 
	(4)  	Best use of available workspace

While you could argue that it’s all a matter of taste, it is important that the
ERA identity be consistent and credible throughout all member broker offices.
Here are some tips for maximizing the image of your office.

	•  	Proposed outdoor signage must be approved by the ERA Marketing Department
at 1 Campus Drive, Parsippany, NJ 07054

(fax 973-496-7354, e-mail MARKETING@ERA.COM).
	 
	•  	The ERA logo should be predominately displayed in your office lobby along
with the ERA Vision Statement.

(cont.)

24

 

YOUR ERA® OFFICE

	•  	Complementary colors such as navy blue, gray, and white (perhaps with
accents of red) coordinate nicely with the ERA logo design.
	 
	•  	Color-coordinated contemporary posters and other graphics can add warmth.
	 
	•  	A prominent display of brochures and other ERA literature shows clients
you’re part of the familiar ERA team.
	 
	•  	ERA apparel, worn by brokers and agents, adds to the professional image.
Several vendors offer a variety of ERA apparel. Visit the Select Services
Section on WWW.TEAMERA.COM for a selection of various vendors.

25

 

[PICTURE]

ERA® SIGNAGE

YARD SIGNS

Because consumers see it so often, the ERA yard sign is one of the most widely
recognized symbols in real estate.

The ERA sign on your office and on the lawns of your listed properties makes the
public aware of your company and its association with the ERA brand. Consistency
in sign appearance and in the use of the ERA logo guidelines helps maximize the
value of your association with ERA Franchise Systems, Inc.

ERA yard signs can be ordered from several approved vendors and must follow
these general guidelines.

	•  	Use the ERA name and logo correctly.
	 
	•  	Use ERA Red, ERA Blue, and white.
	 
	•  	Use Univers Bold Condensed for all type, in sizes that are clearly
legible.
	 
	•  	Include “Each Office Independently Owned and Operated” on every sign.
	 
	•  	Your local office name should be in upper and lower case letters (not all
capitals letters).
	 
	•  	The agent’s name cannot be larger than your local office name.

(cont.)

26

 

ERA® SIGNAGE

Yard Signs (cont.)

Here are ERA-approved yard signs and the correct way to display copy in each
sign format.

Cross-Arm Post Sign

	•  	The ERA yard sign with the cross-arm post features an ERA Red painted
cross-arm with a vertical hanging panel of 20- or 24-gauge steel,
polyethylene, or aluminum, in ERA Blue and ERA Red.
	 
	   	This 36” x 18” sign features the ERA logo on white in the top half, and
the local office information in white type on ERA Blue in the bottom half.
The top riders are on a white background with ERA Red letters, or red
background with white letters.
	 
	   	For complete dimensions and instructions for sign and post construction,
refer to pages 60-66.

[PICTURE]

Cross-arm post sign

(cont.)

27

 

ERA® SIGNAGE

Yard Signs (cont.)

Step-in Signs

	•  	Where some local ordinances prohibit the use of the cross-arm sign post,
step-in sign frames offer an alternative.
	 
	•  	For the vertical or horizontal step-in signs, top riders may be red or
white. All bottom riders (for agent name and number) are white with ERA
Red letters.
	 
	   	[SALE PENDING] [SOLD] [MARY SMITH 876-5342]
	 
	   	For a complete list of available riders, contact any of the approved sign
vendors or refer to WWW.TEAMERA.COM in the Select Services section.

[PICTURE]

36” x 18” vertical step-in sign with 2 riders

[PICTURE]

18” x 24” horizontal step-in sign with 2 riders

28

 

ERA® SIGNAGE

Commercial Signs

Commercial Signs are 36” x 48” and printed on corrugated plastic. Commercial
signs are lightweight and outdoor durable and can be mounted on 4” x 4” wooden
posts. They can also be attached to a building or used indoors.

Commercial signs encourage ERA associates to achieve recognized commercial
designations which will upgrade the standards of professionalism of an ERA
associate within the marketplace.

ERA offers a Commercial Investment Network (CIN), an independent network of ERA
Member Brokers dedicated to serving clients and customers in the leasing,
management, auction, sale and acquisition of commercial and investment real
estate and business opportunities on a national and international basis. For
information regarding the network, please refer to WWW.TEAMERA.COM.

For a complete list of available commercial signs, contact any of the approved
sign vendors or refer to WWW.TEAMERA.COM in the Select Services section.

[PICTURE]

29

 

ERA® SIGNAGE

Directional Signs

In addition to yard signs, a choice of ERA directional signs are available from
the approved sign vendors to help enhance open houses and other sales efforts.

These signs vary in size, message, arrow, direction, etc., and are mounted on
single posts, tents, or other supports. All of the signs feature the official
ERA logo on white and have white lettering and/or arrows on ERA Blue.

For a complete list of available directional signs, contact any of the approved
sign vendors or refer to WWW.TEAMERA.COM in the Select Services section.

[PICTURE]

[PICTURE]

[PICTURE]

30

 

ERA® SIGNAGE

Building Signs

Building signs are an important part of establishing your identity and image as
an ERA member broker. And, they call attention to your business and your
association with the ERA brand.

As you would expect, all building signage must follow ERA standards for logo,
colors, dimensions, proportions, usage, and so on. Here are some examples of
acceptable building signs that can be constructed by your local sign vendor.

	•  	Vertical signs (Figure 24) can be mounted to your building or to a
free-standing pole. Since these signs resemble the familiar ERA yard sign,
they can create a lot of instant recognition for your business site.

Figure 24

	•  	The vertical sign features the ERA logo in the top half, and the local
office information in the bottom half.

(cont.)

31

 

ERA® SIGNAGE

Building Signs (cont.)

	•  	Horizontal signs (Figure 25) come in a variety of sizes and proportions,
and are ideal for offices located in shopping centers and similar sites.

Figure 25

	•  	Any signs to be projected from a building or pole should be in a
double-faced format.
	 
	•  	Use the ERA name and logo correctly.
	 
	•  	Use Univers Bold Condensed for all type, in sizes that are clearly
legible.
	 
	•  	Your office name should be in upper and lower case letters (not all
capital letters). (See page 26)

We don’t recommend including your telephone number on building signs; market
research shows that passers-by will remember your name and consult a phone
directory for your number. However, you can include designations such as
Residential, Commercial, or Farm, as long as the type size is not larger than
the height of the letters “ERA.”

Your proposed sign must first be submitted in writing and approved by the ERA®
Marketing department. Fax the completed REQUEST FOR APPROVAL form along with a
detailed drawing of the proposed sign (including all size and color
specifications) to the ERA Marketing Department at 973-496-7354.

ERA will contact you with approval (and/or any modifications required).

(cont.)

32

 

ERA® SIGNAGE

Building Signs (cont.)

SPECIAL RESTRICTIONS OR CONSIDERATIONS

	•  	State or local law or ordinances may require you to include the phrase
“Each Office Independently Owned and Operated” on all your outdoor
signage.
	 
	•  	In some municipalities, codes place limits on sign color use, size, or
illumination.
	 
	•  	In unusual instances, a local ordinance or building code may prohibit the
use of ERA approved signage. In this case, you must have prior written
approval from the ERA Marketing Department before installing an alternate
sign. Your written request must include the ordinance.
	 
	   	Fax the completed REQUEST FOR APPROVAL form along with a detailed drawing
of the proposed sign (including all size and color specifications) to the
ERA Marketing Department at 973-496-7354.
	 
	   	ERA will contact you with approval (and/or any modifications required).

33

 

DETAILED INFORMATION

[PICTURE]

For Assistance

If you have questions that this guide does not answer, please feel free to
contact the ERA® Marketing Department for assistance at:

1 Campus Drive

Parsippany, NJ 07054

Fax 973-496-7354

E-mail MARKETING@ERA.COM

Downloadable Logos & Art

To create your own print ads, brochures, stationery, and other marketing
materials, go to WWW.TEAMERA.COM and download ERA-approved logos and images, and
access the ERA On-Line Advertiser.

34

 

DETAILED INFORMATION

Print Specifications

Typefaces

	•  	Use the Univers family of typefaces with the ERA® logo in materials
including signage, business cards, and stationery.
	 
	   	UNIVERS BOLD CONDENSED
	 
	   	Univers Regular Condensed
	 
	   	Univers Light Condensed
	 
	•  	When the ERA letters appear alone or within your office name, the letters
“ERA” must be printed in all capital letters in the approved typeface,
Univers Bold Condensed, with no periods between the letters.
	 
	•  	The ERA “Always There For You®” tagline should appear in Univers
Extended Bold. (Figure 26)

Figure 26

	•  	The Univers family of typefaces is available worldwide through Adobe, Inc.
You can download it at WWW.ADOBE.COM/TYPE/MAIN.HTML or check with your
local computer software provider.

ERA® Logo

Always leave the equivalent of at least half the width of the logo around every
side of the ERA logo as a white box. (Figure 27)

Figure 27

(cont.)

35

 

DETAILED INFORMATION

Print Specifications (cont.)

ERA® Colors

2-Color Printing: When printing in the two-color process, use the approved ERA
Red and ERA Blue Pantone Color Standards as indicated below.

	 	 	 	 	 
	MATCH COLORS	 	ON COATED STOCKS	 	ON UNCOATED STOCKS
	ERA Red

	 	Pantone 186C
	 	Pantone 186U
	ERA Blue

	 	Pantone 2735C
	 	Pantone 072U

4-Color Printing: You can also print ERA materials using the four-color (CMYK)
process as indicated below.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	COLOR/STOCK	 	CYAN	 	 	MAGENTA	 	 	YELLOW	 	 	BLACK	 
	ERA 186 Red/Coated
	 	 	 	 	 	 	91	%	 	 	76	%	 	 	6	%
	ERA 186 Red/Uncoated
	 	 	 	 	 	 	91	%	 	 	76	%	 	 	6	%
	ERA 2735 Blue/Coated
	 	 	100	%	 	 	94	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	ERA 072 Blue/Uncoated
	 	 	100	%	 	 	79	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

B&W Printing: When printing the ERA logo in one color, the examples in Figure 28
are the only acceptable uses.

Figure 28

(cont.)

36

 

DETAILED INFORMATION

Print Specifications (cont.)

ERA® INTERNATIONAL COLLECTION LOGO

When printing the International Level logo (gold crest, black type), use
four-color process as indicated below. (Figure 29)

Figure 29

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	COLOR	 	CYAN	 	 	MAGENTA	 	 	YELLOW	 	 	BLACK	 
	Gold (crest)
	 	 	12	%	 	 	32	%	 	 	72	%	 	 	2	%
	Black (type)
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	100	%

When printing the Premier Level logo (red crest, blue type), use the
ERA-approved Pantone Color Standards as indicated below. (Figure 30)

Figure 30

	 	 	 	 	 
	MATCH COLORS	 	ON COATED STOCKS	 	ON UNCOATED STOCKS
	Red (crest)

	 	Pantone 186C
	 	Pantone 186U
	Blue (type)

	 	Pantone 281C
	 	Pantone 072U

37

 

DETAILED INFORMATION

Stationery Design Specifications

Standard Photo Business Card

Size: 3.5” x 2”

Paper:

	•  	12 pt. Kromekote Cover Stock C1S
	 
	•  	100 1b. White Linen Cover Stock

Individual’s Name: 9-pt. Univers 67 CondensedBold upper/lower case

Individual’s Titles (limit of 3):

	•  	7-pt. Univers 47 CondensedLight
	 
	•  	May be set all upper case or upper/lower case
	 
	•  	REALTOR® must print with registration mark

Individual’s Contact Information (limit of 7):

	•  	8-pt. Univers 67 CondensedBold upper/lower case
	 
	•  	Position below and flush with the left edge of the ruled line as
illustrated

[PICTURE]

(cont.)

38

 

DETAILED INFORMATION

Stationery Design Specifications (cont.)

Standard Photo Business Card (cont.)

Professional Designations:

	•  	9-pt. Univers 67 CondensedBold
	 
	•  	Print in same font and size as individual’s name

Company Name:

	•  	11-pt. Univers 67 CondensedBold upper/lower case
	 
	•  	Bottom justify to lined rule if only 1 line
	 
	•  	“ERA” must always print before company name
	 
	•  	REALTOR® must print with registered mark

Company Address:

	•  	8-pt. Univers 47 CondensedLight upper/lower case
	 
	•  	Position below company name and flush with the left edge of the ruled line
as illustrated (see page 38)

Approved Logos/Symbols:

	•  	Equal Housing Opportunity logo is standard on this business card and
positioned under the phone numbers
	 
	•  	Three additional ERA®-approved symbols may be requested

Disclaimer:

	•  	“Each ERA® Office is Independently Owned and Operated” must appear at
the bottom of card, positioned flush left with the left edge of the ruled
line in 5-pt. Univers 57 Condensed upper/lower case
	 
	•  	NRT disclaimer is available by special request

Ink Colors:

	•  	ERA logo prints in Pantone 186C/UC red and Pantone 2735C or 072UC blue
	 
	•  	All personalized imprint information, the two ruled lines, and symbols
print in black
	 
	•  	Gold foil symbol may be requested

39

 

DETAILED INFORMATION

Stationery Design Specifications (cont.)

Non-Photo Business Card

Size: 3.5” x 2”

Paper:

	•  	12 pt. Kromekote Cover Stock C1S
	 
	•  	100 1b. White Linen Cover Stock

Individual’s Name: 10.5-pt. Univers 67 CondensedBold upper/lower case

Individual’s Title (limit of 2):

	•  	8-pt. Univers 47 CondensedLight
	 
	•  	May be set all upper case or upper/lower case
	 
	•  	REALTOR® must print with registration mark

Individual’s Contact Information:

	•  	8-pt. Univers 67 CondensedBold upper/lower case.
	 
	•  	Position below and flush with the left edge of the ruled line as
illustrated

[PICTURE]

(cont.)

40

 

DETAILED INFORMATION

Stationery Design Specifications (cont.)

Non-Photo Business Card

Professional Designations:

	•  	10.5-pt. Univers 67 CondensedBold
	 
	•  	Print in same font and size as individual’s name

Company Name:

	•  	11-pt. Univers 67 CondensedBold upper/lower case
	 
	•  	“ERA” must always print before company name
	 
	•  	REALTOR® must print with registered mark

Company Address:

	•  	8-pt. Univers 47 CondensedLight upper/lower case
	 
	•  	Position below and flush with the left edge of the ruled line as
illustrated (see page 40)

Approved Logos/Symbols:

	•  	Equal Housing Opportunity logo is standard on this business card and
positioned under the phone numbers
	 
	•  	Four additional ERA®-approved symbols may be requested

Disclaimer:

	•  	“Each ERA® Office is Independently Owned and Operated” must appear at
the bottom of card, positioned flush left with the left edge of the ruled
line in 5-pt. Univers 57 Condensed upper/lower case
	 
	•  	NRT disclaimer available by special request

Ink Colors:

	•  	ERA logo prints in Pantone 186C/UC red and Pantone 2735C or 072UC blue
	 
	•  	All personalized imprint information, the two ruled lines, and symbols
print in black
	 
	•  	Gold foil symbol may be requested

41

 

DETAILED INFORMATION

Stationery Design Specifications (cont.)

#10 Envelope

Size: 9.5” x 4.125”

Paper: 24 Ib. White

Options:

	•  	Company name and address only
	 
	•  	Company name, address, and individual’s name and title(s)
	 
	•  	Company name, address, individual’s name and title(s), and black/white
photo

Individual’s Name: 10-pt. Univers 67 CondensedBold upper/lower case

Individual’s Title:

	•  	10-pt. Univers 47 CondensedLight
	 
	•  	May be set all upper case or upper/lower case
	 
	•  	REALTOR® must print with registered mark

[PICTURE]

(cont.)

42

 

Detailed Information

Stationery Design Specifications (cont.)

#10 Envelope

Company Name:

	•  	14-pt. Univers 57 Condensed upper/lower case
	 
	•  	Left justify with the black rule under it
	 
	•  	“ERA” must always print before company name
	 
	•  	If company name is longer than the ERA® slogan, the black rule under the
company name is extended to match its length
	 
	•  	REALTORS® must print with registered mark

Company Address:

	•  	10-pt. Univers 47 CondensedLight upper/lower case
	 
	•  	Left justified with ERA slogan

Approved Symbols: No symbols allowed on envelopes

Disclaimer: No disclaimers allowed on envelopes

Ink Colors:

	•  	ERA logo and tagline print in Pantone 186UC red and Pantone 072UC blue
	 
	•  	All personalized imprint information and photo print in black

43

 

Detailed Information

Stationery Design Specifications (cont.)

Letterhead

Size: 8.5” x 11”

Paper: 24 lb. White Watermark Bond Paper

Options:

	•  	Company name, address, and phone numbers only
	 
	•  	Company name, address, phone numbers, and individual’s name and title(s)
	 
	•  	Company name, address, phone numbers, individual’s name and title(s), and
black/white photo

Individual’s Name: 10-pt. Univers 67 CondensedBold upper/lower case

Individual’s Title:

	•  	10-pt. Univers 47 CondensedLight
	 
	•  	May be set all upper case or upper/lower case
	 
	•  	REALTOR® must print with registered mark

[IMAGE]

(cont.)

44

 

Detailed Information

Stationery Design Specificiations (cont.)

Letterhead

Individual’s Contact Information:

	•  	8-pt. Univers 57 Condensed upper/lower case
	 
	•  	Inserted after the company address and centered within width of page
	 
	•  	If phone information is extensive, all phone numbers will be moved to next
line under address and centered accordingly

Professional Designations:

	•  	10-pt. Univers 67 CondensedBold
	 
	•  	Print after individual’s name in same font and size

Company Name:

	•  	16-pt. Univers 57 Condensed upper/lower case
	 
	•  	“ERA” must always print before company name
	 
	•  	REALTORS® must print with registered mark

Company Address:

	•  	8-pt. Univers 57 Condensed upper/lower case
	 
	•  	Centered within width of page

Approved Symbols: Up to two ERA®-approved symbols may be requested for
letterhead

Disclaimer:

	•  	“Each ERA® Office is Independently Owned and Operated” must appear at the
bottom of letterhead in 6-pt. Univers 47 CondensedLight
	 
	•  	Equal Housing Opportunity logo must always appear to the left of the
disclaimer
	 
	•  	NRT disclaimer is available by special request

Ink Colors:

	•  	ERA logo and slogan print in Pantone 186UC red and Pantone 072UC blue
	 
	•  	All personalized imprint information, photo, and symbols print in black

45

 

Detailed Information

Stationery Design Specifications (cont.)

Non-Photo Business Card — Premier Level

ERA® INTERNATIONAL COLLECTION

AVAILABLE TO “INTERNATIONAL COLLECTION” MEMBERS ONLY

Size: 2” x 3.5”

Paper: 80 lb. White Linen Cover Stock

Individual’s Name: 9-pt. B Cochin Bold upper case

Individual’s Title:

	•  	9-pt. Cochin upper/lower case
	 
	•  	REALTOR® must print with registered mark

Individual’s Contact Information:

	•  	9-pt. Cochin upper/lower case
	 
	•  	E-mail/Web site always printed in 9-pt. I Cochin Italic

Professional Designations:

	•  	9-pt. B Cochin Bold
	 
	•  	Print in same font and size as individual’s name

Company Name:

	•  	9-pt. Cochin upper/lower case
	 
	•  	“ERA” must always print before company name
	 
	•  	REALTORS® must print with registered mark

[IMAGE]

(cont.)

46

 

Detailed Infomation

Stationery Design Specifications (cont.)

Non-Photo Business Card — Premier Level

ERA® INTERNATIONAL COLLECTION

Company Address. 9-pt. Cochin upper/lower case

Disclaimer:

	•  	“Each ERA® Office is Independently Owned and Operated” must appear at the
bottom of card in 4-pt. Helvetica Condensed
	 
	•  	Equal Housing Opportunity logo must always appear to the left of the
disclaimer
	 
	•  	NRT disclaimer is available by special request

Ink Colors:

	•  	International Collection logo prints in Pantone 186 red and Pantone 072UC
blue
	 
	•  	ERA house logo prints in Pantone 186 red and Pantone 072UC blue
	 
	•  	All personalized imprint information, the disclaimer, and Equal Housing
Opportunity logo print in Pantone 2736 blue

47

 

DETAILED INFORMATION

Stationery Design Specifications (cont.)

Non-Photo Business Card — International Level

ERA® INTERNATIONAL COLLECTION

AVAILABLE TO “INTERNATIONAL COLLECTION” MEMBERS ONLY

Size: 2” x 3.5”

Paper: 100 1b. White Cover Stock (Beckett Enhance)

Individual’s Name: 9-pt. Futura Light upper/lower case

Individual’s Title:

	•  	9-pt. Futura Light upper/lower case
	 
	•  	REALTOR®must print with registered mark

Individual’s Contact Information (limit of 4):

	•  	9-pt. Futura Light upper/lower case
	 
	•  	Bullets are used to separate numbers

Professional Designations:

	•  	9-pt. Futura Light
	 
	•  	Print in same font and size as individual’s name

Company Name:

	•  	9-pt. Futura Light upper case
	 
	•  	“ERA” must always print before company name
	 
	•  	REALTORS® must always have the registered mark

[PICTURE]

(cont.)

48

 

Detailed Infomation

Stationery Design Specifications (cont.)

Non-Photo Business Card — International Level

ERA® INTERNATIONAL COLLECTION

Company Address: 9-pt. Futura Light upper case

Disclaimer:

	•  	“Each ERA® Office is Independently Owned and Operated” must appear at the
bottom of card in 4-pt. Futura Light
	 
	•  	Equal Housing Opportunity logo must always appear to the left of the disclamer
	 
	•  	NRT disclaimer is available by special request

Ink Colors:

	•  	International Collection logo is gold foiled and the ERA house logo prints in
a black box with white knockout
	 
	•  	All personalized imprint information and disclaimer print in black

49

 

DETAILED INFORMATION

Stationery Design Specifications (cont.)

Non-Photo Tent Business Card — Premier Level

ERA® INTERNATIONAL COLLECTION

AVAILABLE TO “INTERNATIONAL COLLECTION” MEMBERS ONLY

Size: 3.5” x 3.75”

Paper: 80 1b. White Linen Cover Stock

Individual’s Name: 9-pt. B Cochin Bold upper/lower case

Individual’s Title:

	•  	8.5-pt. Cochin upper/lower case
	 
	•  	REALTOR® must print with registered mark

Individual’s Contact Information:

	•  	7.3-pt. Cochin upper/lower case
	 
	•  	Position below and flush with the left edge of the ruled line
as illustrated
	 
	•  	Space of one blank return must be maintained between address
and phone numbers

Professional Designations:

	•  	9-pt. B Cochin Bold
	 
	•  	Print in same font and size as individual’s name

Company Name:

	•  	9-pt. B Cochin Bold upper/lower case
	 
	•  	“ERA” must always appear before company name
	 
	•  	REALTORS® must print with registered mark
	 
	•  	Position below and flush with the left edge of the ruled
line as illustrated

FRONT IMPRINT

[PICTURE]

INTERNATIONAL COLLECTION

DISTINCTIVE PROPERTIES

(Cont.)

50

 

DETAILED INFORMATION

Stationery Design Specifications (cont.)

Non-Photo Tent Business Card — Premier Level

ERA® INTERNATIONAL COLLECTION

Company Address:

	•  	7.3-pt. Cochin upper/lower case
	 
	•  	Position below and flush with the left edge of the ruled line as
illustrated

Disclaimer:

	•  	“Each ERA® Office is Independently Owned and Operated” must appear at
the bottom of card, positioned flush left with the left edge of the ruled
line in 4-pt. Helvetica Condensed upper/lower case
	 
	•  	Equal Housing Opportunity logo must always appear to the left of the
disclaimer
	 
	•  	NRT disclaimer is available by special request

Ink Colors:

	•  	International Collection logo on the outside of the card prints in Pantone
186 red and Pantone 072UC blue
	 
	•  	ERA house logo in the inside prints in Pantone 186C/UC red and Pantone
072UC blue
	 
	•  	All personalized imprint information prints in Pantone 281 blue
	 
	•  	Blue bar at bottom should print in Pantone 281 blue

[PICTURE]

51

 

DETAILED INFORMATION

Stationery Design Specifications (cont.)

#10 Envelope — Premier Level

ERA® INTERNATIONAL COLLECTION

AVAILABLE TO “INTERNATIONAL COLLECTION” MEMBERS ONLY

Size: 9.5” x 4.125”

Paper: 24 lb. White May Linen Text

Options:

	•  	Company name and address
	 
	•  	Company name, address, and individual’s name

Individual’s Name: 10.5-pt. Cochin, tracked to 4-upper/lower cases

Individual’s Title: No titles allowed on envelopes

Professional Designations: Print after individual’s name in 10.5-pt. Cochin,
tracked to 4, upper case

[PICTURE]

(cont.)

52

 

DETAILED INFORMATION

Stationery Design Specifications(Cont.)

#10 Envelope — Premier Level

ERA® INTERNATIONAL COLLECTION

Company Name:

	•  	10.5-pt. Cochin, tracked to 4, upper/lower case
	 
	•  	“ERA” must always print before company name
	 
	•  	REALTORS® must print with registered mark

Company Address:

	•  	10.5-pt. Cochin, tracked to 4, upper/lower case
	 
	•  	Prints on one line after company name
	 
	•  	Bullets used to separate information

Approved Symbols: No symbols allowed on envelopes

Disclaimer: No disclaimers allowed on envelopes

Ink Colors:

	•  	ERA house logo prints in Pantone 186C/UC red and Pantone 072UC blue
	 
	•  	All personalized imprint information prints in Pantone 072UC blue

[PICTURE]

53

 

DETAILED INFORMATION

Stationery Design Specifications(Cont.)

#10 Envelope — International Level

ERA® INTERNATIONAL COLLECTION

AVAILABLE TO “INTERNATIONAL COLLECTION” MEMBERS ONLY

Size: 9.5” x 4.125”

Paper: 24 lb. White Random Watermark Beckett Enhanced

Options:

	•  	Company name and address
	 
	•  	Company name, address, and individual’s name

Individual’s Name: 7.5-pt. Futura Light upper case

Individual’s Title: No titles allowed on envelopes

Professional Designations:

	•  	7.5-pt. Futura Light
	 
	•  	Print after individual’s name in same size and font

[PICTURE]

(cont.)

54

 

DETAILED INFORMATION

Stationery Design Specifications(Cont.)

#10 Envelope — International Level

ERA® INTERNATIONAL COLLECTION

Company Name:

	•  	7.5-pt. Futura Light upper case
	 
	•  	“ERA” must always print before company name
	 
	•  	REALTORS® must print with registered mark

Company Address:

	•  	7.5-pt. Futura Light upper case
	 
	•  	Address prints on one line after company name
	 
	•  	Bullets used to separate information

Approved Symbols: No symbols allowed on envelopes

Disclaimer: No disclaimers allowed on envelopes

Ink Colors:

	•  	International Collection logo and rule print in gold foil
	 
	•  	All personalized imprint information, the International Collection name, and
the ERA house logo on back flap of envelope print in black

[PICTURE]

55

 

DETAILED INFORMATION

Stationery Design Specifications (Cont.)

Letterhead — Premier Level

ERA® INTERNATIONAL COLLECTION

AVAILABLE TO “INTERNATIONAL COLLECTION” MEMBERS ONLY

Size: 8.5” x 11”

Paper: 24 lb. White May Linen Text.

Options:

	•  	Company name, address, and phone numbers only
	 
	•  	Company Name, address, phone numbers, and individual’s name and title(s)

Individual’s Name: 10-pt. Cochin upper/lower case

Individual’s Title:

	•  	10-pt. Cochin upper/lower case
	 
	•  	REALTOR® must print with registered mark

Individual’s Contact Information:

	•  	10-pt. Cochin
	 
	•  	May be set all upper case or upper/lower case
	 
	•  	Phone numbers are inserted after the company address and centered within
width of page
	 
	•  	Bullets used to separate contact information
	 
	•  	If contact information is extensive, all will be moved to next line under
address and centered accordingly
	 
	•  	If requesting a Web address, it is always at the end of the imprint
information and prints in BI Cochin Boldltalic

[PICTURE]

(Cont.)

56

 

DETAILED INFORMATION

Stationery Design Specifications (Cont.)

Letterhead — Premier Level

ERA® INTERNATIONAL COLLECTION

Professional Designations: Print after individual’s name in same font and size,
upper case

Company Name:

	•  	10-pt. Cochin upper/lower case
	 
	•  	“ERA” must always print before company name
	 
	•  	REALTORS® must print with registered mark

Company Address:

	•  	10-pt. Cochin all upper case or upper/lower case following company name
	 
	•  	Bullets used to separate information

Approved Symbols: No symbols allowed on this letterhead

Disclaimer:

	•  	“Each ERA® Office is Independently Owned and Operated” must appear at the
bottom of the letterhead in 6-pt. Helvetica Condensed
	 
	•  	Equal Housing Opportunity logo must always appear to the left of the
disclaimer
	 
	•  	NRT disclaimer is available by special request

Ink Colors:

	•  	International Collection logo and name print in Pantone 186C red and
Pantone 281C blue
	 
	•  	All personalized imprint information prints in Pantone 072UC blue
	 
	•  	ERA house logo prints at bottom of page in Pantone 186UC red and Pantone
072UC blue

57

 

DETAILED INFORMATION

Stationery Design Specifications (Cont.)

Letterhead — International Level

ERA® INTERNATIONAL COLLECTION

AVAILABLE TO “INTERNATIONAL COLLECTION” MEMBERS ONLY

Size: 8.5” x 11”

Paper: 24 lb. White Beckett Enhanced Random Watermark Paper

Options:

	•  	Company name, address, and phone numbers only
	 
	•  	Company name, address, phone numbers, and individual’s name and title(s)

Individual’s Name: 8.5-pt. Futura Light, tracked to 15, upper case

Individual’s Tide:

	•  	8.5-pt. Futura Light, tracked to 15 and set in all upper case
	 
	•  	REALTOR® must print with registered mark

Individual’s Contact Information:

	•  	8.5-pt. Futura Light, tracked to 15, upper case
	 
	•  	Inserted after the company address and centered within width of page
	 
	•  	Slashes used to separate contact information, bullets used between all
phone digits
	 
	•  	If contact information is extensive, all will be moved to next line under
address and centered accordingly

[PICTURE]

(Cont.)

58

 

DETAILED INFORMATION

Stationery Design Specifications (Cont.)

Letterhead — International Level

ERA® INTERNATIONAL COLLECTION

Professional Designations: Print after individual’s name in 8.5-pt. Futura

Light, tracked to 15, upper case

Company Name:

	•  	8.5-pt. Futura Light, tracked to 15, upper case
	 
	•  	“ERA” must always print before company name
	 
	•  	REALTORS® must print with registered mark

Company Address:

	•  	8.5 Point Futura Light, tracked to 15, upper case
	 
	•  	Centered within the width of the page after company name
	 
	•  	Bullets used to separate information Approved Symbols: No symbols allowed
on this letterhead

Disclaimer:

	•  	“Each ERA® Office is Independently Owned and Operated” must appear at
the bottom of letterhead in 6-pt. Futura Light, tracked to 15, scaled to
95%
	 
	•  	NRT disclaimer is available by special request

Ink Colors:

	•  	International Collection logo and rule is gold foiled
	 
	•  	The International Collection name prints in black
	 
	•  	All personalized imprint information prints in black
	 
	•  	ERA house logo prints in a black box with white knockout

59

 

DETAILED INFORMATION

Yard Sign Specifications

Vertical Sign

	•  	When using a local vendor to produce the vertical ERA® yard sign, use
the following dimensions and specifications. Please note that there is no
border around the sign; the color extends (“bleeds”) to all three edges of
the sign panel.
	 
	•  	The sign panel hangs from two 3- or 4-inch S-hooks. Grommets on both the
top and the bottom of the sign panel are recommended for high-wind areas.
	 
	•  	Upon special request, smaller versions of the ERA yard sign are available
to conform to local zoning requirements: 14” x 28”, 15” x 30”, 16” x 32”,
and 17” x 34”. For more information, please contact the ERA Marketing
Department (fax 973-496-7354, e-mail MARKETING@ERA.COM).

[PICTURE]

60

 

DETAILED INFORMATION

Yard Sign Specifications (Cont.)

Vertical Sign with Optional Agent Information and Photo

[PICTURE]

Optional Yard Sign Riders

[PICTURE]

61

 

DETAILED INFORMATION

Yard Sign Specifications (Cont.)

Horizontal Sign

[PICTURE]

Horizontal Sign With Optional Agent Information And Photo

[PICTURE]

62

 

DETAILED INFORMATION

Yard Sign Specifications (Cont.)

Horizontal Sign

22” x 28”

Distinguish your exceptional listings with ERA® International Collection
panels. Luxury homes also require luxury signage. Yard signs have been created
specifically for the ERA International Collection. Two styles are available.

	•  	Premier Level — The Premier Level sign in blue and red displays the ERA
International Collection crest, yet also contains the ERA logo. The 22” x
28” panel is made of double-faced 24-gauge powder coated steel and has
brass grommets on 17” centers.

[PICTURE]

63

 

DETAILED INFORMATION

Yard Sign Specifications (Cont.)

	•  	International Level-

	 	•  	Option I-The International Level yard sign in black and gold
displays the ERA® International Collection crest, and also
contains the ERA logo in white on black. The 22” x 28” panel is made
of double-faced 24-gauge powder coated steel and has brass grommets
on 17” centers
	 
	 	•  	Option II-This International Level yard sign exemplifies the upscale
black and gold theme. Produced on a cedar panel painted in white,
the ERA International Collection logo is routed in gold paint. The
sign can be mounted on the white standard Cross-Arm post, or a
single white post with a black scroll bracket is available.

[PICTURE]

64

 

DETAILED INFORMATION

Yard Sign Specifications (Cont.)

Sign Riders

A Premier Properties or Historic Properties rider can be used to identify its
marketing level.

	•  	When using a local vendor to produce the vertical ERA® yard sign, use the
following dimensions and specifications.
	 
	•  	Holes are punched on 17” centers and are grommeted for extra
reinforcement.
	 
	•  	For more information, please contact the International Collections
Department (fax 973-496-7354, e-mail INTERNATIONAL.COLLECTION@ERA.COM).

The Cross-Arm Post Construction

	•  	Please note that International Collection signage must be placed only on a
white post. No other color is accepted.
	 
	•  	The cross-arm sign post can be constructed as shown in the following
diagrams, using 4 by 4 lumber.
	 
	•  	For cross-arm sign posts made of other materials, refer to WWW.TEAMERA.COM
in the Select Services section for approved yard sign suppliers.

65

 

DETAILED INFORMATION

Yard Sign Specifications (Cont.)

The Cross-Arm Post Construction

	•  	The cross-arm sign post can be constructed as shown in the following
diagrams, using 4 by 4 lumber.
	 
	•  	For cross-arm sign posts made of other materials, refer to the ERA®
Marketing Store Catalog.

[IMAGE]

ASSEMBLY

(BOLTS MEASURE 3/8“4”)

[IMAGE]

CROSS ARM

[IMAGE]

UPRIGHT POST

[IMAGE]

66

 

DETAILED INFORMATION

Yard Sing Specifications (Cont.)

ERA® Colors

ERA Yard signs should match the following Pantone color specifications to
achieve ERA Red and ERA Blue.

	 	 	 	 	 
	MATCH COLORS	 	ON COATED STOCKS	 	ON UNCOATED STOCKS
	ERA Red

	 	Pantone 186C
	 	Pantone 186U
	ERA Blue

	 	Pantone 2735C
	 	Pantone 072U

General

No symbols, slogans, or other words are to appear on ERA yard signs except where
required by law. Any variations from ERA specifications must be submitted in
writing and approved by the ERA Marketing Department at 1 Campus Drive,
Parsippany, NJ 07054 (fax 973-496-7354, e-mail MARKETING@ERA.COM).

67

 

DETAILED INFORMATION

Yard Sign Specifications (Cont.)

ERA® International Collection Colors

International Collection yard signs should match the following Pantone color
specifications to achieve ERA Red and ERA Blue and The ERA International
Collection crest.

When printing the International Level logo (gold crest, black type), use
four-color process as indicated below.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	COLOR	 	CYAN	 	 	MAGENTA	 	 	YELLOW	 	 	BLACK	 
	Gold (crest)
	 	 	12	%	 	 	32	%	 	 	72	%	 	 	2	%
	Black (type)
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	100	%

When printing the Premier Level logo (red crest, blue type), use four-color
process as indicated below.

	 	 	 	 	 
	MATCH COLORS	 	ON COATED STOCKS	 	ON UNCOATED STOCKS
	Red

	 	Pantone 186C
	 	Pantone 186U
	Blue

	 	Pantone 281 C
	 	Pantone 072U

General

No symbols, slogans, or other words are to appear on ERA International
Collection yard signs except where required by law. Any variations from ERA
International Collection specifications must be submitted in writing and
approved by the ERA Marketing Department at 1 Campus Drive, Parsippany, NJ 07054
(fax 973-496-7354, e-mail WWW.IC@ERA.COM).

68

 

POLICY AND PROCEDURES

RESIDENTIAL IDENTITY STANDARDS

MANUAL

[COLDWELL BANKER LOGO]

UPDATED:

SPECIAL MARKETS LOGOS

ADVERTISING TEMPLATES

BUSINESS CARD SPECIFICATIONS

	 	 	 
	Log onto CBNet at http://cbnet.coldwellbanker.com

	 	Revised 9/02

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	PAGE	 
	Introduction
	 	 	2	 
	Trademark
	 	 	3	 
	Disclaimers
	 	 	4	 
	Formatting with Your Company Name
	 	 	5	 
	Proper Trademark Notations and Use
	 	 	6-7	 
	Reproduction of the Various Marks
Logo Guidelines
	 	 	8	 
	Color Specification
	 	 	9	 
	Embossing
	 	 	10	 
	Proper Usage
	 	 	11-12	 
	COLDWELL BANKER CONCIERGE® Program Logo
Guidelines
	 	 	13	 
	COLDWELL BANKER CONCIERGE® Program Graphic
Treatment
	 	 	14	 
	Yard Signs
Yard Signs
	 	 	15	 
	Yard Sign Stakes and Posts
	 	 	16	 
	Standard Yard Sign Specifications
	 	 	17-18	 
	Personalized Yard Sign Specifications
	 	 	19-20	 
	Yard Sign Riders and Open House Signs
	 	 	21	 
	Exterior Building Signs
Preferred Format
	 	 	22	 
	Alternate Format
	 	 	23	 
	Building Signage Scaling Dimensions
Preferred Format
	 	 	24	 
	Alternate Format
	 	 	25	 
	Channel Letters
	 	 	26-27	 
	Business Cards
Standard Cards
	 	 	28-29	 
	Premium Cards
	 	 	30-31	 
	Individual Photography Specifications
	 	 	32	 
	Letterhead and Envelopes
Standard
	 	 	33	 
	Premium
	 	 	34	 
	Name Badges 
	 	 	35	 
	Specialty Items
	 	 	36	 
	Personal Promotion Guidelines
	 	 	37-39	 
	Internet Standards
	 	 	40-41	 
	COLDWELL BANKER Special Markets
Reproduction of the Marks
	 	 	42	 
	Trademark
	 	 	43	 
	Logo Guidelines
	 	 	44	 
	Proper Usage
	 	 	45-46	 
	Letterhead and Envelopes
	 	 	47	 
	Business Cards
	 	 	48	 
	COLDWELL BANKER Mortgage
Logo Guidelines
	 	 	49-50	 
	COLDWELL BANKER PREVIEWS INTERNATIONAL®
Logo Guidelines
	 	 	51	 
	Color Specifications
	 	 	52	 
	Improper Usage
	 	 	53	 
	Standard Business Cards
	 	 	54	 
	Standard Letterhead
	 	 	55	 
	Standard Envelope
	 	 	56	 
	COLDWELL BANKER PREVIEWS INTERNATIONAL® Yard Signs
Logo
	 	 	57	 
	Standard Post & Premium Post
	 	 	58-61	 
	DBA Samples for 2, 3 line and non-agent DBAs
	 	 	62	 
	Advertising
Guidelines
	 	 	63	 
	Display Ads, Logo Component Specifications
	 	 	64	 
	Homes Magazine and Classified Scatter Ads Logo
Component Specifications
	 	 	65	 
	Equal Housing Opportunity Slogan,
Logo and Statement
	 	 	66	 
	Positioning Statement and Style Guidelines
	 	 	67-68	 
	Ad Template
	 	 	69	 
	National Image Ads
	 	 	70	 
	B/W Inset Ad Template
	 	 	71	 
	Display Shell
	 	 	72	 
	Telephone Directory Listings
	 	 	73	 

1

 

INTRODUCTION

The COLDWELL BANKER” service marks, trademarks and logo types are collectively
called the “COLDWELL BANKER Marks” throughout this Identity Manual. The COLDWELL
BANKER Marks serve as the basic building blocks for universal acceptance and
identification — for a single international graphic identity.

The most important element of the COLDWELL BANKER System, symbolic of our
premier reputation and image, is the Corporate Mark (sometimes called the
“Trademark” or the “Mark” in this Identity Manual), shown on page 3. It and all
other COLDWELL BANKER Marks in the United States are owned by Residential
Equity, LLC, a subsidiary of Cendant Corporation who, in turn, licenses these
Trademarks to Coldwell Banker Real Estate Corporation. All trademark
registrations in countries other than the United States are owned by Coldwell
Banker Corporation. Each Franchisee is authorized to use the COLDWELL BANKER
Marks pursuant to their Franchise Agreements. Franchisees who have not been
licensed the rights to use the COLDWELL BANKER COMMERCIAL® Marks, may not use
them. Every company granted permission to use the Trademark is required to
protect it by adhering to the standards and regulations delineated in this
Identity Manual. Care in protecting the Trademark and all of the Coldwell Banker
Marks works to the benefit of everyone.

A powerful international identity is directly related to the exact and correct
use of the Trademark by every COLDWELL BANKER Franchisee. THIS IDENTITY MANUAL
IS PART OF THE POLICY AND PROCEDURES MANUAL. Also, Franchisees who executed
their Franchise Agreements prior to January 1, 1999, and who executed the
commercial addendum or a separate commercial contract, should refer to the
Commercial Identity Standards Manual for commercial brokerage applications.

The standards on the following pages must be adhered to without variation. Forms
for ordering materials from Preferred and Approved Suppliers have been provided
in a separate COLDWELL BANKER SourceBook. You are encouraged to use these
Preferred and Approved Suppliers for ail your materials (including stationery,
business cards, yard signs, telephone directory listings, etc.). They are
familiar with the standards for using the Trademarks and will afford you optimum
purchasing efficiencies.

If a situation should arise that requires any departure from the standards in
this Identity Manual, prior approval in writing must be obtained from Coldwell
Banker Real Estate Corporation. Please contact your Regional Office. Outside of
the United States, contact the International Services Director at the Corporate
Office.

2

 

TRADEMARK

THE CORRECT MARK

[COLDWELL BANKER LOGO]

The Corporate Mark is the primary COLDWELL BANKER® Mark.

It must be used exactly as indicated in this Identity Manual. The COLDWELL
BANKER Mark is authorized for use with your approved company name (called “your
company name” or “DBA” in this Identity Manual) as described on building signs,
yard signs, stationery, business cards, classified advertising, personal
promotion literature and all other advertising materials and external
communications.

The Mark consists of a rectangular field with the words “COLDWELL BANKER” in
white letters, in a custom-designed type style stacked on two lines and the
COLDWELL BANKER “bug” design. The Mark may be represented in black or in blue
(PMS 280) on white. Note: The Mark always appears in blue on signage and
stationery.

It is essential that the correct color blue be used. Please see page 9 for color
specifications.

The color blue is always the same (PMS 280 or the appropriate CMYK match). The
shape, or aspect ratio (the relationship of height to width) of the blue field
is always the same. The size, spacing and placement of the words “COLDWELL
BANKER” and the COLDWELL BANKER “bug” design are always in the same relationship
within the blue field. The color, the aspect ratio of the Mark and the
relationships within the Mark shall not be altered regardless of the application
or the size of the Mark within the application.

It is the uniqueness of each of these elements and the way they have been
assembled into a unit that give the COLDWELL BANKER Corporate Mark its
distinctive character.

In virtually all applications a minimum of two grid units of white space
surrounds the blue field of the Mark and shall always be maintained. (See page 8
for details).

THE LETTERS “CB” OR THE COLDWELL BANKER “BUG” DESIGN SHALL NEVER BE USED OUTSIDE
OF THE MARK, AS THE LETTERS “CB” ARE THE TRADEMARK OF ANOTHER COMPANY.

Advertising of any property or services which are not within the definition of
Franchised Services is not permitted with the use of any of the COLDWELL BANKER
Marks or the COLDWELL BANKER name. The advertising or general solicitation of
certain kinds of commercial business is specifically prohibited. However,
Franchisees who have been licensed the COLDWELL BANKER COMMERCIAL® Marks
should refer to the COLDWELL BANKER COMMERCIAL Identity Standards Manual for
further information on COLDWELL BANKER activity that is permitted. See your
COLDWELL BANKER COMMERCIAL Policy and Procedures Manual.

3

 

TRADEMARK

Disclaimers

MINIMUM REQUIRED DISCLAIMERS

• Every piece of printed literature given directly to consumers (i.e.,
brochures, postcards), excluding stationery and classified ads, must contain the
following legal disclaimer*, set in approximately 6-point type using Helvetica
typeface:

	   	®, TM and SM are licensed trademarks to Coldwell Banker Real Estate
Corporation. An Equal Opportunity Company. Equal Housing Opportunity
[HOMESTORE LOGO]. Each Office Is Independently Owned And Operated.

• Every piece of NRT printed literature, excluding stationery, in NORTH AMERICA
must contain the following legal disclaimer, set in approximately 6-point
Helvetica type-face:

	   	®,TM andSM are licensed trademarks to Coldwell Banker Real Estate
Corporation. An Equal Opportunity Company. Equal Housing Opportunity
[HOMESTORE LOGO]. Owned And Operated By NRT Incorporated.

REQUIRED DISCLAIMER

• For stationery, business cards and all signage, the following Minimum
Required Disclaimer must be used:

	   	Each Office Is Independently Owned And Operated.

NRT offices must substitute the disclaimer line:

	   	Owned And Operated By NRT Incorporated.

• If a piece such as a flyer, door hanger or postcard is to be distributed to
consumers, precede the previously mentioned legal disclaimers with:

	   	If your property is listed with a real estate broker, please disregard. It
is not our intention to solicit the offerings of other real estate
brokers. We are happy to work with them and cooperate fully.

• Every piece of broadcast communication (i.e., radio and TV commercials,,
locally produced TV shows) used by affiliate offices must contain:

	   	Coldwell Banker (Affiliate DBA Name). Each Office Is Independently Owned
And Operated. COLDWELL BANKER® is a registered trademark.

• Every piece of printed literature, excluding stationery, that is used in
connection with the COLDWELL BANKER CONCIERGE® program must contain the
following legal disclaimer set in approximately 6-point type using Helvetica
typeface:

	   	If your property is listed with a real estate broker, please disregard. It
is not our intention to solicit the offerings of other real estate
brokers. We are happy to work with them and cooperate fully.Ó(year)
Coldwell Banker Real Estate Corporation. ®, TM and SM licensed
trademarks to Coldwell Banker Real Estate Corporation. An Equal
Opportunity Company. Equal Housing Opportunity [HOMESTORE LOGO] Each
COLDWELL BANKER”® Office Is Independently Owned And Operated.
	 
	   	This program is available through participating COLDWELL BANKER® offices
and DOES NOT REQUIRE THE LISTING OR PURCHASE OF REAL ESTATE THROUGH A
COLDWELL BANKER OFFICE AS A CONDITION OF PARTICIPATION. This program is
void where deemed an inducement under the laws of KY or WV or the real
estate commission interpretations of the laws of MO, NJ or OK. A consumer
purchase of a product or service may result in the seller or service
provider paying a fee or commission to the COLDWELL BANKER Broker or Sales
Associates who obtained the sale. Neither Coldwell Banker Real Estate
Corporation nor any of its Franchisees or other affiliated companies,
including Cendant Corporation, provide any product or service in
connection with the COLDWELL BANKER CONCIERGE® Programs. Not all
products or services are available in all states.

*Franchisees outside of the U.S. may omit “Equal Housing” and “Equal
Opportunity” References, if appropriate.

4

 

TRADEMARK

Trademark Format With Your Company Name

TRADEMARK USE WITH YOUR COMPANY NAME. The COLDWELL BANKER® Trademark is never
to be used alone without your company name. Your company name should be centered
directly under the logo with a rule underneath as shown.

Your company name or DBA is always typeset in BERKELEY OLDSTYLE BOLD in all
caps. Times New Roman Bold may be substituted if Berkeley Oldstyle Bold is not
available. The length of each line cannot exceed the width of the logo, and the
complete company name cannot be more than three lines.

[COLDWELL BANKER LOGO]

SMITH & SMITH

SMITH REALTY

Many common items such as stationery, yard signs and personal promotion
literature can only be purchased with company-specific, imprinted information.
Certain other items such as postcards, mailers or ad shells must be
self-imprinted by the user. When utilizing brochures or preprinted presentation
materials that offer a die cut feature for insertion of a business card, you
must avail yourself of this feature to ensure that your company name is
displayed in the document.

Your company name must be pre-approved by Coldwell Banker Real Estate
Corporation, should provide clear identity and should never cause confusion with
other offices or firms, or imply national scope. For example:

	   	National Real Estate, Colorado Realty or United States Real Estate
Associates would be inappropriate and confusing when used as your company
name along with the COLDWELL BANKER Trademark.

Depending on the item, the full or Minimum Required Disclaimer line (see page
four) must always appear in upper and lower case Helvetica Regular type style
each time your company name appears in conjunction with the COLDWELL BANKER name
or the Corporate Mark.

OUTSIDE OF THE UNITED STATES. It is suggested that your company name or DBA
should always include the words “Real Estate” or “Realty.”

EXTERIOR BUILDING SIGNS. A 60/40 format is authorized. The top 60% contains the
COLDWELL BANKER Name in white reversed out of a blue field, and the bottom 40%
contains your company name in white upper case Berkeley Oldstyle Black letters
custom cut out of a blue field and centered under the Mark in one, two or three
lines. The point size of the letters in your company name are to be no higher
than 60% of the height of the letters in the COLDWELL BANKER name, except for
one word names that are less than eight characters whereby a maximum of 70% is
allowed. The required disclaimer, as shown on page four, is in black upper and
lower case Helvetica centered under the lower blue field. This format is to be
used only on outside building signs, and must always be maintained in that
application. See pages 22-27.

ALL OTHER APPLICATIONS. A 50/50 format must be maintained. The top half contains
the COLDWELL BANKER logo in PMS 280 and the COLDWELL BANKER “bug” design in
white as illustrated. The bottom half contains your company name in black upper
case Berkeley Oldstyle Bold letters with a ruled black line (the width of the
blue field in the logo) underneath. The letters in your company name can be
equal to, but not greater than, the point size of the letters in the COLDWELL
BANKER name whenever possible. The required disclaimer, as shown on page four,
must be printed in black upper and lower case Helvetica.

No slogans, symbols, marks or words other than your company name (except a phone
number or photograph on yard signs) are permitted within these prescribed
formats.

The use of the COLDWELL BANKER name or Mark is not permitted on checks or
purchase orders without the Minimum Required Disclaimer. The 50/50 format must
be maintained.

USE OF THE NAME IN BODY COPY. To present a consistent and unified image for our
company, we’ve provided guidelines to follow when using the COLDWELL BANKER name
in body copy intended for external use.

The COLDWELL BANKER trademark must be set in ALL CAPS or BOLDFACE when used as
an adjective to modify a noun. Do not use ALL CAPS or BOLDFACE when referring to
Coldwell Banker Real Estate Corporation, or in combination with your DBA
(Coldwell Banker Smith & Smith Realty). The following examples demonstrate the
correct use of our name in copy:

	•  	Our impressive reputation makes the COLDWELL BANKER® brand the premier
real estate system.
	 
	•  	Our impressive reputation makes the COLDWELL BANKER® brand the premier
real estate system.
	 
	•  	The COLDWELL BANKER® System has over 95 years of experience and
expertise.
	 
	•  	Coldwell Banker Smith & Smith Realty has highly trained Sales Associates.
	 
	•  	Coldwell Banker Real Estate Corporation maintains its international
headquarters in Parsippany, New Jersey.

When referencing COLDWELLBANKER.COM, it must always appear in lower case bold
with no spaces, as demostrated in the following example:

	•  	The premier real estate Web site, COLDWELLBANKER.COM, lets you search for
a home 24 hours a day.

5

 

TRADEMARK

Proper Trademark Notations and Use

Many of the products, services and programs offered by COLDWELL BANKER®
companies are identified by our Trademarks. When a program is identified by a
trademark, the appropriate symbol should be used immediately after the program’s
name or design.

Listed below are instructions for using different trademarks, as well as the
appropriate symbol for each:

TRADEMARK. Any word, name, design, device or any combination thereof, adopted
and used by the manufacturer or merchant to identify its goods and distinguish
them from those manufactured or sold by others. Any trademark that is not
registered should be followed by the TM symbol.

REGISTERED TRADEMARK. A trademark that has become the subject of a United States
Patent and Trademark Office registration. These are the only trademarks that can
be followed by the ® symbol.

SERVICE MARK. Any word, name, design, device or any combination thereof, adopted
and used in the sale or advertising of services provided by a business to
identify its services and distinguish them from those of others. Any service
mark that is not registered should be followed by the SM symbol.

REGISTERED SERVICE MARK. A service mark that has become the subject of a United
States Patent and Trademark Office registration. These are the only service
marks that can be followed by the ® symbol.

COPYRIGHT. The exclusive right granted by the United States government to the
author or other owner of a work, investing the author or other owner for a
specific period of time with the sole and exclusive privilege of publishing or
distributing that work. Among the most common items subject to copyright in the
business world are video, audio and written advertising and promotional
materials, individual graphic designs, photographs, brochures, bulletins and
flyers, manuals, books and computer software. The Ó symbol is used for
copyrighted materials.

USE OF THE COLDWELL BANKER REGISTERED MARK. If the COLDWELL BANKER Mark is used
in the headline of a piece, the registered symbol ® must be used the first
time the name appears. The registered symbol should also be used the first time
COLDWELL BANKER appears in the subhead or the body copy of that piece. The
maximum number of times the registered symbol should appear next to COLDWELL
BANKER on a given page is two.

If COLDWELL BANKER is not used in the headline, the registered symbol must be
used the first time COLDWELL BANKER appears in the subhead and next to the first
mention in body copy on the page.

If COLDWELL BANKER is not used in the headline or subhead, the registered symbol
only needs to appear next to

COLDWELL BANKER the first time it is mentioned in the body copy of a page. This
is the only situation when two COLDWELL BANKER registered marks are not
necessary.

Do not use the registered symbol when using your DBA (i.e., Coldwell Banker
Smith and Smith Realty) or Coldwell Banker Real Estate Corporation.

If a printed piece is longer than one page, the COLDWELL BANKER registered
symbol must be inserted according to the above guidelines on every page of that
piece.

The following lists show the proper trademark use for all COLDWELL BANKER
programs, materials and theme lines.

BUYER SERVICES PROGRAMS AND MATERIALS

COLDWELL BANKER® HomeBuyer Guidebook

(® only if 1st mention of COLDWELL BANKER on that page)

COLDWELL BANKER® HomeBuyer Appreciation Program

(® only if 1st mention of COLDWELL BANKER on that page)

COLDWELL BANKER® Home Protection Plan

(® only if 1st mention of COLDWELL BANKER on that page)

ELECTRONIC PROGRAMS

CBNet

COLDWELLBANKER.COM (NOTE: Never shorten

COLDWELLBANKER.COM to CB.COM.)

Neighborhood Explorer TM

Personal Retriever®

Top PresenterTM (version #) For COLDWELL BANKER®

Top Producer® (version #) For COLDWELL BANKER®*

Top Recruiter (version #) For COLDWELL BANKER®

SPECIAL MARKETS PROGRAMS

COLDWELL BANKER PREVIEWS INTERNATIONAL®

COLDWELL Banker® New Homes

COLDWELL BANKER® Vacation Homes

COLDWELL BANKER® Military Markets

COLDWELL BANKER® University Markets

	*	 	Copyright Ó2001. TOP PRODUCER® SYSTEMS. All rights reserved. A
Homestore.comTM Company

6

 

TRADEMARK

Proper Trademark Notations and Use

LOCAL THEME PROMOTIONS

Celebrate America With Coldwell BankerSM

Helping Others Throughout the Holiday Season®

Toys for Tots®

Be Fire Safe!

EDUCATIONAL PROGRAMS

COLDWELL BANKER UNIVERSITY®

FastStartTM

SuccessTrackTM

Spring BoardTM

Technical SkillsTM

OTHER PROGRAMS AND MATERIALS

The COLDWELL BANKER CONCIERGE® Program

COLDWELL BANKER PREVIEWS INTERNATIONAL®

The following theme lines are NO LONGER RECOMMENDED:

Every Day, Everywhere, Around the World, Until It’s Sold.SM

We’ll show you the way home.

For Over 90 Years.

Making Real Estate Real Easy®

NOTE: The outdated theme lines “Expect the best®” and “Support you can count
on” are only acceptable OUTSIDE the United States.

Failure to use a service mark in the correct manner may lead to the loss of its
status as a protected mark.

If you use the same mark more than once in a promotional piece, you need to use
the appropriate symbol only at the first mention, on each page, except as noted
on page six of this booklet. Please note that the ® symbol should only be used
for registered marks, and then only for those goods or services for which the
mark is registered.

	*	 	Toys for Tots® is a registered trademark of Marine Toys For Tots Foundation.

7

 

REPRODUCTION OF THE MARK

Logo Guidelines

TRADEMARK REPRODUCTION. The COLDWELL BANKER® Mark shall always be reproduced
photographically from a high quality reproduction proof designed for that
purpose. It shall never be drawn freehand. Downloadable versions of approved
Coldwell Banker logos can be accessed through the Links/Downloads section of
CBNet at http://cbnet.coldwellbanker.com.

For large-scale reproductions of the COLDWELL BANKER Trademark (such as office
building signs), strict adherence to proportionally sized enlargements is
required. The blue field must maintain a 1.0 to 2.3928 ratio of height to width.

[COLDWELL BANKER LOGO]

[COLDWELL BANKER LOGO]

The Scaling Grid below provides the correct space relationships for all elements
of the Mark. This Scaling Grid should be used as a guide for scaling the Mark up
or down in size and for verifying the correctness of reproductions.

In general, a minimum of two (2) Grid Units of space or air shall be maintained
around all four sides of the Mark except when specifically noted otherwise in
this Identity Manual.

When the Mark is used against a tinted background, a margin of white space
(minimum two (2) Grid Units) is required around all four sides. No copy or
graphic element shall be contained within this space.

ASPECT RATIO

1.0 to 2.3928 (28 Grid Units to 67 Grid Units).

A correct Mark is 28 Grid Units in height and 67 Grid Units in width. The
correctness of the aspect ratio may be verified by measuring the height of the
field and multiplying it by 2.3928. The result should equal the width.

Letter height is 7 Grid Units, except the K, which is 8 1/2 Grid Units.

All measurements are in Grid Units.

The Scaling Grid provides the correct size and spacing relationships for all
elements of the Mark.

IMPORTANT NOTE: These displays are for demonstration only.

THE SCALING GRID SHOULD NEVER BE REPRODUCED AS PART OF THE MARK!

8

 

REPRODUCTION OF THE MARK

Color Specifications

It is always preferable to show the COLDWELL BANKER® Mark in blue, and always
in the correct shade of blue. For COLDWELL BANKER Blue, generally PANTONE®* or
PMS 280 will be specified.

When specifying four-color printed work (ads or brochures), it may be desirable,
for cost reasons, to use standard AAAA process colors rather than a matched
COLDWELL BANKER Blue for the Mark. When printing on enamel coated paper stocks,
COLDWELL BANKER Blue can be approximated by specifying 100% Cyan, 72% Magenta
and 18% Black. When printing on uncoated paper stocks, specify 100% Cyan, 72%
Magenta and 18% Black. The COLDWELL BANKER Blue color shall always be matched as
closely as possible.

When specifying COLDWELL BANKER Blue for applications other than print, an
acceptable match may be obtained by following these specifications when
ordering:

PAINT. Specify that paint be mixed to match PANTONE® or PMS 280 precisely.

PLASTIC SIGNAGE. Specify Lexan with 3M®** VTV #10256 vinyl applied second
surface.

3M® FILM. Specify 3M film VTV #10256 for production of building signs that are
externally illuminated, as well as signs that are illuminated from the inside.

When printing in one color on internal documents, brochures and advertisements
including classified ads, the Mark may appear in that color, provided the one
color is COLDWELL BANKER Blue (PMS 280) or black.

On a very limited basis, when the use of the color gold is permitted (specialty
items, the Chairman’s Circle logo) specify PANTONE® 8640 or gold foil. For the
COLDWELL BANKER CONCIERGE® MARK, specify PANTONE® 874 or 1255.

In those applications where rules (flying borders) are a part of the format,
they shall appear in the color in which the Mark appears.

When embossing on fabric, leather or vinyl products, the words “COLDWELL BANKER”
should be in white, in raised relief letters against a printed COLDWELL BANKER
Blue, black, grey or white background, or the words in gold against a blue
background. The words in blue against a blue background are permitted, but NOT
recommended.

When manufacturing Awards and Recognition Products or Promotional items***, the
words “COLDWELL BANKER” may be printed in white letters against a blue or clear
glass background, gold against a black or gold background, clear glass against a
white background, black against a gold background or blue against a gold
background.

[COLDWELL BANKER LOGO]

The correct color for the COLDWELL BANKER Mark is PMS 280 or the appropriate
CMYK match.

(The color blue shown on this page and throughout this manual is not intended to
match the PANTONE® Color Standard. For the PANTONE® Color Standard, refer to
the current editions of the PANTONE® Color Publications.)

	*	 	PANTONE® is a registered trademark of Pantone, inc.
	 
	**	 	3M® is a registered trademark of Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company
	 
	***	 	When manufacturing specialty items printed on paper products, the Corporate
Mark should always be in the correct color blue, PMS 280.

9

 

REPRODUCTION OF THE MARK

Embossing

The COLDWELL BANKER® Mark also may be reproduced through a printing process
known as embossing, where the words “COLDWELL BANKER” are raised in relief from
the surface of the paper or fabric. (See page 9 for the correct color
specifications.)

Two types of embossed Marks are acceptable. The first has the words “COLDWELL
BANKER” in raised relief letters against a printed field which defines the
background of the Mark (Illustration #1). The second has the words “COLDWELL
BANKER” in raised relief letters against the field, using an embossed frame to
define the field of the Mark. The lines that make up the frame are one Grid Unit
in width. No ink is used. This is called a Blind Emboss (Illustration #2).

In either instance, the words “COLDWELL BANKER” are raised (not recessed) from
the surface of the paper or fabric. When the background field is printed in
COLDWELL BANKER Blue, a one-level die is used. When embossing is blind, a
two-level die is used with the frame being raised from the paper’s surface but
one half the depth or distance as that of the words “COLDWELL BANKER”
(Illustration #3).

ILLUSTRATION #1

[PICTURE]

ILLUSTRATION #2

[PICTURE]

The Mark shall be reproduced photographically in making the embossing dies. The
size of the words “COLDWELL BANKER,” their placement and the spacing in
relationship to the background field or the frame that defines the field shall
be consistent with all Mark specifications. The aspect ratio (height to width)
of the blue field or to the outside of the frame shall be 1.0 to 2.3928.

The size of the embossed Mark shall be sufficient to enable the embossing to be
crisp and sharp and the words legible. The prescribed space (generally two Grid
Units) shall be maintained around all four sides of the Mark whether or not the
field is printed in color or is defined by an embossed frame.

When embossing the Mark, the words “COLDWELL BANKER” and the COLDWELL BANKER
“bug” design element are always in raised relief against the background.
Illustration #1 depicts raised embossed letters against a printed COLDWELL
BANKER Blue field. Illustration #2 depicts a “Blind Embossed” Mark with raised
letters against a white field. The embossed frame, which defines the field, is
in raised relief, one half the height of the raised letters and one (1) Grid
Unit in width (Illustration #3).

ILLUSTRATION #3

“COLDWELL BANKER” Letters

Raised Frame

[CHART]

A cross-section view of a two-level “Blind” Embossing Die for reproduction of
the COLDWELL BANKER Mark.

10

 

REPRODUCTION OF THE MARK

PROPER USAGE. By adhering to the proper usage, you can project a consistent
image of the COLDWELL BANKER® Mark, building our brand and a higher level of
awareness that will bring more customers through your door. Please note the
correct treatment of our logo.

	 	 	 	 	 
	WRONG	 	 	 	RIGHT
	[COLDWELL BANKER LOGO]

SMITH & SMITH

SMITH REALTY

	 	The Mark should be 100% PMS 280 blue or black
for the background with the letters in white,
not textured, highlighted, shaded or in some
color or effect.
	 	[COLDWELL BANKER LOGO]

SMITH & SMITH

SMITH REALTY
	 	 	 	 	 
	Each Office Is Independently

Owned And Operated.
	 	 	 	Each Office Is Independently

Owned And Operated.
	 	 	 	 	 
	[COLDWELL BANKER LOGO]

SMITH & SMITH

SMITH REALTY
	 	The Mark should be white type knocked out of
PMS 280 blue or black.
	 	[COLDWELL BANKER LOGO]

SMITH & SMITH

SMITH REALTY
	 	 	 	 	 
	Each Office Is Independently

Owned And Operated.
	 	 	 	Each Office Is Independently

Owned And Operated.
	 	 	 	 	 
	[COLDWELL BANKER LOGO]
	 	Never stretch or condense the Mark. The width should equal 2.3928 times the height.
	 	[COLDWELL BANKER LOGO]

SMITH & SMITH

SMITH REALTY
	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	Each Office Is Independently

Owned And Operated.
	[COLDWELL BANKER LOGO]
	 	The Mark should be no smaller than 1” in width.
	 	[COLDWELL BANKER LOGO]

SMITH & SMITH

SMITH REALTY
	 
	 	 	 	Each Office Is Independently

Owned And Operated.
	 	 	 	 	 
	[COLDWELL BANKER LOGO]
	 	The Mark should not be cropped. There should
be more blue field below the characters than
above them.
	 	[COLDWELL BANKER LOGO]

SMITH & SMITH

SMITH REALTY
	 	 	 	 	 
	
	 	 	 	Each Office Is Independently

Owned And Operated.
	 	 	 	 	 
	[COLDWELL BANKER LOGO]

SMITH & SMITH

SMITH REALTY
	 	Do not decorate the Mark.
	 	[COLDWELL BANKER LOGO]

SMITH & SMITH

SMITH REALTY
	 	 	 	 	 
	Each Office Is Independently

Owned And Operated.
	 	 	 	Each Office Is Independently

Owned And Operated.
	 	 	 	 	 
	[COLDWELL BANKER LOGO]

SMITH & SMITH

SMITH REALTY
	 	The Mark should not be placed on an angle.
	 	[COLDWELL BANKER LOGO]

SMITH & SMITH

SMITH REALTY
	 	 	 	 	 
	Each Office Is Independently

Owned And Operated.
	 	 	 	Each Office Is Independently

Owned And Operated.
	 	 	 	 	 
	[COLDWELL BANKER LOGO]

SMITH & SMITH

SMITH REALTY
	 	Use a white rule when putting the Mark against a colored or textured background. Always
maintain the specified margin (2 grid units)
of space around all sides of the Mark.
	 	[COLDWELL BANKER LOGO]

SMITH & SMITH

SMITH REALTY
	 	 	 	 	 
	
	 	 	 	Each Office Is Independently

Owned And Operated.
	 	 	 	 	 
	[COLDWELL BANKER LOGO]

EXCLUSIVE AGENT

SMITH & SMITH

SMITH REALTY
	 	Copy should not be superimposed over the Mark.
	 	[COLDWELL BANKER LOGO]

SMITH & SMITH

SMITH REALTY
	 Each 

Office Is Independently

Owned And Operated.
	 	 	 	Each Office Is Independently

Owned And Operated.

11

 

REPRODUCTION OF THE MARK

Proper Usage

	 	 	 	 	 
	WRONG	 	 	 	RIGHT
	[COLDWELL BANKER LOGO]

-Real Estate-

SMITH & SMITH

SMITH REALTY

	 	Do not use any other copy within the Mark.
	 	[COLDWELL BANKER LOGO]

SMITH & SMITH

SMITH REALTY
	 
	 	 	 	 
	

	 	 	 	Each Office Is Independently
Owned And Operated.
	 
	 	 	 	 
	[CB LOGO]

	 	The COLDWELL BANKER® “bug” design must be
contained in the approved Mark.
	 	[COLDWELL BANKER LOGO]

SMITH & SMITH

SMITH REALTY
	 
	 	 	 	 
	

	 	 	 	Each Office Is Independently
Owned And Operated.
	 
	 	 	 	 
	SMITH & SMITH

SMITH REALTY

[COLDWELL BANKER LOGO]

	 	Your DBA must be placed directly under the
Mark, centered and not extended past either edge
of the blue field.
	 	[COLDWELL BANKER LOGO]

SMITH & SMITH

SMITH REALTY
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Each Office Is Independently
Owned And Operated.

	 	 	 	Each Office Is Independently
Owned And Operated.
	 
	 	 	 	 
	[COLDWELL BANKER LOGO]

SMITH & SMITH

SMITH REALTY

	 	Your DBA should be set in ail caps in Berkeley
Oldstyle Bold or Times New Roman Bold typeface.
DBA and disclaimer should not exceed width of
Mark.
	 	[COLDWELL BANKER LOGO]

SMITH & SMITH

SMITH REALTY
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Each Office Is Independently
Owned And Operated.

	 	 	 	Each Office Is Independently
Owned And Operated.
	 
	 	 	 	 
	[MARY SMITH LOGO]
[COLDWELL BANKER LOGO]
100 Street Main
Anytown, USA
(000) 123-4567

	 	Your DBA is the only copy permitted directly
under the Mark and no copy may appear directly
over the Mark.
	 	[COLDWELL BANKER LOGO]

SMITH & SMITH

SMITH REALTY
	 

	 	 	 	Each Office Is Independently
Owned And Operated.
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Each Office Is Independently
Owned And Operated.
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	CALL SMITH & SMITH

REALTY AT (000)

123-4567

	 	The company name must be preceded by “COLDWELL
BANKER” (applies to both Mark and text usage).
	 	Call Coldwell Banker
Smith & Smith Realty
at (000) 123-4567
	 
	 	 	 	 
	[OPEN HOUSE LOGO]

	 	Do not use the COLDWELL BANKER custom typeface
for any words other than “COLDWELL BANKER.”
	 	[COLDWELL BANKER LOGO]

SMITH & SMITH

SMITH REALTY
	 
	 	 	 	 
	

	 	 	 	Each Office Is Independently
Owned And Operated.
	 
	 	 	 	 
	SEE THESE 40

COLDWELL BANKER

OPEN HOUSES

	 	The COLDWELL BANKER custom typeface should not
be used in headlines or body copy.
	 	SEE THESE 40
COLDWELL BANKER®
OPEN HOUSES
	 
	 	 	 	 
	PROMOTION AND SALES

TOOLS FOR

[COLDWELL

BANKER LOGO]

	 	Do not use the COLDWELL BANKER Mark as a copy
element.
	 	PROMOTION AND SALES
TOOLS FOR
The COLDWELL BANKER®System

12

 

REPRODUCTION OF THE MARK

COLDWELL BANKER CONCIERGE® Logo Guidelines

The following are basic graphic guidelines for the application of the COLDWELL
BANKER CONCIERGE® logo. This includes instructions on correct usage of the
logo and color specifications. These elements are critical to the COLDWELL
BANKER CONCIERGE identity. Therefore, correct and consistent applications are
essential. Inconsistent use jeopardizes our legal right to exclusive use of the
logo.

Approved reproduction quality logo sheets of the COLDWELL BANKER CONCIERGE logo
are available through Merrill Corporation, the annual Ad Kit and the COLDWELL
BANKER CONCIERGE binder.

THE CORRECT LOGO. THE COLDWELL BANKER CONCIERGE logo must be used exactly as
indicated in these guidelines. It is the uniqueness of each element of the logo,
and the way it has been assembled into a unit, that gives the COLDWELL BANKER
CONCIERGE logo its distinctive character.

The correct COLDWELL BANKER CONCIERGE logo consists of “COLDWELL BANKER” in
blue, with the name “CONCIERGE®” to the bottom right in bronze.

The relationship of height to width of the logo is always the same. The size,
spacing and placement of “COLDWELL BANKER” and “CONCIERGE” are always the same.
The color and relationships within the logo shall not be altered regardless of
the application or the size of the logo within the application. The COLDWELL
BANKER CONCIERGE lettering style shall never be used by itself outside of the
logo.

REPRODUCTION. THE COLDWELL BANKER CONCIERGE logo shall always be reproduced
photographically from a high-quality reproduction proof, an approved computer
disk or film designed for that purpose. It shall never be drawn freehand or
recreated via any computer graphics programs. Do not reverse the logo out of a
colored background.

SIZE. In order to protect visual clarity, the logo should never be reproduced
smaller than 1” in width.

COLOR SPECIFICATIONS. It is always preferable to show the logo in color, as it
was designed to be used in a two-color format. “COLDWELL BANKER” should always
be printed in PANTONE®* 280. Where possible, “CONCIERGE” and the ®symbol
should be printed in PANTONE® 874 Metallic. When metallic ink is not
available, use PANTONE® 1255.

ONE-COLOR/B&W USES. When printing in one color, for print media or internal
documents, the logo can be printed in 100% black.

4/C PROCESS. When printing in four-color process, based on the standard AAAA
process colors, PANTONE® 280 blue can be approximated by specifying 100% cyan,
combined with 72% magenta and 18% black. PANTONE® 1255 bronze can be
approximated by specifying 100% standard AAAA process yellow, combined with 34%
standard AAAA process black and 27% standard AAAA process magenta.

PAINT. Specify that paint be mixed to match PANTONE® 280 blue and PANTONE®
1255 bronze precisely.

SHOOTING ART. The logo art on this page is camera-ready. Please see the logo
directly below for two-color instructions. If you require a different size, have
your publication or printer reduce or enlarge the logo. Whenever possible, use
two-color format printed in PANTONE® 280 for “COLDWELL BANKER” and PANTONE®
874 for “CONCIERGE®.”

TWO-COLOR. PANTONE® 874 Metallic

or PANTONE® 1255.

[CONCIERGE LOGO]

PANTONE® 280

Coldwell Banker

Coldwell Banker

[CONCIERGE LOGO]

	*	 	PANTONE® is a registered trademark of Pantone, Inc.

13

 

REPRODUCTION OF THE MARK

COLDWELL BANKER CONCIERGE® Graphic Treatment

THE GRAPHIC TREATMENT. THE COLDWEIL BANKER CONCIERGE® graphic treatment must
be used exactly as indicated in these guidelines. It is the uniqueness of each
element, and the way it has been assembled into a unit, that gives the treatment
its distinctive character.

The correct COLDWELL BANKER CONCIERGE graphic treatment consists of “COLDWELL
BANKER” in blue, with the word “CONCIERGE” and the ® in bronze. Each element
is positioned within a white rectangular box, angled at 10(degree), with a
bronze border and a black drop shadow.

The relationship of height to width of the graphic treatment is always the same.
The size, spacing and placement of “COLDWELL BANKER” AND “CONCIERGE” within the
border are always the same. The colors and relationships shall not be altered
regardless of the application or the size of the treatment within the
application.

REPRODUCTION — GRAPHIC TREATMENT. THE COLDWELL BANKER CONCIERGE graphic
treatment shall always be reproduced photographically from a high-quality
reproduction proof, an approved computer disk or film designed for that purpose.
It shall never be drawn freehand or recreated via any computer graphics
programs. Do not reverse the treatment out of a colored background.

SIZE — GRAPHIC TREATMENT. In order to protect visual clarity, the treatment
should never be reproduced smaller than 1 1/4” in width.

COLOR — GRAPHIC TREATMENT. It is always preferable to show the treatment in
color, as it was designed to be used in three-color format. “COLDWELL BANKER”
should always be printed in PANTONE®* 280. Where possible, “CONCIERGE” and the
® symbol should be printed in PANTONE® 874 Metallic. When metallic ink is
not available, use PANTONE®1255. The drop shadow prints 50% black.

ONE-COLOR/B&W USES. When printing in one color, for print media or internal
documents, the treatment, including the drop shadow, prints 100% black.

4/C PROCESS. When printing in four-color process, based on the standard AAAA
process colors, PANTONE® 280 blue can be approximated by specifying 100% cyan,
combined with 72% magenta and 18% black. PANTONE® 1255 bronze can be
approximated by specifying 100% standard AAAA process yellow, combined with 34%
standard AAAA process black and 27% standard AAAA process magenta. PANTONE®
874 Metallic cannot be matched in four-color process.

SHOOTING ART — GRAPHIC TREATMENT. The graphic treatment on this page is
camera-ready. Whenever possible, use the three-color format of PANTONE® 280
for “COLDWELL BANKER”, PANTONE® 874 for “CONCIERGE” and the ® and 50% black
for the drop shadow.

THREE-COLOR PANTONE® 874 Metallic or PANTONE® 1255.

[CONCIERGE LOGO]

PANTONE® 280.

Coldwell Banker

Process Black

	*	 	PANTONE® is a registered trademark of Pantone, Inc.

14

 

YARD SIGNS

YARD SIGNS. The examples shown illustrate the approved formats tor standard
residential yard signs.

The standard sign consists of a 24 inches wide by 22 inches high (76.4 x 70 Grid
Units) white panel with radius corners. Should local ordinances require, an
alternate size panel is permitted, however, requests must be made in writing and
be accompanied by documentation.

SERVICE MARK. THE COLDWELL BANKER® Mark is positioned in the upper portion of
the sign with white letters reversed out of the COLDWELL BANKER Blue background.
(See page 9 for color specifications.)

YOUR COMPANY NAME. Your company name is to appear in Berkeley Oldstyle Black
typestyle as shown, reproduced in black and positioned in the lower portion of
the sign as illustrated. No other typeface may be substituted for yard signs.

TELEPHONE NUMBER. Telephone numbers are to be reproduced in black Berkeley
Oldstyle Black numerals. The exact size will vary according to the length of
your company name, but is to be proportioned as illustrated.

WEB SITE ADDRESS. Web site is to be set in black, Berkeley Oldstyle Black
typeface to be proportioned as illustrated. If you choose not to place your
local company Web site on the yard sign, the coldwellbanker.com address will
appear as a default in its place.

[COLDWELL BANKER LOGO]

Correct use of Riders during marketing period.

REQUIRED DISCLAIMER. The Minimum Required Disclaimer line, from page four, must
always appear in upper and lower case Helvetica Regular typestyle on all yard
signs.

NOTE: No symbols, slogans or other verbiage is to appear on yard signs except
where required by local laws. Any variations from the above specifications must
be submitted to your Regional Office in writing for approval by the Coldwell
Banker Real Estate Corporation Marketing Department. Outside of the United
States, contact the International Services Director at the Corporate Office.

MESSAGE RIDERS. All riders are 6” high white panels with radius corners, except
those with Sales Associate photos. When a photo is printed on a rider, 8” height
is permitted. Message riders are to be reproduced in black Berkeley Oldstyle
Black upper case letters and preferably suspended below the main panel. Name
riders can be printed with black letters against a white background (preferred
approach), white letters against a blue background or red letters against a
white background.

“Sold,” “For Sale,” “Under Contract” or “Sale Pending” riders can be reproduced
in either black or red Helvetica Black typeface, upper case letters, and should
be placed above the main panel as shown. For red, PANTONE®* 186 should be
specified.

[PICTURE]

Correct use of “Sold” or “For Sale” Riders.

Approved design for the

OPEN HOUSE / HOUSE FOR SALE directional signs.

	*	 	PANTONE® is a registered trademark of Pantone, Inc.

15

 

YARD SIGN STAKES AND POSTS

YARD SIGN STAKES AND POSTS. Four types are approved: (1) a cross-arm
Colonial-style post, (2) a tubular steel post-type stake, (3) the metal frame
stake or (4) a traditional single metal stake. When ordering yard signs from
your Approved Supplier, you must specify which post style you will be using to
facilitate proper preparation of the sign for mounting.

[CHART]

WHITE CROSS-ARM (COLONIAL STYLE) POST CONSTRUCTION.

Material: 4” x 4” Special Grade Lumber

(1)4” x 4” x 42” and(1)4” x 4” x 8’

White Exterior Paint

1/2” x 4” Carriage Bolt Washer and Nut

All post tops cut at 45 degree angles

Slot where posts join notched at each post 1 3/4” deep and 3 1/2” wide

3/8” x 4 1/2” lag screw eyes attach hanging yard sign with 1/4” anchor shackles

1/8” slot for riders -1/2” deep

[PICTURE]

Tubular Steel Post-Type Stake

[PICTURE]

Mental Fram Stake

[PICTURE]

Single Mental Stake

16

 

YARD SIGNS

Standard

1-line DBA

[PICTURE]

COMPANY NAME is to be set in black, Berkeley Oldstyle Black typeface all caps at
185 pt., tracking at -25. Company name is centered horizontally under the logo.

PHONE NUMBER is to be set in black, Berkeley Oldstyle Black typeface at 321 pt.
and tracking at -25. AREA CODE is to be set in black, Berkeley Oldstyle Black
typeface at 149 pt. horizontally scaled to 80% and tracking at -25. Area code is
centered vertically within the phone number. Phone number and area code are
centered horizontally within the sign.

WEB SITE is to be set in black, Berkeley Oldstyle Black typeface at 125 pt.,
tracking at -25 and centered horizontally within the sign.

MINIMUM REQUIRED DISCLAIMER is to be set in black, Helvetica Regular at 32 pt.
and centered horizontally within the sign.

2-line DBA (recommended size)

[PICTURE]

COMPANY NAME is to be set in black, Berkeley Oldstyle Black typeface all caps at
215 pt. tracking at -25. Leading is to be set at 186 pt. Company name is
centered horizontally under the logo.

PHONE NUMBER is to be set in black, Berkeley Oldstyle Black typeface at 321 pt.
and tracking at -25. AREA CODE is to be set in black, Berkeley Oldstyle Black
typeface at 149 pt. horizontally scaled to 80% and tracking at -25. Area code is
centered vertically within the phone number. Phone number and area code are
centered horizontally within the sign.

WEB SITE is to be set in black, Berkeley Oldstyle Black typeface at 125 pt.,
tracking at -25 and centered horizontally within the sign.

MINIMUM REQUIRED DISCLAIMER is to be set in black, Helvetica Regular at 32 pt.
and centered horizontally within the sign.

17

 

YARD SIGNS

Standard

2-line DBA (alternate size)

[PICTURE]

COMPANY NAME is to be set in black, Berkeley Oldstyle Black typeface all caps at
185 pt., tracking at -25. Leading is to be set at 170 pt. Company name is
centered horizontally under the logo.

PHONE NUMBER is to be set in black, Berkeley Oldstyle Black typeface at 258 pt.
and tracking at -25. AREA CODE is to be set in black, Berkeley Oldstyle Black
typeface at 110 pt. horizontally scaled to 80% and tracking at -25. Area code is
centered vertically within the phone number. Phone number, and area code are
centered horizontally within the sign.

WEB SITE is to be set in black, Berkeley Oldstyle Black typeface at 110 pt.,
tracking at -25 and centered horizontally within the sign.

MINIMUM REQUIRED DISCLAIMER is to be set in black, Helvetica Regular at 32 pt.
and centered horizontally within the sign.

Less than 8 characters DBA

[PICTURE]

COMPANY NAME is to be set in black, Berkeley Oldstyle Black typeface all caps at
215 pt. tracking at -25. Company name is centered horizontally under the logo.

PHONE NUMBER is to be set in black, Berkeley Oldstyle Black typeface at 327 pt.
and tracking at -25. AREA CODE is to be set in Berkeley Oldstyle Black typeface
at 149 pt. horizontally scaled to 80% and tracking at -25. Area code is centered
vertically within the phone number. Phone number and area code are centered
horizontally within the sign.

WEB SITE is to be set in black, Berkeley Oldstyle Black type-face at 121 pt.,
tracking at -25 and centered horizontally within the sign.

MINIMUM REQUIRED DISCLAIMER is to be set in black, Helvetica Regular at 32 pt.
and centered horizontally within the sign.

18

 

YARD SIGNS

Personalized

1-line DBA

[PICTURE]

COMPANY NAME is to be set in black, Berkeley Oldstyle Black typeface all caps at
192 pt., tracking at -25. Company name is centered horizontally under the logo.

PHONE NUMBER is to be set in black, Berkeley Oldstyle Black typeface at 321 pt.
and tracking at -25. AREA CODE is to be set in Berkeley Oldstyle Black typeface
at 150 pt. horizontally scaled to 80% and tracking at -25. Area code is centered
vertically within the phone number. Phone number and area code are centered
horizontally within the sign.

WEB SITE is to be set in black, Berkeley Oldstyle Black typeface at 121 pt.,
tracking at -25 and centered horizontally within the sign.

MINIMUM REQUIRED DISCLAIMER is to be set in black, Helvetica Regular at 32 pt.
and centered horizontally within the sign.

PHOTO is 5” x 7” with a 4 pt. blue border. Photo may be B/W or 4-color.

ASSOCIATE NAME is to be set in black, Berkeley Oldstyle Black typeface all caps
at 165 pt. Leading is to be set at 135 pt. CALL DIRECT is to be set in Berkeley
Oldstyle Black typeface all caps at 90 pt. PHONE NUMBER is to be set in Berkeley
Oldstyle Black all caps at 160 pt. Leading is to be set at 150 pt.

2-line DBA (recommended size)

[PICTURE]

COMPANY NAME is to be set in black, Berkeley Oldstyle Black typeface all caps at
192 pt., tracking at -25. Leading is to be set at 186 pt. Company name is
centered horizontally under the logo.

PHONE NUMBER is to be set in black, Berkeley Oldstyle Black typeface at 320 pt.
and tracking at -25. AREA CODE is to be set in Berkeley Oldstyle Black typeface
at 150 pt. horizontally scaled to 80% and tracking at -25. Area code is centered
vertically within the phone number. Phone number and area code are centered
horizontally within the sign.

WEB SITE is to be set in black, Berkeley Oldstyle Black typeface at 121 pt.,
tracking at -25 and centered horizontally within the sign.

MINIMUM REQUIRED DISCLAIMER is to be set in black, Helvetica Regular at 32 pt.
and centered horizontally within the sign.

PHOTO is 5” x 7” with & 4 pt. blue border. Photo may be B/W or 4-color.

ASSOCIATE NAME is to be set in black, Berkeley Oldstyle Black typeface all caps
at 165 pt. Leading is to be set at 135 pt. CALL DIRECT is to be set in Berkeley
Oldstyle Black typeface all caps at 90 pt. PHONE NUMBER is to be set in Berkeley
Otdstyle Black all caps at 160 pt. Leading is to be set at 150 pt.

19

 

YARD SIGNS

Personalized

2-line DBA (alternate size)

[PICTURE]

COMPANY NAME is to be set in black, Berkeley Oldstyle Black typeface all caps
192 pt. tracking at -25. Leading is to be set at 160 pt. Company name is
centered horizontally under the logo.

PHONE NUMBER is to be set in black, Berkeley Oldstyle Black typeface at 266 pt.
and tracking at -25. AREA CODE is to be set in Berkeley Oldstyle Black typeface
at 120 pt. horizontally scaled to 80% and tracking at -25. Area code is centered
vertically within the phone number. Phone number and area code are centered
horizontally within the sign.

WEB SITE is to be set in black, Berkeley Oldstyle Black typeface at 100 pt.,
tracking at -25 and centered horizontally within the sign.

MINIMUM REQUIRED DISCLAIMER is to be set in black, Helvetica Regular at 32 pt.
and centered horizontally within the sign.

PHOTO is 5” x 7”. Photo may be B/W or 4-color.

ASSOCIATE NAME is to be set in black, Berkeley Oldstyle Black typeface all caps
at 165 pt. Leading is to be set at 135 pt. CALL DIRECT is to be set in Berkeley
Oldstyle Black typeface all caps at 90 pt. PHONE NUMBER is to be set in Berkeley
Oldstyle Black all caps at 160 pt. Leading is to be set at 150 pt.

Less than 8 characters DBA

[PICTURE]

COMPANY NAME is to be set in black, Berkeley Oldstyle Black typeface all caps at
202 pt., tracking at -25. Leading is to be set at 186 pt. Company name is
centered horizontally under the logo.

PHONE NUMBER is to be set in black, Berkeley Oldstyle Black typeface at 320 pt.
and tracking at -25. AREA CODE is to be set in Berkeley Oldstyle Black typeface
at 150 pt. horizontally scaled to 80% and tracking at -25. Area code is centered
vertically within the phone number. Phone number and area code are centered
horizontally within the sign.

WEB SITE is to be set in black, Berkeley Oldstyle Black typeface at 121 pt.,
tracking at -25 and centered horizontally within the sign.

MINIMUM REQUIRED DISCLAIMER is to be set in black, Helvetica Regular at 32 pt.
and centered horizontally within the sign.

PHOTO is 2.812” x 3.75” with a 4 pt. blue border. Photo may be B/W or 4-color.

ASSOCIATE NAME is to be set in black, Berkeley Oldstyle Black typeface all caps
at 165 pt. Leading is to be set at 135 pt. CALL DIRECT is to be set in Berkeley
Oldstyle Black typeface all caps at 90 pt. PHONE NUMBER is to be set in Berkeley
Oldstyle Black all caps at 160 pt. Leading is to be set at 150 pt.

20

 

YARD SIGNS

Sign Riders, Open House

Sign Riders*

[PICTURE]

Open House*

[PICTURE]

	*	 	Dimensions are in Grid Units to facilitate scaling when required by local
ordinances.

21

 

EXTERIOR BUILDING SIGNS

Preferred Format

All measurements for the stacked and extended versions are given in Grid Units
(GU). This is to simplify the process of scaling up or scaling down the building
signs. Building signs are to be internally illuminated using fluorescent
lighting.

Whether your building sign is free-standing, protruding or a fascia
installation, it must conform to the following guidelines. Your vendor will
conduct a survey of your property and forward a formal proposal, including
pricing for product, freight, tax and installation.

SIGN FACE REQUIREMENTS. THE BUILDING SIGNS MUST MAINTAIN A 60/40 CONFIGURATION
RATIO BETWEEN THE COLDWELL BANKER® MARK AND YOUR COMPANY NAME REGARDLESS OF
THE OUTSIDE DIMENSIONS OF THE SIGN. The top 60% contains the COLDWELL BANKER
name in white reversed out of a blue field, and the bottom 40% contains your
company name in white upper case Berkeley Oldstyle Black letters custom cut out
of a blue field and centered under the Mark in no more than three lines.

SERVICE MARK. The COLDWELL BANKER Service mark (top 60%) is to appear only as
authorized with the corporate alphabet typeface letters appearing in white, cut
out of a COLDWELL BANKER Blue* translucent vinyl background laminated to Lexan.

YOUR COMPANY NAME. Your company name is to appear in white Berkeley Oldstyle
Black letters cut out of a COLDWELL BANKER Blue* translucent vinyl background
laminated to Lexan. The point size of your company name is to be 60% of the
point size of the COLDWELL BANKER letters, with the exception of one word
company names of eight characters or less which should use 70% of the COLDWELL
BANKER letters for the stacked logo format and 80% for the extended logo format.
Your company name is to be centered under the Trademark and is to be positioned
as shown in these examples. See pages 24-25 for sample drawings.

EXTENDED FORMAT

[PICTURE]

REQUIRED DISCLAIMER. The Minimum Required Disclaimer line, from page four, must
appear on the building sign, centered under the lower COLDWELL BANKER Blue*
field and displayed in Helvetica Regular upper and lower case letters in black
type face.

NOTE: No symbols, slogans, telephone numbers, marks or words may appear on a
building sign. Any variations from the above specifications must be submitted to
your Regional Office for approval by the Coldwell Banker Real Estate Corporation
Marketing Department. Outside of the United States, contact the International
Services Director at the Corporate Office.

PLASTIC SIGNAGE. Specify Lexan with 3M VTV #10256 vinyi applied second surface.

3M®** FILM. Specify 3M film VTV #10256 for production of building signs that
are externaily illuminated, as well as signs that are illuminated from the
inside.

ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS. Electrical wiring is another vital factor in planning
the construction of your sign, which should adhere to national industry
standards. For example, there are great differences in cost and quality of
ballast, which must be Underwriters Laboratories (U/L) approved with U/L
approved waterproofing and pure aluminum weatherproof raceways. All wiring and
wiring systems must be pure U/L approved copper.

STACKED FORMAT

[PICTURE]

	*	 	See page 9 for color specifications.
	 
	**	 	3M® is a registered trademark of Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company.

22

 

EXTERIOR BUILDING SIGNS

Alternate Format — Replacement Face

We provide these exceptions to the Exterior Building Sign format to accommodate
situations where the benefit of existing “grandfathered” exterior sign locations
would be lost because of subsequent changes to local sign ordinances. Typically,
the retention of existing support structure and sign can/framing is sufficient
to warrant further extension of grandfathered provisions.

Accordingly, this alternate format provides for a full COLDWELL BANKER® Blue*
background field with the COLDWELL BANKER name enlarged to fill the space. Your
company name and the Minimum Required Disclaimer are to be included in the face
space.

All measurements for the alternate stacked and extended formats are given in
percentages to provide a simplified mathematical process for scaling building
signs to the alternate format. (See pages 24-25 for sample drawings).

Whether your building sign is free-standing, protruding or a fascia
installation, it must conform to the following guidelines. Your vendor will
conduct a survey of your property and forward a formal proposal, including
pricing for product, freight, tax and installation.

REQUIREMENTS. The building signs must maintain a 60/40 configuration ratio
between the words “COLDWELL BANKER” and your company name regardless of the
outside dimensions of the sign.

YOUR COMPANY NAME. Your company name is to-appear in white Berkeley Oldstyle
Black upper case letters cut out of a COLDWELL BANKER Blue* translucent vinyl
background laminated to Lexan, The point size of your company name is to be 60%
of the point size of the COLDWELL BANKER letters, with the exception of one word
company names of eight characters or less which should use 70% of the COLDWELL
BANKER letters for the stacked logo format and 80% for the extended logo format.
Your company name is to be centered and is to be positioned as shown in these
examples.

REQUIRED DISCLAIMER. The Minimum Required Disclaimer line, from page four, must
appear centered on the building sign and displayed in Helvetica Regular upper
and lower letters in white type face.

NOTE: No symbols, slogans, telephone numbers, marks or words may appear on a
building sign. Any variation from the above specifications must be submitted to
your Regional Office for approval by the Coldwell Banker Real Estate Corporation
Marketing Department. Outside of the United States, contact the International
Services Director at the Corporate Office.

See page 22 for electrical requirements.

STACKED FORMAT

[PICTURE]

EXTENDED FORMAT

[PICTURE]

	*	 	See page 9 for color specifications.

23

 

EXTERIOR BUILDING SIGNS

Preferred Format*

[PICTURE]

[PICTURE]

	*	 	Dimensions in Grid Units to facilitate scaling.

24

 

EXTERIOR BUILDING SIGNS

Alternate Format*

[PICTURE]

[PICTURE]

	*	 	Dimensions in Grid Units to facilitate scaling.

25

 

EXTERIOR BUILDING SIGNS

Alternate Format — Channel Letters*

This Building Sign format has been specifically designed to accommodate
situations where installation of a CAN is impractical or where local ordinances
require use of individual letters.

All measurements for the alternate stacked and extended formats are given in
percentages to provide a simplified mathematical process for scaling building
signs. (See page 24-25 for sample drawings.)

These are the recommended designs; however, if restrictive local ordinances
must be met, some variation of these designs may be permitted.

REQUIREMENTS. The building signs must maintain a 60/40 configuration ratio
between the words “COLDWELL BANKER” and your company name regardless of the
final size of the individual letters. The words “COLDWELL BANKER” must be in
corporate alphabet typeface letters in COLDWELL BANKER® Blue.*

YOUR COMPANY NAME. Your company name is to appear in COLDWELL BANKER Blue*
Berkeley Oldstyle Black upper case letters. The point size of your company name
is to be 60% of the point size of the COLDWELL BANKER letters, with the
exception of one word company names of eight characters or less, which should
use 70% of the COLDWELL BANKER letters for the stacked logo format and 80% for
the extended logo format. Your company name should be centered and is to be
positioned as shown.

EXCEPTION. Due to U/L guidelines, 13” is the smallest size allowable for
individual channel letters. If the DBA (company name) portion of the sign needs
to be smaller than 13”, it is recommended that the COLDWELL BANKER trademark
remain in channel letter format on the building exterior, and the COLDWELL
BANKER Mark, DBA (company name) and Minimum Required Disclaimer appear
separately on the storefront on either the front window or door, in clear view.

REQUIRED DISCLAIMER. The Minimum Required Disclaimer line, (see page four), must
appear centered below the company name and be displayed in Helvetica Regular
upper and lower case letters in black typeface.

NOTE: No symbols, slogans, telephone numbers, marks or words may appear on a
building sign. Any variation from the above specifications must be submitted to
your Regional Office for approval by Coldwell Banker Real Estate Corporation
Marketing Department. Outside of the United States, contact the International
Services Director at the Corporate Office.

See page 22 for electrical requirements.

[COLDWELL BANKER PICTURE]

SMITH & SMITH

REALTY

Each Office Is Independently Owned And Operated.

[COLDWELL BANKER PICTURE]

SMITH & SMITH REALTY

Each Office Is Independently Owned And Operated.

	*	 	See page 9 for color specifications.

26

 

EXTERIOR BUILDING SIGNS

Individual Channel Letters*

[PICTURE]

[PICTURE]

Due to U/L guidelines, 13” is the smallest size allowable for individual channel
letters.

If the DBA (company name) portion of the sign needs to be smaller than
13”, it is recommended that the COLDWELL BANKER® trademark remain in channel
letter format on the building exterior, and the COLDWELL BANKER Mark, DBA
(company name) and Minimum Required Disclaimer appear separately on the
storefront on either the front window or door, in clear view.

	*	 	Dimensions in Grid Units to facilitate scaling.

27

 

BUSINESS CARDS

Standard Logo Business Card Without Photo

The examples shown on pages 28-31 illustrate the approved format for business
cards. These items may be ordered through Preferred Alliance members or Approved
Suppliers.

BUSINESS CARD — WITHOUT PHOTO

MASTER FORMAT. A master format is provided for those items that are consistent
for all non-photo business cards. Printing may only appear on one side of the
card.

TRADEMARK. Use exactly as shown on Master Format.

SIZE. 3 1/2” X 2”.

PAPER. Productolith Cover, 100 lb. or the equivalent in finish, color and
weight.

INDIVIDUAL NAME. 9 pt. Berkeley Oldstyle Black, all upper case.

INDIVIDUAL TITLE. 7.5 pt. Berkeley Oldstyle Medium, upper and lower case.

PROFESSIONAL DESIGNATION. 9 pt. Berkeley Oldstyle Bold, all upper case following
the individual name and separated from the name by a comma and a space. The
following designations may be used by those persons entitled to use them: GRI,
CPM, CCIM, CRS, CCPS, CRB, MAI, CRP and AMO.

INDIVIDUAL PHONE NUMBERS.

8 pt. Berkeley Oldstyle Black, all upper case.

INDIVIDUAL EMAIL ADDRESSES.

8 pt. Berkeley Oldstyle Black, lower case.

YOUR COMPANY NAME. 10 pt. Berkeley Oldstyle Bold, all upper case. Centered under
the logo using up to three lines of type and not to extend beyond either edge of
the Mark.

YOUR COMPANY ADDRESS. 7 pt. Berkeley Oldstyle Medium, all upper case. Position
below and flush with the left edge of the lower ruled line as illustrated.

YOUR COMPANY WEB SITE ADDRESS. 7.5 pt. Berkeley Oldstyle Black, lower case.
Position below and flush with the left edge of the Company Address.

APPROVED MARKS OF OTHERS. The Realtor® Mark, MLS Mark, or a combination of
Realtor®/MLS Mark may be positioned in the lower left corner. An award symbol
is optional for those who qualify. Symbols, insignias or Marks that are
unrelated to the real estate profession are prohibited. There is a limit of
three symbols on non-photo cards.

REQUIRED DISCLAIMER. The Minimum Required Disclaimer, as shown on page four,
must appear at the bottom of the card, positioned flush left with the left edge
of the ruling in 5 pt. Helvetica, upper and lower case.

INK COLORS. Print COLDWELL BANKER® PMS 280 Blue and black. COLDWELL BANKER
Blue is used for the COLDWELL BANKER Mark and the two ruled lines running
horizontally across the length of the business card. All else prints black. (See
page 9 for color specifications.)

MASTER FORMAT — POSITIONING AND TYPE SPECS

[PICTURE]

	 	 	 
	Individual’s Name.

	 	9 pt. BerkOldsty Blk
	Professional Designation.

	 	9 pt. BerkOldsty Bd
	2 Titles.

	 	7.5 pi. BerkOldsty Md
	Phones.

	 	8 pt. BerkOldsty Blk
	Individual’s Email.

	 	8 pt. BerkOldsty Blk
	Company Name.

	 	10 pt. BerkOldsty Bd
	Address.

	 	7 pt. BerkOldsty Md
	Website.

	 	7.5 pt. BerkOldsty BlK
	Disclaimer.

	 	5 pt. Helvetica

28

 

BUSINESS CARDS

Standard Logo Business Card Without Photo

3-Line Business Card — With Photo

MASTER FORMAT. A master format is provided for those items that are consistent
for all photo business cards. Printing may only appear on one side of the
card.

INDIVIDUAL PHOTOGRAPH. Photograph must be supplied to printer. Refer to
“Individual Photography Specifications” on page 32.

TRADEMARK. Use exactly as shown on Master Format.

SIZE. 3 1/2” X 2”.

PAPER. Productolith Cover, 100 lb. or the equivalent in finish, color and
weight. As an alternative, Kromecote 12 pt. cover stock may be substituted.

INDIVIDUAL NAME. 9.5 pt. Berkeley Oldstyle Black, all upper case.

INDIVIDUAL TITLE. 7 pt. Berkeley Oldstyle Medium, upper and lower case.

PROFESSIONAL DESIGNATION. 8 pt. Berkeley Oldstyle Black, all upper case
following the individual name and separated from the name by a comma and a
space. The following designations may be used by those persons entitled to use
them: GRI, CPM, CCIM, CRS, CCPS, CRB, MAI, CRP and AMO.

INDIVIDUAL PHONE NUMBERS.

8.5 pt. Berkeley Oldstyle Black, all upper case.

INDIVIDUAL EMAIL ADDRESSES.

8.5 pt. Berkeley Oldstyle Black, lower case.

[PICTURE]

	 	 	 
	Individual’s Name.

	 	9.5 pt. BerkOldsty Blk
	Professional Designation.

	 	9.5 pt. BerkOldsty Bd
	2 Titles.

	 	7 pt. BerkOldsty Md
	3 Titles.

	 	5.5 pt. BerkOldsty Md
	Phones.

	 	8.5 pt. BerkOldsty Blk
	Individual’s Email.

	 	8.5 pt. BerkOldsty Blk
	Company Name.

	 	10 pt. BerkOldsty Bd
	Address.

	 	8 pt. BerkOldsty Md
	Website.

	 	8 pt. BerkOldsty BlK
	Disclaimer.

	 	5 pt. Helvetica

YOUR COMPANY NAME. 10 pt. Berkeley Oldstyle Bold, all upper case. Centered under
the logo using up to three lines of type and not to extend beyond either edge of
the Mark.

YOUR COMPANY ADDRESS. 8 pt. Berkeley Oldstyle Medium, all upper case. Your
company address always follows your company name and is positioned below and
flush with the left edge of the upper ruled line as illustrated.

YOUR COMPANY WEB SITE ADDRESS. 8 pt. Berkeley Oldstyle Black, lower case.
Position below and flush with the left edge of the Company Address.

APPROVED MARKS OF OTHERS. The Realtor® Mark, MLS Mark, combination of
Realtor®/MLS Mark or local Board symbol may be positioned alongside of the
COLDWELL BANKER Mark. An award symbol is optional for those who qualify.
Symbols, insignias or Marks that are unrelated to the real estate profession are
prohibited. There is a limit of three symbols on photo cards.

REQUIRED DISCLAIMER. The Minimum Required Disclaimer, as shown on page four,
must appear at the bottom of the card, centered under the photo, in 5 pt.
Helvetica, upper and lower case.

INK COLORS. Print COLDWELL BANKER® PMS 280 Blue and black. COLDWELL BANKER
Blue is used for the COLDWELL BANKER Mark, the photo box and the two ruled lines
to the right of the photo box. All else prints black. (See page 9 for color
specifications.)

ALTERNATIVE 5-LINE BUISNESS CARD WITH PHOTO

[PICTURE]

	 	 	 
	Individual’s Name.

	 	8 pt. BerkOldsty Blk
	Professional Designation.

	 	8 pt. BerkOldsty Bd
	1 Titles Line.

	 	7 pt. BerkOldsty Md
	Phones.

	 	7.25 pt. BerkOldsty Blk
	Individual’s Email.

	 	7.25 pt. BerkOldsty Blk
	Company Name.

	 	10 pt. BerkOldsty Bd
	Address.

	 	6.5 pt. BerkOldsty Md
	Website.

	 	6.5 pt. BerkOldsty BlK
	Disclaimer.

	 	5 pt. Helvetica

29

 

BUSINESS CARDS

Premium Logo Business Card Without Photo

PREMIUM BUSINESS CARD — WITHOUT PHOTO

MASTER FORMAT. A master format is provided for those items that are consistent
for all non-photo business cards. Printing may only appear on one side of the
card.

TRADEMARK. Use exactly as shown on Master Format.

SIZE. 3 1/2” X 2”.

PAPER. Linen 100 lb. cover stock.

INDIVIDUAL NAME. 9 pt. Berkeley Oldstyle Black, upper case.

INDIVIDUAL TITLE. 7.5 pt. Berkeley Oldstyle Medium Italic, upper and lower case.

PROFESSIONAL DESIGNATION. 9 pt. Berkeley Oldstyle Bold, all upper case following
the individual name and separated from the name by a comma and a space. The
following designations may be used by those persons entitled to use them: GRI,
CPM, CCIM, CRS, CCPS, CRB, MAI, CRP and AMO.

INDIVIDUAL PHONE NUMBERS.

8 pt. Berkeley Oldstyle Black, upper and lower case.

INDIVIDUAL EMAIL ADDRESSES.

8 pt. Berkeley Oldstyle Black, lower case.

YOUR COMPANY NAME. 10 pt. Berkeley Oldstyle Bold, all upper case. Centered under
the logo using up to three lines of type and not to extend beyond either edge of
the Mark.

YOUR COMPANY ADDRESS. 7 pt. Berkeley Oldstyle Medium Italic, all upper and lower
case. Position below and flush with the left edge of the embossed line as
illustrated.

YOUR COMPANY WEB SITE ADDRESS. 7.5 pt. Berkeley Oldstyle Black, lower case.
Position below and flush with the left edge of the Company Address.

APPROVED MARKS OF OTHERS. The Realtor® Mark, MLS Mark, combination of
Realtor®/MLS Mark or local Board symbol may be positioned in the lower left
corner of the card. An award symbol is optional for those who qualify. Symbols,
insignias or Marks that are unrelated to the real estate profession are
prohibited. There is a limit of three symbols on non-photo cards.

REQUIRED DISCLAIMER. The Minimum Required Disclaimer, as shown on page four,
must appear at the bottom of the card, positioned flush left with the left edge
of the address, in 5 pt. Berkely Medium Italic, upper and lower case.

INK COLORS. Print COLDWELL BANKER® PMS 280 Blue and black. COLDWELL BANKER
Blue is used for the COLDWELL BANKER Mark. All else prints black. (See page 9
for color specifications.)

EMBOSSING. The rule extending to the right of the logo is blind embossed.

MASTER FORMAT-POSITIONING AND TYPE SPECS

[PICTURE]

	 	 	 
	Individual’s Name.

	 	9 pt. BerkOldsty Blk
	Professional Designation.

	 	9 pt. BerkOldsty Bd
	2 Titles.

	 	7.5 pt. BerkOldsty Mdlt
	Phones.

	 	8 pt. BerkOldsty Blk
	Individual’s Email.

	 	8 pt. BerkOldsty Blk
	Company Name.

	 	10 pt. BerkOldsty Bd
	Address.

	 	7 pt. BerkOldsty Mdlt
	Website.

	 	7.5 pt. BerkOldsty Blk
	Disclaimer.

	 	5 pt. BerkOldsty Mdlt

30

 

BUSINESS CARDS

Premium Logo Business Card With Photo

PREMIUM BUSINESS CARD — WITH PHOTO

MASTER FORMAT. A master format is provided for those items that are consistent
for all photo business cards. Printing may only appear on one side of the card.

INDIVIDUAL PHOTOGRAPH. Photograph must be supplied to printer. Refer to
“Individual Photography Specifications” on page 32.

TRADEMARK. Use exactly as shown on Master Format.

SIZE. 3 1/2” X 2”.

PAPER. Linen 100 Ib. cover stock.

INDIVIDUAL NAME. 9 pt. Berkeley Oldstyle Black, upper and lower case.

INDIVIDUAL TITLE. 6.5/5.5 pt. Berkeley Oldstyle Medium Italic, upper and lower
case.

PROFESSIONAL DESIGNATION. 9 pt. Berkeley Oldstyle Bold, all upper case following
the individual name and separated from the name by a comma and a space. The
following designations may be used by those persons entitled to use them: GRI,
CPM, CCIM, CRS, CCPS, CRB, MAI, CRP and AMO.

INDIVIDUAL PHONE NUMBERS.

8.5 pt. Berkeley Oldstyle Black, upper & lower case.

INDIVIDUAL EMAIL ADDRESSES.

8.5 pt. Berkeley Oldstyle Black, lower case.

YOUR COMPANY NAME. 10 pt. Berkeley Oldstyle Bold, upper case. Centered under the
logo using up to three lines of type and not to extend beyond either edge of the
Mark.

3YOUR COMPANY ADDRESS. 7 pt. Berkeley Oldstyle Medium italic, upper and lower
case. Your company address always follows your company name and is positioned
below and flush with the left edge of the logo as illustrated.

YOUR COMPANY WEB SITE ADDRESS. 6.5 pt. Berkeley Oldstyle Black Italic, lower
case. Position below and flush with the left edge of the Company Address.

APPROVED MARKS OF OTHERS. The Realtor® Mark, MLS Mark, combination of
Realtor®/MLS Mark or local Board symbol may be positioned alongside the
COLDWELL BANKER Mark. An award symbol is optional for those who qualify.
Symbols, insignias or Marks that are unrelated to the real estate profession are
prohibited. There is a limit of three symbols on photo cards.

REQUIRED DISCLAIMER. The Minimum Required Disclaimer, as shown on page four,
must appear at the bottom of the card, centered under the photo, in 5 pt.
Berkeley Oldstyle Medium italic, upper and lower case.

INK COLORS. Print COLDWELL BANKER® PMS 280 Blue and black. COLDWELL BANKER
Blue is used for the COLDWELL BANKER Mark. All else prints black. (See page 9
for color specifications.)

EMBOSSING. The rule above the logo is blind embossed. The border on the photo is
also blind embossed.

MASTER FORMAT — POSITIONING AND TYPE SPECS

[PICTURE]

	 	 	 
	Individual’s Name.

	 	9 pt. BerkOldsty Blk
	Professional Designation.

	 	9 pt. BerkOldsty Bd
	2 Titles.

	 	6.5 pt. BerkOldsty Mdlt
	3 Titles.

	 	5.5 pt. BerkOldsty Mdlt
	Phones.

	 	8.5 pt. BerkOldsty Blk
	Individual’s Email.

	 	8.5 pt. BerkOldsty Blk
	Company Name.

	 	10 pt. BerkOldsty Bd
	Address.

	 	7 pt. BerkOldsty Mdlt
	Website.

	 	6.5 pt. BerkOldsty Blklt
	Disclaimer.

	 	5 pt. BerkOldsty Mdlt

31

 

INDIVIDUAL PHOTOGRAPHY SPECIFICATIONS

You want to look good when you have your picture taken. We want you to look
good, too. That’s why we’ve developed this photography spec sheet for you to
take to your professional photography session.

PLEASE KEEP IN MIND THAT ONLY YOUR INDIVIDUAL PHOTO CAN APPEAR ON A BUSINESS
CARD IN A HEAD AND SHOULDER FORMAT. TO INSURE THE PROFESSIONALISM OF PHOTO
BUSINESS CARDS, PHOTOS OF OTHER PEOPLE (UNLESS THE OTHER PERSON IS A BUSINESS
PARTNER OR SPOUSE), ANIMALS, BIRDS, REPTILES, BUILDINGS, SCENERY, SLOGANS,
SYMBOLS OR POSTERS CANNOT APPEAR IN THE PHOTO.

Your pictures will be an important business tool, and should reflect your
professional image as a member of the premier real estate organization in the
world, so clothing is an important consideration. (Wearing of costumes is not
permitted.)

Your pictures should be taken against a subtle background that won’t clash with
the COLDWELL BANKER® Blue logo. White or light-colored clothing may be a poor
choice.

Men are advised to select a solid-colored medium or dark suit of conservative
cut, paired with a white shirt and a tasteful tie. If you are having a hard time
deciding between two combinations, take them both and ask your photographer’s
opinion.

A jacket is desirable, but not required, for women. Women’s dresses or blouses
should not have a busy print. Many designs don’t reproduce well and tend to
detract attention from the subject’s face. It is suggested that women play down
jewelry and makeup for a more subtle, professional image.

To smile or not to smile, that is your choice. If you’re not comfortable having
your picture taken, it will only look worse if you try to force yourself to do
something you’re uncomfortable doing — like smiling broadly, or in some cases,
suppressing one.

[PICTURE]

FOR YOUR PHOTOGRAPHER

Ask your photographer to follow the guidelines listed below. This will ensure
that your pictures will reproduce effectively.

	•  	The main light is camera RIGHT. It should be 45(degree) from camera,
45(degree)above the subject for short lighting.
	 
	•  	The subject should be turned toward main light slightly, with the far ear
not showing and the head tipped slightly toward the main light.
	 
	•  	The broad fill just off camera left, level to camera, -1 stop from the
main light for 1:3 ratio.
	 
	•  	The background light should be approximately half the distance between the
subject and the white seamless background, -1 stop from the main light,
(incident measurement at background).
	 
	•  	A 150 mm portrait lens on a 2 1/4” format camera is preferred for proper
perspective.
	 
	•  	Provide the Sales Associate three 5” X 7” black and white or color glossy
prints, respectively.

FOR BLACK AND WHITE PHOTOS:

	•  	Use a fine grain black and white negative film such as Kodak Plus X or
T-Max 100.

FOR COLOR PHOTOS:

	•  	Use a gloss finish.

32

 

	 	 	 
	[COLDWELL BANKER LOGO]
	 	YOUR NAME

Title

Title

123 MAIN STREET

CITY, ST 12345
	 	 	 
	SMITH & SMITH

SMITH REALTY
	 	BUS (000) 123-4567

FAX (000) 123-4567

DIRECT (000) 123-4567

CELL (000) 123-4567

yourname@smithrealty.com

LETTERHEAD (STANDARD)

SIZE. 8/2” x 11”.

PAPER. Neenah Bond 25% cotton fiber, cockle finish White, Sub. 20 or the
equivalent in finish, color and weight.

TRADEMARK SIZE. 1 11/32” x 9/16” lithographed in COLDWELL BANKET® Blue ink
(PMS 280). See page 9 for color specifications.

YOUR COMPANY NAME. 13 pt. Berkeley Bold, all upper case, position below and
centered under the logo using one to three lines not extending past right side
of mark. Lithographed in black ink. The .5 pt black rule is black and is 3/64”
from the baseline of your DBA.

YOUR NAME. 9 pt. Berkeley Bold, 9 pt. leading, all upper case, lithographed in
black ink, positioned flush right above the rule.

YOUR TITLE. 8 pt. Berkeley Medium, 9 pt. leading, upper and lower case,
lithographed in black ink, positioned flush right above the rule.

YOUR COMPANY ADDRESS. 8 pt. Berkeley Medium, 8.7 pt. leading, all upper case,
lithographed in black ink. Position flush right, with the right edge of the
horizontal rule, as shown in the illustration.

YOUR PHONE NUMBERS. 8 pt. Berkeley Medium, 8.7 pt. leading, all upper case,
lithographed in black ink. Position flush right, with the right edge of the
horizontal rule, as shown in the illustration.

YOUR EMAIL ADDRESS. 8 pt. Berkeley Medium, 8.7 pt. leading, all lower case,
lithographed in black ink. Position flush right, with the right edge of the
horizontal rule, as shown in the illustration.

REQUIRED DISCLAIMER. The Minimum Required Disclaimer, as shown on page four,
must be positioned at the bottom of the letterhead, centered, in 9 pt. Helvetica
Light Condensed, upper and lower case, lithographed in black ink.

APPROVED SYMBOLS. The Realtor® Mark, MLS Mark, or a combination of
Realtor®/MLS Mark may be positioned in the lower right corner, lithographed in
black ink. An award symbol is optional for those who qualify.

[COLDWELL BANKER LOGO]

ENVELOPE (STANDARD)

SIZE. No. 10. 4 1/8” x 9 1/2”.

PAPER. Neenah Bond 25% cotton fiber, cockle finish, White, Sub. 20 or the
equivalent in finish, color and weight.

TRADEMARK SIZE. 1” x 13/32”, lithographed in COLDWELL BANKER PMS 280 (Blue ink).

YOUR COMPANY NAME. 10 pt. Berkeley Bold, all upper case, position below and
centered with logo using one to three lines not extending past right side of
Mark. Lithographed in black ink. The .5 pt. ruled line is black and is 3/64”
from the baseline of your DBA.

YOUR NAME. 6.5 pt. Berkeley Bold, all upper case, lithographed in black ink,
positioned flush left below the logo.

YOUR COMPANY ADDRESS. 6.5 pt. Berkeley Medium, all upper case, lithographed in
black ink, positioned flush left below the logo.

33

 

Each Office Is Independently Owned And Operated.

	 	 	 
	[COLDWELL BANKER LOGO]
	 	YOUR NAME

Title

Title

123 MAIN STREET

CITY, ST 12345
	 	 	 
	
	 	BUS (000) 123-4567

FAX (000) 123-4567

DIRECT (000) 123-4567

CELL (000) 123-4567

yourname@smithrealty.com

LETTERHEAD (PREMIUM)

SIZE. 8 1/2” x 11”.

PAPER. 24 Ib. Ultimate White Linen Bond.

TRADEMARK SIZE. 1 11/32” x 9/16”, embossed in COLDWELL BANKER®. Blue ink (PMS
280). See page 9 for color specifications.

YOUR COMPANY NAME. 13 pt. Berkeley Bold, all upper case, position below and
centered under the logo using one to three lines not extending past right side
of mark. Lithographed in black ink. The .5 pt black rule is black and is 3/32”
from the baseline of your DBA.

YOUR NAME. 9 pt. Berkeley Bold, 9 pt. leading, upper and lower case,
lithographed in black ink, positioned flush right above the rule.

YOUR TITLE. 8 pt Berkeley Medium, 9 pt. leading, upper and lower case,
lithographed in black ink, positioned flush right above the rule.

YOUR COMPANY ADDRESS. 8 pt. Berkeley Medium, 8.7 pt. leading, upper and lower
case, lithographed in black ink. Position flush right, with the right edge of
the horizontal rule, as shown in the illustration.

YOUR PHONE NUMBERS. 8 pt. Berkeley Medium, 8.7 pt. leading, upper and lower
case, lithographed in black ink. Position flush right, with the right edge of
the horizontal rule, as shown in the illustration.

YOUR EMAIL ADDRESS. 8 pt. Berkeley Medium, 8.7 pt. leading, all lower case,
lithographed in black ink. Position flush right,; with the right edge of the
horizontal rule, as shown in the illustration.

REQUIRED DISCLAIMER. The Minimum Required Disclaimer, as shown on page four,
must be positioned at the bottom of the letterhead, centered, in 9 pt. Helvetica
Light Condensed, upper and lower case, lithographed in black ink.

APPROVED SYMBOLS. The Realtor® Mark, MLS Mark, or a combination of
Realtor®/MLS Mark may be positioned in the lower right corner, lithographed in
black ink. An award symbol is optional for those who qualify.

EMBOSSING. The rule extending to the right of the logo is blind embossed.

[COLDWELL BANKER LOGO]

ENVELOPE (PREMIUM)

SIZE. No. 10 .4 1/8” X 9 1/2”.

PAPER. 24 Ib. Ultimate White Envelope Linen Finish.

TRADEMARK SIZE. 1 11/32” X 9/16”, embossed in COLDWELL BANKER PMS 280 (Blue
ink).

YOUR COMPANY NAME. 13 pt. Berkeley Bold, all upper case, position below and
centered with logo using one to three lines not extending past right side of
Mark. Lithographed in black ink. The .5 pt ruled line is black and is 3/64” from
the baseline of your DBA.

YOUR COMPANY ADDRESS. 6.5 pt. Berkeley Medium, all upper case, lithographed in
black ink. Position to the right of the logo as shown.

[MLS LOGO]

     Each Office Is Independtly Owned And Operated.

34

 

NAME BADGES

STANDARD BADGE

[COLDWELL BANKER LOGO] YOUR APPROVED

COMPANY NAME HERE

YOUR NAME

YOUR TITLE

Size. 2 1/2” X 1 5/8”.

YOUR COMPANY NAME. Minimum type size is 9 pt. up to a maximum of 12 pt.
Horizontal scaling is 85% (depending on length of name). Berkeley Oldstyle
Black. All caps. Position to the right of logo.

INDIVIDUAL NAME.* 100% 18 pt. Berkeley Oldstyle Black. All caps.

INDIVIDUAL TITLE. 100% 10 pt. Berkeley Oldstyle Black. All caps.

SYMBOLS. Million dollar or multi-million dollar club symbols are permitted.

DISCLAIMER. Not required.

LARGER BADGE

[COLDWELL BANKER LOGO] YOUR APPROVED

COMPANY NAME HERE

YOUR NAME

YOUR TITLE

SIZE.3” X 1 9/16”.

YOUR COMPANY NAME. Minimum type size is 9 pt. up to a maximum of 12 pt.
Horizontal scaling is 85% (depending on length of name). Berkeley Oldstyle
Black. All caps. Position to the right of logo.

INDIVIDUAL NAME.* 100% 18 pt. Berkeley Oldstyle Black. All caps.

INDIVIDUAL TITLE. 100% 10 pt. Berkeley Oldstyle Black. All caps.

SYMBOLS. Million dollar or multi-million dollar club symbols are permitted.

DISCLAIMER. Not required.

	*	 	Note: In the U.S., certain state regulations may require a reduction in point
size such that the individual name is no larger than your company name.

35

 

SPECIALTY ITEMS

The following are additional guidelines for use of the COLDWELL BANKER® Mark
in connection with specialty products. These additional guidelines are intended
to further clarify the specifications outlined on pages 8-12 of this manual when
applied to this broad category of products including, but not limited to,
apparel, magnets, jewelry, calendars, awards, desk accessories, door mats, gift
items and all other promotional products.

TRADEMARK. Use exactly as shown below.

LOGO COLOR OPTIONS. See page 9.

REQUIRED DISCLAIMER. The Minimum Required Disclaimer, as shown on page four,
must appear when the item is intended for distribution to the public as a
promotional item or for mass distribution and should be printed in Helvetica
Light upper and lower case. The disclaimer need not print directly under DBA (as
shown below); however, this is the preferred approach. The disclaimer may only
print PMS 280 or black.

YOUR COMPANY NAME. Printed in Berkeley Oldstyle (black or bold optional), all
upper case and centered under the logo. The DBA cannot extend beyond the edge of
the logo and may be up to three lines. The DBA must appear when the item is
intended for distribution to the public as a promotional item. The DBA may be
omitted on decorations, party favors, apparel, office supplies, moving boxes,
jewelry or other items NOT intended for mass distribution to the public except
for award plaques and statues where it is required. The company name may only
print PMS 280 or black.

INDIVIDUAL NAME. A Sales Associate’s personal name may be added to any specialty
item and should print PMS 280 or black in Berkeley Oldstyle (black or bold
optional) upper and lower case. When printing the individual name, use care to
ensure that the name is far enough away from the DBA or disclaimer so as not to
be confused as part of that copy. The individual name type size should not
exceed the size of the DBA if prohibited by state regulation.

GENERAL GUIDELINES. When a COLDWELL BANKER yard sign graphic or business card
design is reproduced as a magnetized product, a label, embedded into a larger
graphic image or embossed, this specialized format must be reproduced exactly as
shown on pages 15-21 and 28-31 respectively.

[COLDWELL BANKER LOGO]

36

 

PERSONAL PROMOTION GUIDELINES

The COLDWELL BANKER® image is a powerful and positive one, and it can be a
vital ingredient in the personal promotion marketing efforts of Sales
Associates. One reason for the effectiveness of the COLDWELL BANKER brand name
is its consistent and appropriate usage throughout our company.

The following “Personal Promotion Guidelines” address additional questions Sales
Associates frequently ask as they incorporate the COLDWELL BANKER identity into
their personal promotion marketing materials. By following these guidelines, you
reinforce the effectiveness of the COLDWELL BANKER brand name and enhance your
personal promotion efforts.

PERSONAL PROMOTION REQUIRED USE OF DISCLAIMERS.
Sales Associates who create and utilize personal promotion literature must
incorporate the Minimum Required Disclaimer, as shown on page four, in their
literature.

THE COLDWELL BANKER PERSONAL PROMOTION GUIDELINES. THE COLDWELL BANKER name and
reputation are the most valuable in the real estate industry and are vital to
the professional identity of our affiliates. It is essential for that identity
to be preserved in all materials presented to potential customers, including
materials created by Sales Associates as part of their personal promotion
campaigns. To help maintain the COLDWELL BANKER identity, these guidelines
should be followed by Sales Associates who use personal promotion materials:

	1.  	THE COLDWELL BANKER Mark, associated Trademarks and service marks are always
to be used according to the guidelines in the Identity Standards Manual.

	 	 	 
	ACCEPTABLE
	 	UNACCEPTABLE
	 	 	 
	[COLDWELL BANKER LOGO]

(Use white outline around

COLDWELL BANKER logo when

placed against non-white

background.)
	 	[COLDWELL BANKER LOGO]
	 	 	 
	[COLDWELL BANKER LOGO]

SMITH 
	 	[COLDWELL BANKER LOGO]

(Do not place logo at

angled positions.)
	Your Name

[COLDWELL BANKER LOGO]

SMITH REALTY
	 	[COLDWELL BANKER LOGO]

SMITH REALTY

(Do not cover any

part of the logo.)
	 	 	 
	[COLDWELL BANKER LOGO]
	 	[COLDWELL BANKER LOGO]

(Do not reverse out colors

or change logo colors.)

37

 

PERSONAL PROMOTION GUIDELINES

	2.  	THE COLDWELL BANKER® Mark, (or, for Previews® Property Specialist
designation, the approved COLDWELL BANKER Previews logo) must always appear
on personal promotion literature in a prominent location and size.
Affiliates must also include their complete company name, regardless of
whether they are utilizing the COLDWELL BANKER or the COLDWELL BANKER
Previews International Mark. In the case of the Previews International Mark,
the complete company name need NOT appear in close proximity to the Mark
itself.
	 
	3.  	A personal mark (e.g., individual Sales Associate logo, stylized name
treatment, personal slogan or tag line) should not be used in close proximity
to the COLDWELL BANKER Mark or other approved COLDWELL BANKER identifier;
each must stand alone. In no case is the COLDWELL BANKER Mark or other
approved COLDWELL BANKER identifier to be incorporated into the design or
wording of a personal mark.
	 
	4.  	A personal mark is not to be used in a way that might confuse and mislead the
public regarding the identity of the Broker of record. Local laws and
regulations prescribing the relationship of Broker and Sales Associate
identification must be followed.

IMPORTANT NOTE: SOME STATE LAWS REQUIRE THE TYPE OR SIZE OR PROMINENCE OF THE
SALES ASSOCIATE’S NAME IN ADVERTISING MUST BE SMALLER THAN THAT TYPE OF THE
OFFICE NAME. IN THOSE STATES, FRANCHISEES SHOULD WORK WITH THEIR WITH THEIR
AFFILIATE SERVICE MANAGER AND APPROVED SUPPLIERS TO ADAPT THE SPECS RELATED TO
THE SIZE OF THESE TWO ELEMENTS IN ORDER TO COMPLY WTH THOSE LAWS.

	 	 	 
	ACCEPTABLE
	 	UNACCEPTABLE
	 	 	 
	YOUR NAME

(000) 123-4567
	 	YOUR NAME

(000) 123-4567
	 	 	 
	[COLDWELL BANKER LOGO]

SMITH REALTY
	 	An Associate of

Coldwell Banker

Real Estate
	 	 	 
	YOUR NAME

PREVIEWS® PROPERTY SPECIALIST

[COLDWELL BANKER LOGO]

COLDWELL BANKER

SMITH REALITY
	 	YOUR NAME

YOUR

[COLDWELL BANKER LOGO]

SPECIALIST!
	
	 	(Logo should not tie to Sales Associate’s

name.)
	 	 	 
	YOUR NAME

An exceptional real estate

professional

(000) 123-4567
	 	YOUR NAME

LICENSED REAL ESTATE BROKER

(000) 123-4567
	 	 	 
	[COLDWELL BANKER LOGO]

SMITH REALTY
	 	A Member of Coldwell Banker Smith Realty

38

 

PERSONAL PROMOTION GUIDELINES

	5.  	The Sales Associate should identify the source for any claims (#1 in Sales)
in a footnote within the ad and be prepared to substantiate the claim with
underlying data. Promised services must always fall within the approved
bundle of COLDWELL BANKER® services; no service may be offered outside this
menu without prior approval by COLDWELL BANKER.
	 
	6.  	Use of a personal mark may risk claims of trademark infringement by third
parties, and a Sales Associate contemplating use of a personal mark should
first obtain a trademark search (at his or her expense) to ascertain
availability of the mark. The Sales Associate assumes full risk for such
claims, will inform COLDWELL BANKER immediately of any such claim of
infringement and will indemnify COLDWELL BANKER in connection with such
claims.
	 
	7.  	COLDWELL BANKER reserves the right of prior approval of personal marks
(including service and performance claims) as well as the materials in which
they are used.

	 	 	 
	ACCEPTABLE
	 	UNACCEPTABLE
	 	 	 
	Specializing in Willow Glen Homes

for over 20 Years.
	 	An expert In all types of real

estate — from residential to

business opportunities
	 	 	 
	#1 in sales in Willow Glen for

the past 4 years!
	 	We’re the #1 Agents In Town!
	 	 	 
	Becky Smith has the marketing

resources to help sell your

house fast!
	 	I will sell your house faster

than any other agent!
	 	 	 
	
	 	HANS SMITH
	 	 	 
	(Slogan, tag line or design that

a trademark search has shown

to be available for use.)
	 	“YOU’RE IN GOOD HANDS

WITH HANS

[LOGO]
	 	 	 
	
	 	(The words “You’re In Good

Hands with Allstate” and the

“Good Hands” design are

registered trademarks of

Allstate Insurance Company.)

39

 

INTERNET STANDARDS

COLDWELL BANKER® INTERNET IDENTITY STANDARDS.

With the continued success of COLDWELLBANKER.COM, we are all moving through the
electronic gateway to the world of online services and the Internet. As the
scope of the Internet grows, we all need to be mindful of the importance of the
proper use of the various COLDWELL BANKER Marks for online services and the
Internet.

Every Franchisee is granted limited authority to use the COLDWELL BANKER Marks
pursuant to the Franchise Agreement. As a result, each Franchisee not only has
the right to use the COLDWELL BANKER Marks, but also the responsibility to
protect the COLDWELL BANKER Marks by adhering carefully to the Franchise
Agreement and the Policy and Procedures Manual.

The international recognition of the COLDWELL BANKER System which benefits all
of us is directly related to the correct and unwavering manner in which the
COLDWELL BANKER Marks are used by every COLDWELL BANKER office and each of their
Sales Associates. Accordingly, it is important that the Franchise Identity
System be displayed and used on the Internet and online services properly and
consistently.

It is our intent to avoid any possible confusion between the identity of
Coldwell Banker Real Estate Corporation and its Franchisees and their Sales
Associates. Therefore, we have provided the following guidelines for our
Franchisees and their Sales Associates in connection with the establishment and
use of Internet addresses.

ELECTRONIC ADDRESSES

	1.  	Internet Service Providers

Coldwell Banker Real Estate Corporation owns the Internet addresses:
	 
	   	http://www.coldwellbanker.com and

http://www.coldwellbankercommercial.com

No other company or person can own these addresses. However, each Franchisee and
its Sales Associates may obtain an individual domain name or home page address
on the Internet from a service provider. Because your address need not be
limited in its number of characters by these service providers, we ask you to
follow Chapter Eight in the Policy and Procedures Manual which sets forth the
correct use of your Company Name.

If you purchase your own domain, you may obtain an address such as:

	   	http://www.coldwellbankersmithrealty

If you purchase the address through an online service provider, here identified
as “webx,” you may obtain an address such as:

	   	http://www.webx.com/coldwellbankersmithrealty

If you prefer an address which deviates from this configuration, please submit
your request in writing to the Legal Department BEFORE obtaining the address.

IMPORTANT: In order to avoid confusion between Coldwell Banker Real Estate
Corporation and its Franchisees and their Sales Associates, it is extremely
important that you do not create a name in which “coldwellbanker” is followed by
a dot and three characters. For example, you may NOT create a domain name
containing:

	   	coldwellbanker.net
coldwellbanker.com
coldwellbanker.org

Incorrect examples include, but are not limited to:

	   	http://www.coldwellbanker.net/smithrealty

http://www.coldwellbanker.org/smithrealty

http://www.coldwellbanker.com/smithrealty

http://www.coldwellbanker.hot/smithrealty
	 
	2.  	Additional Guidelines for Selection of Internet Addresses
When creating your Internet address, please carefully follow these
guidelines, which prohibit your use of certain words.
	 
	A.  	Do not create an Internet address which includes a city, state or
territorial identifier. Incorrect examples include, but are not limited
to:
	 
	   	http://www.coldwellbankervirginia.com

http://www.coldwellbankernj.com

http://www.coldwellbankermass.com

http://www.coldwellbankercwest.com

http://www.cbapplachia.com

http://www.cbtennessee1.com

http://www.cbnocal.com

40

 

INTERNET STANDARDS

	B.  	Do not create an Internet address which confuses your identity with
Coldwell Banker Real Estate Corporation or which is confusingly similar to
any of the trademarks, service marks or slogans owned by the Franchisor.
Incorrect examples include, but are not limited to:
	 
	   	http://www.coldwellbankerpersonalretriever.com

http://www.coldwellbankerconcierge.com

http://www.coldwellbankercompany.com

http://www.cbuniversity.com

http://www.coldwellbankeronline.com

http://www.coldwellbankerrealty.com
	 
	C.  	Do not create an Internet address which may lead to confusion as to the
identity of your COLDWELL BANKER® Franchise and/or other real estate
brokerage offices. Incorrect examples include, but are not limited to:
	 
	   	http://www.century21broker.com

http://www.realtornar.com

http://www.realtyisus.com

http://www.coldwellbankerprudential.com

http://www.cbremax.com

http://www.bobrealtor.com
	 
	D.  	Do not create an Internet address that references CB instead of COLDWELL
BANKER. Incorrect examples include, but are not limited to:
	 
	   	http://www.cbunrealty.com

http://www.cbsuperior.com

http://www.cbrealty.com.com

http://www.cbsmith&son.com

http://www.cbultimate.com

ONCE YOU OBTAIN AN INTERNET ADDRESS, PLEASE INFORM COLDWELL BANKER REAL ESTATE
CORPORATION OF THE EXACT CONFIGURATION OF THE INTERNET ADDRESS YOU HAVE SELECTED
BY SENDING A COPY OF YOUR ADDRESS TO:

	   	COLDWELL BANKER REAL ESTATE CORPORATION 

ATTN: DIRECTOR ELECTRONIC MARKETING

1 CAMPUS DRIVE PARSIPPANY, NJ 07054

GENERAL

Please remember, the Internet is just another medium in which the COLDWELL
BANKER Marks must be presented in a consistent manner. Additionally, all
communications on the Internet which include the Logo and/or Company Name must
include the Minimum Required Disclaimer, “Each Office Is Independently Owned And
Operated” or approved substitute for NRT offices. (See page four.)

Each Franchisee is solely responsible for the information and other content
which such Franchisee chooses to make available on COLDWELLBANKER.COM, any home
page or other online service. Accordingly, each Franchisee should consider
carefully what information and other content is permissible to be reproduced and
displayed in accordance with applicable trademark, copyright, patent and other
laws. In addition, each Franchisee must adhere to all restrictions (including
COLDWELL BANKER System restrictions and applicable local laws) governing the
accuracy and presentation of advertising and the promotion of its business on
the online services and the Internet.

41

 

SPECIAL MARKETS

REPRODUCTION OF THE MARKS: COLDWELL BANKER® Special Markets Guidelines

The following are basic guidelines for the application of the COLDWELL BANKER®
Special Markets Marks. This includes instructions on correct usage of the Marks
and color specifications.

The COLDWELL BANKER Special Markets consist of the following: New Homes,
University Markets, Military Markets and Vacation Homes. All of the logos in the
COLDWELL BANKER Special Markets section of this manual have the same
specifications, treatments and usage rules. To illustrate the various uses of
all of these logos within specific applications, the COLDWELL BANKER New Homes
logo will be shown.

THE CORRECT LOGO. The COLDWELL BANKER Special Markets Marks must be used exactly
as indicated in these guidelines. The proper Mark consists of a PMS 280
rectangular field with the words “COLDWELL BANKER,” The COLDWELL BANKER “bug”
design, the ruled line and the Special Markets category in a custom-designed
typestyle, in white letters. The Mark may be represented in blue or in black on
white.

It is essential that the correct color PMS 280 blue be used. Please see page 9
in the 6/01 Coldwell Banker Residential Identity Standards Manual for color
specifications.

The color blue is always the same. The shape, or aspect ratio (relationship of
height to width), of the blue field is always the same. The spacing and
placement of the words “COLDWELL BANKER,” Special Markets category and the
COLDWELL BANKER “bug” design are always the same within the blue field. The
color, the aspect ratio of the Mark and the relationships within the Mark shall
not be altered regardless of the application or the size of the Mark within the
application.

It is the uniqueness of each of these elements and the way they have been
assembled into a unit that give the COLDWELL BANKER Special Markets Marks their
distinctive character. In virtually all applications a minimum of 2 grid units
white space surrounds the blue field of the Mark and shall always be maintained.
(See page 8 in the 6/01 Coldwell Banker Residential Identity Standards Manual)

The “CB” design or “bug” shall NEVER be used by itself outside of the Mark, as
those letters are trademarked by another company.

     [COLDWELL BANKER NEW HOMES LOGO]

     [COLDWELL BANKER MILITARY MARKETS LOGO]

     [COLDWELL BANKER VACATION HOMES LOGO]

     [COLDWELL BANKER UNIVERSITY MARKETS LOGO]

     [COLDWELL BANKER NEW HOMES LOGO]

     COLDWELL BANKER

     SMITH REALTY

Note: Whenever using one of these logos, the COLDWELL BANKER name must preceed
your company name as illustrated.

42

 

SPECIAL MARKETS

Trademark Format With Your Company Name

TRADEMARK USE WITH YOUR COMPANY NAME. The COLDWELL BANKER® Special Markets
Trademarks are never to be used alone without your company name. Your company
name should be centered directly under the logo with a rule underneath as shown.
Downloadable versions of approved Coldwell Banker logos can be accessed through
the Links/Downloads section of CBNet at http://cbnet.coldwellbanker.com.

The words COLDWELL BANKER must preceed “your company name” when using any
Special Markets logo. Your company name or DBA is always typeset in BERKELEY
OLDSTYLE BOLD in all caps. Although it is recommended that Berkeley Oldstyle
Bold is used for printed materials, Times New Roman Bold may be substituted if
Berkeley Oldstyle Bold is not available. The length of each line cannot exceed
the width of the logo, and the complete company name cannot be more than three
lines.

     [COLDWELL BANKER NEW HOMES LOGO]

     COLDWELL BANKER

     SMITH REALTY

The COLDWELL BANKER New Homes logo is shown here AS an example of a coldwell
banker special markets logo. Any of the Special Markets logos can be substituted
for the COLDWELL BANKER New Homes logo shown here.

Many common items such as stationery, yard signs and personal promotion
literature can only be purchased with company-specific, imprinted information.
Certain other items such as postcards, mailers or ad shells must be
self-imprinted by the user or, when utilizing brochures or preprinted
presentation materials that offer a die cut feature for insertion of a business
card, you must avail yourself of this feature to ensure that your company name
is displayed in the document.

Your company name must be pre-approved by COLDWELL BANKER, should provide clear
identity and should never cause confusion with other offices or firms, or imply
national scope. For example:

	   	National Real Estate, Colorado Realty or United States Real Estate
Associates would be inappropriate and confusing when used as your company
name along with a COLDWELL BANKER Special Markets Trademark.

The Minimum Required Disclaimer line (see page four) must always appear in upper
and lower case Helvetica Regular type style each time your company name appears
in conjunction with the COLDWELL BANKER name or the Corporate Mark.

OUTSIDE OF THE UNITED STATES. It is suggested that your company name or DBA
should always include the words “Real Estate” or “Realty.”

EXTERIOR BUILDING SIGNS. For specifications contact your Director of Regional
Marketing.

43

 

SPECIAL MARKETS

REPRODUCTION OF THE MARKS: COLDWELL BANKER® Special Markets Logo Guidelines

TRADEMARKS REPRODUCTION. The COLDWELL BANKER® Special Markets Marks shall
always be reproduced photographically from a high quality reproduction proof
designed for that purpose. It shall never be drawn freehand. Downloadable
versions of approved COLDWELL BANKER logos can be accessed through the
Links/Downloads section of CBNet at http://cbnet.coldwellbanker.com.

For large scale reproduction of a COLDWELL BANKER Special Markets Trademark
(such as office building signs), strict adherence to proportionally sized
enlargements is required. The blue field must maintain a 1.0 to 2.233 ratio of
height to width.

The Scaling Grid below provides the correct space relationships for all elements
of the Mark. This Scaling Grid should be used as a guide for scaling the Mark
up or down in size and for verifying the correctness of reproductions.

In general, a minimum of two (2) Grid Units of space or air shall be maintained
around all four sides of the Mark except when specifically noted otherwise in
this Identity Manual.

When the Mark is used against a tinted background, a margin of white space
(minimum two (2) Grid Units) is required around all four sides. No copy or
graphic element shall be contained within this space.

[COLDWELL BANKERS NEW HOMES LOGO]

ASPECT RATIO

1.0 to 2.233 (30 Grid Units to 67 Grid Units).

A correct Mark is 30 Grid Units in height and 67 Grid Units in width. The
correctness of the aspect ratio may be verified by measuring the height of the
field and multiplying it by 2.233. The result should equal the width.

Letter height is 7 Grid Units, except the K, which is 8 1/2 Grid Units.

Special Markets Type height is a maximum of 4 Grid Units.

All measurements are in Grid Units.

The Scaling Grid provides the correct size and spacing relationships for all
elements of the Mark.

IMPORTANT NOTE: These displays are for demonstration only.

THE SCALING GRID SHOULD NEVER BE REPRODUCED AS PART OF THE MARK!

44

 

REPRODUCTION OF THE MARK

PROPER USAGE. By adhering to the proper usage, you can project a consistent
image of the COLDWELL BANKER® Special Markets Marks building our brand and a
higher level of awareness that will bring more customers through your door.
Please note the correct treatment of our logo.

	 	 	 	 	 
	WRONG	 	 	 	RIGHT
	[COLDWELL BANKER NEW HOMES LOGO]
COLDWELL BANKER SMITH REALTY
Each Office Is Independently
Owned And Operated.

	 	The Mark should be 100% PMS 280 blue or black for
the background with the letters in white, not
textured, highlighted, shaded or in some color or
effect.
	 	[COLDWELL BANKER NEW HOMES LOGO]
COLDWELL BANKER SMITH REALTY
Each Office Is Independently
Owned And Operated.
	 
	 	 	 	 
	[COLDWELL BANKER NEW HOMES LOGO]
COLDWELL BANKER SMITH REALTY
Each Office Is Independently
Owned And Operated.

	 	The Mark should be white type knocked out of PMS
280 blue or black.
	 	[COLDWELL BANKER NEW HOMES LOGO]
COLDWELL BANKER SMITH REALTY
Each Office Is Independently
Owned And Operated.
	 
	 	 	 	 
	[COLDWELL BANKER NEW HOMES LOGO]

	 	Never stretch or condense the Mark. The width
should equal 2.233 times the height.
	 	[COLDWELL BANKER NEW HOMES LOGO]
COLDWELL BANKER SMITH REALTY
Each Office Is Independently
Owned And Operated.
	 
	 	 	 	 
	[COLDWELL BANKER NEW HOMES LOGO]

	 	The Mark should be no smaller than 1” in width.
	 	[COLDWELL BANKER NEW HOMES LOGO]
COLDWELL BANKER SMITH REALTY
Each Office Is Independently
Owned And Operated.
	 
	 	 	 	 
	[COLDWELL BANKER NEW HOMES LOGO]
COLDWELL BANKER SMITH REALTY
Each Office Is Independently
Owned And Operated.

	 	Do not decorate the Mark.
	 	[COLDWELL BANKER NEW HOMES LOGO]
COLDWELL BANKER SMITH REALTY
Each Office Is Independently
Owned And Operated.
	 
	 	 	 	 
	[COLDWELL BANKER NEW HOMES LOGO]
COLDWELL BANKER SMITH REALTY
Each Office Is Independently
Owned And Operated.

	 	The Mark should not be placed on an angle.
	 	[COLDWELL BANKER NEW HOMES LOGO]
COLDWELL BANKER SMITH REALTY
Each Office Is Independently
Owned And Operated.
	 
	 	 	 	 
	[COLDWELL BANKER NEW HOMES LOGO]
COLDWELL BANKER SMITH REALTY
Each Office Is Independently
Owned And Operated.

	 	Use a white rule when putting the Mark against a
colored or textured background. Always maintain
the specified margin (2 grid units) of space
around all sides of the Mark.
	 	[COLDWELL BANKER NEW HOMES LOGO]
COLDWELL BANKER SMITH REALTY
Each Office Is Independently
Owned And Operated.
	 
	 	 	 	 
	[COLDWELL BANKER NEW HOMES LOGO]
COLDWELL BANKER SMITH REALTY
Each Office Is Independently
Owned And Operated.
EXCLUSIVE AGENT

	 	Copy should not be superimposed over the Mark.
	 	[COLDWELL BANKER NEW HOMES LOGO]
COLDWELL BANKER SMITH REALTY
Each Office Is Independently
Owned And Operated.

45

 

SPECIAL MARKETS

REPRODUCTION OF THE MARK: Proper Usage

	 	 	 	 	 
	WRONG	 	 	 	RIGHT
	[LOGO]

	 	The COLDWELL BANKER® “bug” design must be
contained in the approved Mark.
	 	[COLDWELL BANKER NEW HOMES LOGO]
COLDWELL BANKER SMITH REALTY
Each Office Is Independently
Owned And Operated.
	 
	 	 	 	 
	SMITH & SMITH

SMITH REALTY

[COLDWELL BANKER NEW HOMES LOGO]

	 	When using any of the COLDWELL BANKER Special
Markets logos, your DBA must be preceeded by
the words COLDWELL BANKER and placed directly
under the Mark, centered and not extended past
either edge of the blue field.
	 	[COLDWELL BANKER NEW HOMES LOGO]
COLDWELL BANKER SMITH REALTY
Each Office Is Independently
Owned And Operated.
	 
	 	 	 	 
	[COLDWELL BANKER NEW HOMES LOGO]
COLDWELL BANKER SMITH REALTY
Each Office Is Independently
Owned And Operated.

	 	Your DBA should be set in all caps in Berkeley
Oldstyle Bold or Times New Roman Bold typeface.
DBA and disclaimer should not exceed width of
Mark.
	 	[COLDWELL BANKER NEW HOMES LOGO]
COLDWELL BANKER SMITH REALTY
Each Office Is Independently
Owned And Operated.
	 
	 	 	 	 
	MARY SMITH
[COLDWELL BANKER NEW HOMES LOGO]
100 MAIN STREET
ANYTOWN, USA
(000) 123-4567
Each Office Is Independently
Owned And Operated.

	 	Your DBA is the only copy permitted directly
under the Mark and no copy may appear directly
over the Mark.
	 	[COLDWELL BANKER NEW HOMES LOGO]
COLDWELL BANKER SMITH REALTY
Each Office Is Independently
Owned And Operated.
	 
	 	 	 	 
	CALL SMITH & SMITH REALTY AT
(000) 123-4567

	 	The company name must be preceded by
“COLDWELL BANKER” (applies to both Mark and
text usage).
	 	Call COLDWELL BANKER Smith & Smith
Realty at (000) 123-4567
	 
	 	 	 	 
	[SEE THESE 40

COLDWELL BANKER OPEN HOUSES

NEW HOMES LOGO]

	 	The COLDWELL BANKER custom typeface and the
Special Markets custom typeface should not be
used in headlines or body copy.
	 	[COLDWELL BANKER NEW HOMES LOGO]
COLDWELL BANKER SMITH REALTY
Each Office Is Independently
Owned And Operated.
	 
	 	 	 	 
	PROMOTION AND SALES

[TOOLS FOR

COLDWELL

BANKER NEW HOMES LOGO]

COLDWELL BANKER SMITH REALTY

	 	Do not use the COLDWELL BANKER Special Markets
Marks as a copy element.
	 	PROMOTION AND SALES
TOOLS FOR COLDWELL
BANKER® SYSTEM

46

 

	 	 	 
	
	 	YOUR NAME

Title

Title
	 	 	 
	[COLDWELL BANKER NEW HOMES LOGO]
	 	123 MAIN STREET

CITY, ST 12345-6789
	 	 	 
	COLDWELL BANKER

SMITH & SMITH &

SMITH REALTY
	 	BUS (000) 123-4567

FAX (000)123-4567

DIRECT (000) 123-4567

CELL (000)123-4567

yourname@coldwellbanker.com

LETTERHEAD (STANDARD)

SIZE. 81/2” x 11”.

PAPER. Neenah Bond 25% cotton fiber, cockle finish, White, Sub. 20 or the
equivalent in finish, color and weight.

TRADEMARK SIZE. 1.737” x .794”, lithographed in COLDWELL BANKER® Blue ink (PMS
280). See page 9 for color specifications.

YOUR COMPANY NAME. 13 pt. Berkeley Bold, all upper case, positioned below and
centered under the logo using one to three lines not extending past right side
of mark. Lithographed in black ink. The .5 pt. ruled line is black and is 3/64”
from the baseline of your DBA.

YOUR NAME. 9 pt. Berkeley Bold, 9 pt. leading, all upper case, lithographed in
black ink, positioned flush right above the rule.

YOUR TITLE. 8 pt. Berkeley Medium, 9 pt. leading, upper and lower case,
lithographed in black ink, positioned flush right above the rule.

YOUR COMPANY ADDRESS. 8 pt. Berkeley Medium, 8.7 pt. leading, all upper case,
lithographed in black ink. Position flush right, with the right edge of the
horizontal rule, as shown in the illustration.

YOUR PHONE NUMBERS. 8 pt. Berkeley Medium, 8.7 pt. leading, all upper case,
lithographed in black ink. Position flush right, with the right edge of the
horizontal rule, as shown in the illustration.

YOUR EMAIL ADDRESS. 8 pt. Berkeley Medium, 8.7 pt. leading, all lower case,
lithographed in black ink. Position flush right, with the right edge of the
horizontal rule, as shown in the illustration.

REQUIRED DISCLAIMER. The Minimum Required Disclaimer, as shown on page four,
must be positioned at the bottom of the letterhead, centered, in 9 pt. Helvetica
Light Condensed, upper and lower case, lithographed in black ink.

APPROVED SYMBOLS. The Realtor®Mark, MLS Mark, or a combination of
Realtor®/MLS Mark may be positioned in the lower right corner, lithographed in
black ink. An award symbol is optional for those who qualify.

[COLDWELL BANKER NEW HOMES LOGO]

COLDWELL BANKER

SMITH & SMITH &

SMITH REALTY

YOUR NAME

123 MAIN STREET

CITY, ST 12345

ENVELOPE (STANDARD)

SIZE. No. 10. 4 1/8” x 9 1/2”.

PAPER. Neenah Bond 25% cotton fiber, cockle finish, White, Sub. 20 or the
equivalent in finish, color and weight.

TRADEMARK SIZE. 1.371” x .618” lithographed in COLDWELL BANKER PMS
280 (blue ink).

YOUR COMPANY NAME. 10 pt. Berkeley Bold, all upper case, position below and
centered with logo using one to three lines not extending past right side of
Mark. Lithographed in black ink. The .5 pt. ruled line is black and is 3/64”
from the baseline of your DBA.

YOUR NAME. 6.5 pt. Berkeley Bold, all upper case, lithographed in black ink,
positioned flush left below the logo.

YOUR COMPANY ADDRESS. 6.5 pt. Berkeley Medium, all upper case, lithographed in
black ink, positioned flush left below the logo.

Each Office Is Independently Owned And Operated

[MLS LOGO]

47

 

SPECIAL MARKETS

COLDWELL BANKER ® Standard Logo Business Card Without Photo

The example shown illustrates the approved format for business cards. These
items may be ordered from Merrill Corporation.

BUSINESS CARD — WITHOUT PHOTO

MASTER FORMAT. A master format is provided for those items that are consistent
for all non-photo business cards. Printing may only appear on one side of the
card.

TRADEMARK. Use exactly as shown on Master Format.

SIZE. 3 1/2” X 2”.

PAPER. Productolith Cover, 100 lb. or the equivalent in finish, color and
weight.

INDIVIDUAL NAME. 9 pt. Berkeley Oldstyle Black, all upper case.

INDIVIDUAL TITLE. 7.5 pt. Berkeley Oldstyle Medium, upper and lower case.

PROFESSIONAL DESIGNATION. 9 pt. Berkeley Oldstyle Bold, all upper case following
the individual name and separated from the name by a comma and a space. The
following designations may be used by those persons entitled to use them: GRI,
CPM, CCIM, CRS, CCPS, CRB, MAI, CRP and AMO.

INDIVIDUAL PHONE NUMBERS.

8 pt Berkeley Oldstyle Black, all upper case.

INDIVIDUAL EMAIL ADDRESSES.

8 pt. Berkeley Oldstyle Medium, lower case.

YOUR COMPANY NAME. 10 pt. Berkeley Oldstyle Bold, all upper case. Centered under
the logo using up to three lines of type and not to extend beyond either edge of
the Mark.

YOUR COMPANY ADDRESS. 7 pt. Berkeley Oldstyle Medium, all upper case. Position
below and flush with the left edge of the lower ruled line as illustrated.

YOUR COMPANY WEB SITE ADDRESS. 7.5 pt. Berkeley Oldstyle Black, lower case.
Position below and flush with the left edge of the Company Address.

APPROVED MARKS OF OTHERS. The Realtor® Mark, MLS Mark, or a combination of
Realtor®/MLS Mark may be positioned in the lower left corner. An award symbol
is optional for those who qualify. Symbols, insignias or Marks that are
unrelated to the real estate profession are prohibited. There is a limit of
three symbols on non-photo cards.

REQUIRED DISCLAIMER. The Minimum Required Disclaimer as shown on page four must
appear at the bottom of the card, positioned flush left with the left edge of
the ruling in 5 pt. Helvetica Regular, upper and lower case.

INK COLORS. Print COLDWELL BANKER® PMS 280 Blue and black. COLDWELL BANKER
Blue is used for the COLDWELL BANKER Mark and the two ruled lines running
horizontally across the length of the business card. All else prints black. (See
page 9 for color specifications.)

MASTER FORMAT — POSITIONING AND TYPE SPECS

[PICTURE]

	 	 	 
	Individuals Name.

	 	9 pt. BerkOldsty Blk
	Professional Designation.

	 	9 pt. BerkOldsty Bd
	2 Titles.

	 	7.5 pt. BerkOldsty Md
	3 Titles.

	 	5.5 pt. BerkOldsty Mdlt
	Phones.

	 	8 pt. BerkOldsty Blk
	Individual’s Email.

	 	8 pt. BerkOldsty Md
	Company Name.

	 	10 pt. BerkOldsty Bd
	Address

	 	7 pt. BerkOldsty Md
	Website.

	 	7.5 pt. BerkOldsty Blk
	Disclaimer.

	 	5 pt. Helvetica

48

 

COLDWELL BANKER MORTGAGE

REPRODUCTION OF THE MARK: COLDWELL BANKER® Mortgage Guidelines

The following are basic guidelines for the application of the COLDWELL BANKER®
Mortgage Mark. This includes instructions on correct usage of the Mark and color
specifications.

THE CORRECT LOGO. The COLDWELL BANKER Mortgage Mark must be used exactly as
indicated in these guidelines. The proper Mark consists of a PMS 280 rectangular
field with the words “COLDWELL BANKER”. The COLDWELL BANKER “bug” design, and
the word “Mortgage” in a custom-designed typestyle, in white letters. The Mark
may be represented in blue or in black on white.

It is essential that the correct color blue be used. Please see page 9 for color
specifications.

The color blue (PMS 280) is always the same. The shape, or aspect ratio
(relationship of height to width), of the blue field is always the same. The
spacing and placement of the words “COLDWELL BANKER MORTGAGE” and the COLDWELL
BANKER “bug” are always the same within the blue field. The color, the aspect
ratio of the Mark and the relationships within the Mark shall not be altered
regardless of the application or the size of the Mark within the application.

In virtually all applications a minimum of white space surrounds the blue field
of the Mark and shall always be maintained.

In certain reigions of the country, COLDWELL BANKER offices identify this
mortgage as Cendant Mortgage. In those cases please contact Cendant Mortgage for
proper logo specifications.

THE COLDWELL BANKER “BUG” DESIGN SHALL NEVER BE USED BY ITSELF OUTSIDE OF THE
MARK, AS THOSE LETTERS ARE THE TRADEMARK OF ANOTHER COMPANY.

TRADEMARK USE WITH YOUR COMPANY NAME. The COLDWELL BANKER MORTGAGE Mark is
intended for use by those affiliates who have formed a relationship with Cendant
Mortgage to offer and promote residential mortgage services to consumers. Since
these services are, in fact, provided by Cendant Mortgage and not the COLDWELL
BANKER Affiliate, the positioning of an affiliate company name or DBA directly
under the logo is not permitted. The COLDWELL BANKER MORTGAGE Mark must stand
alone in all advertising and promotional materials. However, it is permitted
(and recommended) to use the standard COLDWELL BANKER Mark together with an
affiliate company name or DBA elsewhere in the document or advertisement.

REQUIRED DISCLOSURE. Cendant Mortgage utilizes a standard disclaimer in all of
its promotional materials and it is automatically included. When creating new
materials that include the COLDWELL BANKER MORTGAGE Mark at the local level, you
must include the required disclaimer. Contact Cendant Mortgage for exact
disclaimer language and prior copy approval.

LOGO USAGE IS NOT PERMITTED WITHOUT PRIOR APPROVAL OF THE MARKETING PIECE FROM
COLDWELL BANKER MORTGAGE’S MARKETING AND LEGAL DEPARTMENTS. PLEASE CONTACT
COLDWELL BANKER MORTGAGE’S CREATIVE MANAGER, CHRISTIAN BLASBERG, AT
856-917-9337, OR EMAIL TO CHRISTIANVONN.BLASBERG@MORTGAGEFAMILY.COM FOR
INSTRUCTIONS ON SUBMITTING MATERIALS FOR APPROVAL.

MORTGAGE LOGO

[COLDWELL BANKER MORTGAGE LOGO]

49

 

COLDWELL BANKER MORTGAGE

REPRODUCTION OF THE MARK: COLDWELL BANKER® Mortgage Logo Guidelines

TRADEMARK REPRODUCTION. The COLDWELL BANKER® Mortgage Mark shall always be
reproduced photographically from a high-quality reproduction proof designed for
that purpose. It shall never be drawn freehand.

For large scale reproductions of a COLDWELL BANKER Mortgage Trademark (such as
office building signs), strict adherence to proportionally sized enlargements is
required. The blue field must maintain a 1.0 to 2.233 ratio of height to width.

The Scaling Grid below provides the correct space relationships for all elements
of the Mark. This Scaling Grid should be used as a guide for scaling the Mark up
or down in size and for verifying the correctness of reproductions.

In general, a minimum of two (2) Grid Units of space or air shall be maintained
around all four sides of the Mark except when specifically noted otherwise in
this Identity Manual.

When the Mark is used against a tinted background, a margin of white space
(minimum two (2) Grid Units) is required around all four sides. No copy or
graphic element shall be contained within this space.

[COLDWELL BANKER MORTGAGE LOGO]

ASPECT RATIO

1.0 to 2.233 (30 Grid Units to 67 Grid Units).

A correct Mark is 30 Grid Units in height and 67 Grid Units in width. The
correctness of the aspect ratio may be verified by measuring the height of the
field and multiplying it by 2.233. The result should equal the width.

Letter height is 7 Grid Units, except the K, which is 8 1/2 Grid Units.

Mortgage Type height is 4 Grid Units.

All measurements are in Grid Units.

The Scaling Grid provides the correct size and spacing relationships for all
elements of the Mark.

IMPORTANT NOTE: These displays are for demonstration only.

THE SCALING GRID SHOULD NEVER BE REPRODUCED AS PART OF THE MARK!

50

 

REPRODUCTION OF THE MARK

COLDWELL BANKER PREVIEWS INTERNATIONAL® Program Logo Guidelines

The following are basic graphic guidelines for the application of the COLDWELL
BANKER PREVIEWS INTERNATIONAL® program logo. This includes instructions on
correct usage of the logo and color specifications. These elements are the heart
of the COLDWELL BANKER PREVIEWS INTERNATIONAL Program identity, and correct and
consistent applications are essential. Inconsistent use jeopardizes our legal
right to exclusive use of the logo.

THE CORRECT LOGO. The COLDWELL BANKER PREVIEWS INTERNATIONAL program logo must
be used exactly as indicated in these guidelines. It is the uniqueness of each
element of the logo, and the way it has been assembled into a unit, that gives
the COLDWELL BANKER PREVIEWS INTERNATIONAL logo its distinctive character.

OPTIONAL LOGO USAGE. In special instances such as folders, the COLDWELL BANKER
PREVIEWS INTERNATIONAL logo can print in white with gray (PMS Cool Gray #5) on
rules and dingbats without the oval only if it is reversed out on a blue (PMS
280) background.

FOR PRINT APPLICATIONS. The mark consists of an oval background with the words
“COLDWELL BANKER PREVIEWS INTERNATIONAL” reversed out in white letters. PMS 280
is to be used for the Blue oval, the type is knocked out in white and the bars,
outer oval and dingbats print in Cool Gray #5.

The relationship of height to width of the logo is always the same. The size,
spacing and placement of the words and oval are always in the same relationship
within the oval. The color and the relationships within the logo shall not be
altered regardless of the application or the size of the logo within the
application.

The “Previews” lettering shall never be used by itself outside of the logo. The
words “International” and “COLDWELL BANKER” are always included in the logo as
one unit.

[COLDWELL BANKER PREVIEWS INTERNATIONAL LOGO]

The correct Previews Mark to be used on all

applications except stationery.

[COLDWELL BANKER PREVIEWS INTERNATIONAL LOGO]

The Correct Previews Mark For Yard Signs Only.

[COLDWELL BANKER PREVIEWS INTERNATIONAL® LOGO]

The Correct Previews Mark to be used on all

stationery and special applications.

51

 

REPRODUCTION

Color Specifications for COLDWELL BANKER PREVIEWS INTERNATIONAL® Program Logo

REPRODUCTION. The COLDWELL BANKER PREVIEWS INTERNATIONAL® logo shall always be
reproduced photographically from a high quality reproduction proof, an approved
computer disk or film designed for that purpose. It shall never be drawn
free-hand, or recreated via any computer graphics programs.

When the logo is used against a non-white background, or printed against a
photograph, the background or photo should not show through the letters in the
COLDWELL BANKER PREVIEWS INTERNATIONAL type of the logo. It is important to
always have a white border around the logo to separate it from the background.

The exceptions to this are when the logo is printed on white stock.

In general, when the logo is used against a background other than white, a
margin of white space shall be maintained around all of the logo. No copy or
graphic element shall be contained within this space.

[COLDWELL BANKER PREVIEWS INTERNATIONAL® LOGO]

Shown in PMS 280 and Cool Gray #5

SIZE. There are two logo sizes: the large version is for logo applications
larger than 2 1/2” in width. The small version is for applications of logos 1”
to 2 1/2"' in width. In order to protect visual clarity, the logo should never
be reproduced smaller than 1” in width.

TRADEMARK USE WITH YOUR COMPANY NAME. When electing to use the COLDWELL BANKER
PREVIEWS INTERNATIONAL Trademark in advertising, property flyers, personal
promotion literature or other print applications, you must include your complete
company name (Coldwell Banker Smith & Smith Realty) somewhere on the document.
It is NOT mandatory to place your DBA close to the COLDWELL BANKER PREVIEWS
INTERNATIONAL Mark but it must be prominently positioned.

[COLDWELL BANKER PREVIEWS INTERNATIONAL LOGO]

IMPORTANT NOTE: SOME STATE LAWS REQUIRE THE TYPE OR SIZE OR PROMINENCE OF THE
SALES ASSOCIATE’S NAME IN ADVERTISING MUST BE SMALLER THAN THAT TYPE OF THE
OFFICE NAME. IN THOSE STATES, FRANCHISEES SHOULD WORK WITH THEIR WITH THEIR
AFFILIATE SERVICE MANAGER AND APPROVED SUPPLIERS TO ADAPT THE SPECS RELATED TO
THE SIZE OF THESE TWO ELEMENTS IN ORDER TO COMPLY WITH THOSE LAWS.

COLOR SPECIFICATIONS FOR PRINT. It is always preferable to show the logo in
color, as it was designed to be used in a 2-color format. The words “COLDWELL
BANKER PREVIEWS INTERNATIONAL” should always be printed in white. The rules
and dingbats always print in Cool Gray #5, and background oval in PMS 280.

The blue and gray colors represented in these guidelines are not intended to
match the PANTONE® Color Standard. For PANTONE® Color Standard, refer to the
current editions of the PANTONE® Color Publications.

ONE-COLOR (B/W) USES: When printing in one color, for print media or internal
documents, the logo can be printed in black and white.

4/C PROCESS: When specifying four-color printed work (magazine ads and
brochures), it may be desirable, for cost reasons, to use standard AAAA process
colors rather than a matched PANTONE® color for the logo. Here is further
information on process colors:

When printing on either enamel coated or uncoated paper stocks, PANTONE® 280
blue can be approximated by specifying 100% cyan, combined with 72% magenta and
18% black. PANTONE® Cool Gray #5 can be approximated by specifying 34%
standard AAAA black. PMS 280 and Cool Gray #5 colors should always be matched as
closely as possible.

PAINT. Specify that paint be mixed to match PANTONE® 280 blue and Cool Gray #5
precisely.

COLOR SPECIFICATIONS FOR EMBROIDERY. The words “COLDWELL BANKER PREVIEWS
INTERNATIONAL® and the ® symbol should be embroidered in white thread. The
rules and dingbats should be stitched in gray to match PMS Cool Gray #5 and oval
in blue thread to match PMS 280 precisely.

EXTERIOR BUILDING SIGNS. USE of the COLDWELL BANKER PREVIEWS INTERNATIONAL®
Building Sign requires prior permission from the Director of Special Markets,
Coldwell Banker Real Estate Corporation.

* PANTONE® is a registered trademark of pantone Inc.

52

 

REPRODUCTION

Improper Uses of COLDWELL BANKER PREVIEWS INTERNATIONAL® Program Logo

THE FOLLOWING ARE EXAMPLES OF IMPROPER USES AND TECHNIQUES THAT VIOLATE PROPER
REPRODUCTION OF THE LOGO:

	 	 	 
	DO NOT DO ANY OF THE FOLLOWING!

	 	DO NOT use the stylized word “Previews” by itself.
	 
	 	 
	DO NOT alter the relative size of the elements within the logo.

	 	PREVIEWS
	 
	 	 
	[COLDWELL BANKER PREVIEWS INTERNATIONAL LOGO]

	 	DO NOT reverse the colors of the logo.
	 
	 	 
	DO NOT reduce the logo smaller than 1” in width. It will not reproduce
satisfactorily.

	 	[COLDWELL BANKER PREVIEWS INTERNATIONAL LOGO]
DO NOT use the logo without the word “International”.
	 
	 	 
	[COLDWELL BANKER PREVIEWS INTERNATIONAL LOGO]
DO NOT convert any part of the logo to lines or other screen patterns.
Always print the logo in solid ink.

	 	[COLDWELL BANKER PREVIEWS LOGO]
DO NOT use the logo without the words “COLDWELL BANKER”.
	 
	 	 
	[COLDWELL BANKER PREVIEWS INTERNATIONAL LOGO]

	 	[PREVIEWS INTERNATIONAL LOGO]
	 
	 	 
	DO NOT place the logo at an angle.
[COLDWELL BANKER PREVIEWS INTERNATIONAL LOGO]

	 	DO NOT reproduce the logo with other than a blue
(PMS 280) background.
[COLDWELL BANKER PREVIEWS INTERNATIONAL LOGO]
	 
	 	 
	DO NOT superimpose on or affix anything to the logo which will cover
up any portion of it.

	 	DO NOT use any other copy in conjunction with the logo.
	 
	 	 
	[COLDWELL BANKER PREVIEWS INTERNATIONAL LOGO]

	 	[COLDWELL BANKER PREVIEWS INTERNATIONAL LOGO]

Fine Real Estate Properties

53

 

BUSINESS CARDS

COLDWELL BANKER PREVIEWS INTERNATIONAL® Standard Business Cards

BUSINESS CARD — STANDARD

MASTER FORMAT. A master format is provided for those items that are consistent
for all non-photo business cards. Printing may only appear on one side of the
card.

TRADEMARK. Use exactly as shown on Master format.

SIZE 3 1/2” x 2”. For

Standard Business card.

PAPER. Sundance.

INDIVIDUAL NAME. 10 pt. Berkeley Bold, Track 10, caps and small caps.

INDIVIDUAL PHONE NUMBERS. 7 pt. Berkeley Book, upper and lower case.

PROFESSIONAL DESIGNATION. 7 pt. Berkeley Book, upper and lower case.
Professional designations such as GRI, CPM, CCPS, CCIM, ARM, ALC, CRE, CRS, CRB,
CRP and AMO may be used by those persons entitled to use them.

INDIVIDUAL TITLE. 8 pt. Berkeley Book, Track 10, caps and small caps.

INDIVIDUAL EMAIL. 5 pt. Berkeley Book, all lower case.

YOUR COMPANY NAME. 8 pt. Berkeley Bold, Track 10, caps and small caps.

YOUR COMPANY ADDRESS. 7 pt. Berkeley Book, Track 10, upper and lower case. Your
company address always follows your company name.

APPROVED MARKS OF OTHERS. The Realtor® Mark, MLS Mark, combination of
Realtor®/MLS mark or local Board symbol may be positioned along the bottom
left corner. An award symbol is optional for those who qualify. Symbols or
insignias that are unrelated to the real estate profession are prohibited. There
is a limit of two symbols on COLDWELL BANKER PREVIEWS INTERNATIONAL® cards.

REQUIRED DISCLAIMER. The Minimum Required Disclaimer line, as indicated below,
must always appear at the bottom of the card, positioned in center, in 5 pt.
Berkeley Book, upper and lower case. The disclaimer for the Affilate version
must read: Each Office Is Independently Owned And Operated. The disclaimer for
the NRT version must read: Owned And Operated By NRT, Inc.

INK COLORS. Print COLDWELL BANKER PREVIEWS INTERNATIONAL®, in PMS 280 Blue,
and the rules and dingbats in Cool Gray #5.

MASTER FORMAT — POSITIONING AND TYPE SPECS

[COLDWELL BANKER PREVIEWS PICTURE]

54

 

LETTERHEAD

COLDWELL BANKER PREVIEWS INTERNATIONAL® Standard Letterhead

SIZE. 8 1/2“x 11”.

PAPER. Sundance.

TRADEMARK SIZE. 1 1/2” x 1 1/4”, lithographed in COLDWELL BANKER® Blue ink
(PMS 280) with Gray (PMS Cool Gray #5).

YOUR COMPANY NAME. 8 pt. Berkeley Bold, caps and small caps, Track 10 centered.
Lithographed in Blue (PMS 280).

YOUR COMPANY ADDRESS. 7 pt. Berkeley Book, upper and lower case. Lithographed in
Blue (PMS 280).

PROFESSIONAL DESIGNATION. 7 pt. Berkeley Book, upper and lower case.
Professional designations such as GRI, CPM, CCPS, CCIM, ARM, ALC, CRE, CRS, CRB,
CRP, MAI and AMO may be used by those persons entitled to use them.

APPROVED MARKS OF OTHERS. The Realtor® Mark, MLS Mark or a combination of
Realtor®/MLS mark may be positioned in the lower right corner, lithographed in
black ink. An award symbol is optional for those who qualify. See the Merrill
Corporation Catalog. Symbols or insignias that are unrelated to the real estate
profession are prohibited.

[PICTURE]

55

 

ENVELOPE

COLDWELL BANKER PREVIEWS INTERNATIONAL® Standard Envelope

SIZE. No. 10.4 1/8” x 9 1/2”

PAPER. Sundance.

TRADEMARK SIZE. 1 5/16” x 1 1/8”, lithographed in
COLDWELL BANKER Blue (PMS 280) ink with Gray (PMS cool Gray #5).

YOUR COMPANY NAME. 8 pt. Berkeley Bold, Track 10, caps and small caps. Center on
back flap as shown on one line.

YOUR COMPANY ADDRESS. 7 Pt. Berkeley Book, upper and lower case following
the company name on the same line centered on back flap.

[PICTURE]

56

 

YARD SIGNS

COLDWELL BANKER PREVIEWS INTERNATIONAL® Logo

YARD SIGNS. The examples shown illustrate the approved colors and formats for
COLDWELL BANKER PREVIEWS INTERNATIONAL® residential yard signs. The color blue
to be used is PMS 280, and all type and rules in the oval are white.

The standard post version is 24 inches wide. The premium post version is 30
inches wide.

YOUR COMPANY NAME. Your company name is to appear in Berkeley Oldstyle Black
typestyle as shown, reproduced in blue (PMS 280) and positioned on the sign
rider, or main panel respectively, as shown. The Coldwell Banker Previews
International rider provides space for display of your company name and, if
desired, the Sales Associate’s name and phone number.

IMPORTANT NOTE: SOME STATE LAWS REQUIRE THE TYPE OR SIZE OR PROMINENCE OF THE
SALES ASSOCIATE’S NAME IN ADVERTISING MUST BE SMALLER THAN THAT TYPE OF THE
OFFICE NAME. IN THOSE STATES, FRANCHISEES SHOULD WORK WITH THEIR WITH THEIR
AFFILIATE SERVICE MANAGER AND APPROVED SUPPLIERS TO ADAPT THE SPECS RELATED TO
THE SIZE OF THESE TWO ELEMENTS IN ORDER TO COMPLY WTH THOSE LAWS.

REQUIRED DISCLAIMER. The Minimum Required Disclaimer line, as indicated below,
must always appear on the lower portion of the sign rider or main panel
respectively, in Berkeley Oldstyle Bold caps and lower case. The disclaimer for
the Affiliate version must read: Each Office Is Independently Owned And
Operated. The disclaimer for the NRT version must read: Owned And Operated By
NRT Incorporated.

NOTE: No symbols, slogans or other verbiage is to appear on yard signs except
where required by local laws. Any variations from the above specifications must
be submitted to your Regional Office in writing for approval by the Coldwell
Banker Real Estate Corporation Marketing Department. Outside of the United
States, contact the International Services Director at the Corporate Office.

	 	 	 
	[PICTURE]

Two Piece

With Rider
	 	[PICTURE]

One Piece

57

 

YARD SIGNS

COLDWELL BANKER PREVIEWS INTERNATIONAL® Standard Post — Two Piece

[PICTURE]

NOTE: If your DBA extends beyond the amount of lines of copy indicated on the
sign rider above, you will need to add 1” for each additional line to the height
of the sign rider.

* Dimensions are in inches.

58

 

YARD SIGNS

COLDWELL BANKER PREVIEWS INTERNATIONAL® Premium Post — Two Piece

[PICTURE]

NOTE If your DBA extends beyond the amount of lines of copy indicated on the
sign rider above, you will need to add 1” for each additional line to the height
of the sign rider.

	*	 	Dimensions are in inches.

59

 

YARD SIGNS

COLDWELL BANKER PREVIEWS INTERNATIONAL® Standard Post — One Piece

[PICTURE]

	*	 	Dimensions are in inches.

60

 

YARD SIGNS

COLDWELL BANKER PREVIEWS INTERNATIONAL® Premium Post — One Piece

[PICTURE]

	*	 	Dimensions are in inches.

61

 

YARD SIGNS

COLDWELL BANKER PREVIEWS INTERNATIONAL®

DBA Samples for 2, 3 line and non-agent DBAs.

	 	 	 	 	 
	[PICTURE]

2 LINE DBA STYLE
	 	[PICTURE]

3 LINE DBA STYLE
	 	[PICTURE]

1 LINE DBA

WITHOUT AGENT NAME
	 	 	 	 	 
	
	 	ONE PIECE	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 
	[PICTURE]

2 LINE DBA STYLE
	 	[PICTURE]

3 LINE DBA STYLE
	 	[PICTURE]

1 LINE DBA

WITHOUT AGENT NAME
	 	 	 	 	 
	
	 	TWO PIECE	 	 

62

 

ADVERTISING

Guidelines

It’s easy to make sure you’re using the COLDWELL BANKER® Corporate Identity to
your best advantage. These are the basic components that make up the COLDWELL
BANKER Corporate Identity:

AFFILIATE

	 	 	 
	The COLDWELL BANKER Mark.

	 	[COLDWELL BANKER LOGO]
	 
	 	 
	Affiliate DBA.

	 	SMITH & SMITH

SMITH & SMITH

& SMITH REALITY
	 
	 	 
	Minimum Required Disclaimer.

	 	Each Office Is Independently
Owned And Operated.
	 
	 	 
	NRT INCORPORATED
	 	 
	 
	 	 
	The COLDWELL BANKER Mark.

	 	[COLDWELL BANKER LOGO]
	 
	 	 
	NRT DBA (or approved substitute).

	 	RESIDENTIAL BROKERAGE
	 
	 	 
	Minimum Required Disclaimer.

	 	Owned And Operated by

NRT Incorporated

When advertising or communicating with the public, usage of the mark must
conform to the following guidelines:

	1.  	All logo formats in this identity section must be used as they are shown. No
logo may be less than 5/8” wide.
	 
	2.  	The Mark should be reproduced for external use in only COLDWELL BANKER Blue
(100% PMS 280). If this is not possible the entire Mark should be reproduced
in black.
	 
	3.  	The Mark should always appear in the bottom right-hand corner of a printed
piece or ad.

[PICTURE]

63

 

ADVERTISING

Display Ads, Logo Component Specifications

In The United States

Recommended Formats:

The following are recommended formats for the Corporate Mark. Please
follow the correct styles outlined below.

[PICTURE]

Outside The United States:

Use the recommended formats above, or choose one of the following:

	 	 	 
	[PICTURE]
	 	[PICTURE]

64

 

ADVERTISING

Homes Magazine and Classified Scatter Ads Logo Component Specifications

HOMES MAGAZINE

The following formats can be used to maximize the size of the Corporate Mark
when using banner headings. Maximum copy length of affiliate DBA is not to
exceed length of the Mark. The maximum height of the letters for the affiliate
DBA is to be equal to the letter height of letters of Coldwell Banker in the
Mark. THE FORMATS MAY NOT BE ALTERED OR MODIFIED IN ANY WAY.

ONE-LINE DBA

[PICTURE]

TWO-LINE DBA

[PICTURE]

THREE-LINE DBA

[PICTURE]

SCATTER ADS

TRADEMARK PERMITTED

In all classified advertising where the publication permits company Trademarks,
the appropriate format shall be used, as large as space and dollars allow.
Classified ad costs may be contained by putting more than one property targeted
to the same audience in each ad.

The Minimum Required Disclaimer, as shown on page four, must always appear to
give your office the proper identification. The examples below show the U.S.
disclaimer.

The Mark should never be less than 1” inch wide.

	 	 	 
	ONE COLUMN
	 	TWO COLUMN
	[PICTURE]
	 	[PICTURE]

TRADEMARKS NOT PERMITTED

In a classified section that prohibits company Trademarks, the name “COLDWELL
BANKER” should be set in bold, all caps, in a style as similar to Helvetica
Medium as possible.

The Minimum Required Disclaimer, as shown on page four, must always appear,
giving your office proper identification as shown.

	 	 	 
	ONE COLUMN
	 	TWO COLUMN
	[PICTURE]
	 	[PICTURE]

PLEASE SEE YOUR AD KIT ON CBNET

FOR CAMERA-READY MARKS.

Go to http://cbnet.coldwellbanker.com

65

 

ADVERTISING

Equal Housing Opportunity Slogan, Logo and Statement

Please note that all advertising for the sale, rental or financing of
residential real estate should contain the Equal Housing slogan, logo or
statement.** These indicate to the public that the property is available to
anyone, regardless of race, color, religion, sex, familial status, handicap or
national origin.

To convey a clear message of Equal Housing Opportunity and to ensure compliance
with the law, the slogan, logo or statement must be included in all advertising
and marketing materials, brochures, billboards, etc. The slogan, logo or
statement should also be used in all materials promoting and announcing the
achievements of an individual Sales Associate or COLDWELL BANKER® office.

SLOGAN: Equal Housing Opportunity.

The slogan is used in ads under four column inches. The slogan may never be
abbreviated to EHO. Ads under four column inches are not required to use the
slogan if they are grouped with other ads under a Publisher’s notice, as in the
classified section of your newspaper. This also applies to use in Buyer’s
Guides.

LOGO: House Symbol [LOGO]

The logo consists of the symbol and the slogan. The symbol may not be used
alone.

The logo is used in ads of four column inches or more. The logo should be
clearly visible and legible. When other logos are used in display ads, the
federal regulations suggest that the Equal Housing Opportunity logo be of a size
at least equal to the largest of the other logos.

FEDERAL REGULATIONS suggest the following guidelines for including the logo in
ads of four column inches or more:

	 	 	 
	Size of Ad	 	Size of Logo
	1/2 page or larger

	 	2” x 2”
	1/8 page to 1/2 page

	 	1” x 1”
	4 column inches to 1/8 page

	 	1/2” x 1/2”

The full Equal Housing Opportunity statement should read as follows:

An Equal Opportunity Company. [LOGO] Equal Housing Opportunity.

	**	 	Franchisees outside of the U.S. are not required to use the slogan or logo.

66

 

ADVERTISING

Positioning Statement and Style Guidelines

Refer to the statement below when creating advertising materials. Our goal is to
convey a uniform brand image by conveying this philosophy in all of our
communications.

Coldwell Banker Real Estate Corporation is the champion for upscale buyers and
sellers. Only the COLDWELL BANKER®System can respond to all needs arising
from your change in circumstance. We have the experience and expertise to guide
you to the most advantageous and best outcome.

Style Guidelines

ONE WORD OR TWO?

Coldwell Banker ascribes to guidelines outlined in Elements of Style and the
industry-specific usage below to determine whether two words become one, are
hyphenated or remain two separate words:

	•  	HomeBuyer when describing COLDWELL BANKER® Buyer Services products or
elements (i.e., HomeBuyer Guidebook).
	 
	•  	home buyer
	 
	•  	home seller
	 
	•  	homeowner
	 
	•  	homeownership
	 
	•  	downpayment

SELL A HOUSE, BUY A HOME. Example headlines:

	   	Thinking of selling your house?

Thinking of buying a home?

SALES ASSOCIATES, NOT AGENTS. We prefer to use the words Sales Associates, not
agents. However, in Canada, the term Sales Representative is more appropriate.
The words “Sales Associates” or “Sales Representatives” should always be in
initial caps.

OPEN HOUSE. The words “Open House” should always be in initial caps.

CORRECT STYLE FOR REALTOR®. The following guidelines have been established by
the National Association of Realtors® (NAR). For more information, please see
the NAR Membership Marks Manual.

The ® symbol should always follow the word Realtors® when used in the name
of a company, such as Golden State, Realtors®. A comma should always precede
Realtors® in a company name. A real estate company can use Realtors® in its
name only if it is a member of NAR and subscribes to its Code of Ethics.

If Realtor® is used in ad copy, the ® symbol should be used when Realtor®
follows a person’s name. According to AP style, a ® should not be used after
Realtor® when it follows a person’s name in body copy. In all usages, the
first letter R of Realtor is uppercase. This upper/lowercase style is preferred
by Coldwell Banker Real Estate Corporation. However, if the ® symbol is not
available in your software packet, use the all-capital form, REALTOR.

When the terms Realtor®, Realtors® and Realtor-Associate® are used in
pamphlets, newsletters or other written text, the ®symbol should be used in
connection with each appearance, to the extent it is practical.

The following definition should appear at the bottom of the page on which the
term Realtor® is first used:

	   	Realtor® is a federally registered collective membership mark that
identifies a real estate professional who is a member of the National
Association of Realtors® and subscribes to its strict Code of Ethics.

Other guidelines:

	•  	Use the terms Realtor® or Realtors® in connection with, rather than as
part of, your firm name. It’s “John Doe, Inc., Realtor®,” not “John Doe,
Realtor®, Inc.”
	 
	•  	Punctuation should be used to separate your firm name from the words
“Realtor®” or “Realtors®,” even when they appear on separate lines:
	 
	   	Example: John Jones and Company,
Realtor®
	 
	•  	Use nonmember, instead of non-Realtor®, when referring to a real estate
broker who is not a member of NAR.
	 
	•  	When speaking of more than one member, use Realtors®.
	 
	•  	Avoid possessives whenever possible. But if you can’t, use Realtor®‘s
(singular possessive) or Realtors®’ (plural possessive).
	 
	•  	While Realtor-Associate® is acceptable, it is unacceptable to combine
the term “Realtor®” or the registered mark with other terms. It is also
unacceptable to hyphenate (Real-tor), abbreviate (Rltr) or expand
(Realtorific).
	 
	•  	Don’t use descriptive words to modify the term, such as Professional
Realtor®, Commercial Realtor® or Twin Cities Realtor®.

67

 

ADVERTISING

Style Guidelines

In order to present a consistent and unified image for our company, we’ve
provided guidelines to follow when using the COLDWELL BANKER® name in body
copy.

Never use the possessive form of COLDWELL BANKER (i.e., Coldwell Banker’s). The
COLDWELL BANKER name must always be set in all caps or boldface when you do not
use the complete corporate name, Coldwell Banker Real Estate Corporation.

The following examples demonstrate the correct use of our name in body copy:

	•  	Consumers turn to affiliates of Coldwell Banker Real Estate Corporation to
make buying or selling a home simple.
	 
	•  	Our impressive reputation makes the COLDWELL BANKER® System the premier
real estate brand.
	 
	•  	Our impressive reputation makes the COLDWELL BANKER® System the premier
real estate brand.

When you use COLDWELL BANKER with your company name, do not place any
punctuation between COLDWELL BANKER and the name/market, and do not cap or
boldface the COLDWELL BANKER name. The following example demonstrates the
proper use of COLDWELL BANKER with a company name:

	•  	Coldwell Banker Smith & Smith Realty has highly trained Sales Associates.

When referring to COLDWELLBANKER.COM, it must always appear in lowercase and
bold with no spaces, as demonstrated in the following example:

	•  	Our premier real estate Web site, COLDWELLBANKER.COM, lets you search for
a home 24 hours a day.

68

 

ADVERTISING

Ad Template

We’ve provided the following well-designed ad template to be incorporated into
all advertising for your COLDWELL BANKER® office. Maintaining these standards
will ensure quick communication to the consumer and build better brand
awareness, which, in turn, will generate more sales leads for you.

SAMPLE

[PICTURE]

All font, tracking, kerning, leading and other layout specifications are for
guidance purposes only. Based on copy length and ad size, the exact
specifications may need to be amended.

69

 

ADVERTISING

National Image Ads

Below are samples (not actual size) of COLDWELL BANKER® national advertising.
National ads are available in a variety of sizes to run in four color or in
black and white. To view all ads, go to http://cbnet.coldwellbanker.com.

SAMPLE

[PICTURE]

[PICTURE]

70

 

ADVERTISING

B/W Inset Ad Template

SAMPLE

[PICTURE]

White bar is 1.61"-deep with a .5 black rule, but can vary in height to
accompany more copy.

Also contains logo and current legal copy.

NOTE: No phone numbers and/or local information should be within the inset ad.
Such information should be contained within the ad shell.

All font, tracking, kerning, leading and other layout specifications are for
guidance purposes only. Based on copy length and ad size, the exact
specifications may need to be amended.

71

 

ADVERTISING

Display Shell

SAMPLE

[PICTURE]

All font, tracking, kerning, leading and other layout specifications are for
guidance purposes only. Based on copy length and ad size, the exact
specifications may need to be amended.

72

 

ADVERTISING

Telephone Directory Listings

TELEPHONE DIRECTORY. Listing and advertising guidelines are set forth and
examples illustrated for the White and Yellow Pages.

WHITE OR YELLOW PAGES

	 	 	 	 	 
	One Office Listing:
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Coldwell Banker Smith and Smith Realty
	 	 	 	 
	123 Main St.
	 	 	340-0842	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Caption Listing and Multiple Offices:
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Coldwell Banker Smith and Smith Realty
	 	 	 	 
	123 Main st
	 	 	340-0842	 
	456 Elm St.
	 	 	340-0753	 
	789 center st
	 	 	340-0681	 

YELLOW PAGES

In-Column Ads — United States:

[PICTURE]

In-Column Ads — Outside of the United States:

COLDWELL BANKER AFFILIATES OF “COUNTRY NAME” ___

[PICTURE]

Display Ads:

GENERAL GUIDELINES. The only display ads approved for use in telephone directory
Yellow Pages are those developed by the Approved Suppliers of Coldwell Banker
Real Estate Corporation or its respective Master Franchisors.

OUTSIDE OF THE UNITED STATES. Contact the International Services Director at the
Corporate Office.

USE OF THE MARK. The Mark must always appear with your company name in the
proper 50/50 relationship. The appropriate disclaimer, as shown above, must
always be used. The Mark is to be photographically reproduced and cannot be
altered in any way.

ADVERTISING OF ANY PROPERTY OR SERVICES WHICH ARE NOT WITHIN THE DEFINITION OF
THE FRANCHISED BUSINESS IS NOT PERMITTED WITH THE USE OF ANY OF THE COLDWELL
BANKER® MARKS OR THE COLDWELL BANKER NAME. THE ADVERTISING OR GENERAL
SOLICITATION OF CERTAIN KINDS OF COMMERCIAL BUSINESS IS SPECIFICALLY PROHIBITED.
SEE YOUR POLICY MANUAL.

APPROVED SYMBOLS. The Realtor® Mark, MLS Mark, combination of Realtor®/MLS
Mark and Equal Housing Opportunity symbols are approved for use with the
Trademark.

UNITED STATES APPROVED SYMBOLS

[MLS LOGOS]

OUTSIDE OF THE UNITED STATES APPROVED SYMBOLS

Contact the International Services Director at the Corporate Office.

The Mark may not be used in conjunction with any other logo, mark or symbol,
except approved awards symbols as shown in the Approved Supplier SourceBook.

GENERAL INFORMATION

The use of the COLDWELL BANKER name and your company name without the disclaimer
is allowed ONLY in the White Pages of the telephone directory.

Your company may cross-reference your former company name with your new DBA in
the White or Yellow Pages for a period of one year after affiliation with
Coldwell Banker Real Estate Corporation or a Master Franchisor outside of the
United States.

Example: Smith and Smith Realty

(See Coldwell Banker and Smith Realty)

NOTE: The above examples are approved by Coldwell Banker Real Estate
Corporation. State or telephone company regulations may prevent the use of these
formats. Should this occur, please work with your telephone representative and
contact your Regional Office for assistance. Outside of the United States,
contact the International Services Director at the Corporate Office.

73

 

NOTES

74

 

[PICTURE]

     Ó2002 Coldwell Banker Real Estate Corporation. All Rights Reserved.®,
TMandSM are licensed trademarks to Coldwell Banker Real Estate Corporation.
An Equal Opportunity Company. [LOGO] Equal Housing Opportunity. Each Office Is
Independently Owned and Operated Except Offices Owned and Operated By NRT
Incorporated.

75

 

Exhibit H

NRT Marks

Trademarks

Coldwell Banker®

ERA®

Sotheby’s International Realty®

The Corcoran Group®

CitiHabitats®

The Sunshine Group®

URLs

http://www.jgr.com

http://www.burgdorff.com

http://coldwellbankeratlanta.com

http://cbws.com

http://cbdfw.com

http://coloradohomes.com

http://californiamoves.com

http://utahhomes.com

http://kingthompson.com

http://corcoran.com

http://sunshinegroup.com

http://pittsburghmoves.com

http://floridamoves.com

http://cbgundaker.com

http://cbmove.com

http://coldwellbankermoves.com

http://newenglandmoves.com

http://coldwellbankeronline.com

26

 

Exhibit I

HSC’s Trademark Usage Guidelines

27

 

Trademark and Service Mark Usage Guidelines

Last updated January, 2005

Anyone (“you”) making use of any trademark, service mark, logo, name, symbol or like indicator
(collectively, “Mark(s)”) of Homestore, Inc. or any of its affiliates (collectively, “Homestore”)
must have written authorization from the appropriate Homestore company, adhere at all times to the
terms and conditions of such authorization and follow these Guidelines with respect to any such
use.

Homestore reserves the right to suspend, cancel or modify any authorization to use a Mark if in
Homestore’s good faith judgment the use of the Mark is not in conformance with these Guidelines and
applicable law or such use impairs or threatens to impair the Mark, Homestore or its reputation.

Homestore may update, modify, re-issue and otherwise change these Guidelines at any time and any
such change shall be effective as to you upon personal notification (by email, correspondence or
otherwise) or posting on or within the www.Homestore.com website. It is your duty to assure you
are following the most up to date version of these Guidelines.

Any and all use of a Mark must follow ordinary and customary trademark usage consistent with the
laws and common practices of any country and/or other jurisdiction in which or with respect to
which the Mark is used. A Mark may not be used in any place, medium or manner prohibited by
applicable law or otherwise contrary to applicable law.

If you have uncertainty as to whether your use or contemplated use of a Mark is authorized or
consistent with these Guidelines, you must request that Homestore approve the use and comply with
Homestore’s good faith requirements as to such use or contemplated use.

Use of a Mark should include a statement, set apart from the Mark itself but nevertheless
reasonably conspicuous, stating that the Mark is the property of Homestore, Inc. (or such other
appropriate Homestore company). Homestore also reserves the right to require an added statement,
such as a disclaimer of endorsement, business relationship or the like.

The following guidelines as to specific Marks of Homestore pertain to the particular Marks shown,
but are not intended as exhaustive of all applicable requirements, nor as exhaustive of the Marks
subject to these Guidelines.

 

 

LOGO GUIDELINES

_It is necessary to use the following logos and Marks correctly and consistently. The logo(s)
below are available in four content/orientation versions (vertical without “,com”, vertical with
“,com”, horizontal without “,com”, and horizontal with “.com”) and two color versions (cyan and
purple). For simplicity, the style guide below presents examples in the cyan (preferred) version
only. The same rules apply to the purple version. The following outlines proper use.

	•  	Homestore.comTM is the address to our website.
	 
	•  	HomestoreTM refers to the company (Homestore, Inc.).
	 
	•  	If you are producing materials that refer to the Homestore organization, which provides a
variety of media and technology-related products and services, please
use the HomestoreTM logo.
	 
	•  	If you are unclear in any way regarding which version to use,
please contact Erin Campbell
(erin.campbell@homestore.com).

_Under no circumstances should anyone attempt to recreate any part
of the HomestoreTM logo.

	 	 	 	 	 
	one color logos for corporate use
	 	 	 	 
	

	 	
	 	
	vertical logos
	 	 	 	 
	 
	horizontal logos
	 	 	 	 
	

	 	
	 	
	 
	 	 	 	 
	two color logos for
marketing use. (usage permission and file retrieval through Erin
Campbell (erin.Campbell@homestore.com)
	

	 	
	 	
	vertical logos
	 	 	 	 
	 
	horizontal logos
	 	 	 	 
	

	 	
	 	

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	logo colors
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	color choices	 	_ cyan is the preferred logo color. The purple version is recommended when cyan is not legible on provided background.
	 
	 	 	 	 
	

	 	
	 	
	 
	 	 	 	 
	

	 	___logo color palette	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	

	 	  pms process cyan C       cmyk 100c 0m
0y 0k 	 	hexachrome (web usage) 0099FF
	 
	 	 	 	 
	

	 	  pms 2755C                      cmyk 85c 100m
5y 0k	 	 hexachrome (web usage) 0033CC
	 
	 	 	 	 
	

	 	Red ball: vector-based gradient.	 	 Do not attempt to replicate.
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	_ refer to master logo disc (or contact Erin Campbell (erin.Campbell@homestore.com)) for each 
  Homestore logo color lock up.
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	_ pms, cmyk, rgb (hexacrome) color builds are incorporated next to each logo provided on disc.
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	_ a color build represents the breakdown of each color used to make up a single color.
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	_ let the printer or web master know the logo color build for optimum results.
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	logo usage
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	When using the logo	 	_ cmyk logos and pms coated logos are used for printing only.
	In different mediums
	 	 	 	 
	(as may be authorized)	 	_ rgb logos are used for the web only.
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	_ one color logos are for corporate use. (i.e. business cards, letterhead, correspondence, collateral).
	these rules apply
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	_ two color logos are for maketing use. (i.e. promotional items only – tshirts, hats).
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	_ 2-color logo use is through separate Homestore permission only. Please contact Erin Campbell (erin.Campbell@homestore.com).
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	logo aesthetics
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	allow for the logo
to “breathe”	 	_ always allow 1/3 of proportional height of space around entire logo (shown below).
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	_ according to application choose the vertical or horizontal logo appropriate for design and amount of space.
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	_ use the vertical logo whenever possible. The horizontal logo is acceptable if space is limited.
	 
	 	 	 	 
	

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	don’ts
	 	 	 	 
	 				
	these specific rules have been made so the Homestore logo is always used in the correct way
	 	___do not manipulate logo
	 	
	

	 	___do not stretch logo
	 	
	

	 	___do not put a stroke around logo
	 	
	

	 	___do not change logo color
	 	
	

	 	___do not put logo on a patterned background
	 	
	

	 	___do not put logo in a box
	 	
	

	 	___do not change proportion of logo elements
	 	
	

	 	___do not use rgb logo for printing purposes
	 	

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	typography

for collateral
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	heads and subheads: è
	 	franklin gothic deml
	 	abcdefghijklmnopqrstuxwxyz
	lower case, not all caps

	 	superheads and body text: è
	 	franklin gothic book
	 	abcdefghijklmnopqrstuxwxyz
	

	 	captions and call-outs: è
	 	franklin gothic book oblique
	 	abcdefghijklmnopqrstuxwxyz
	use these rules along

with logo

	 	payoff ines in color ads: è
	 	franklin gothic extra condensed
	 	abcdefghijklmnopqrstuxwxyz

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	logos on a
	 	 	 	 
	dark background
	 	 	 	 
	

	 	_use a “dark background” logo when
graphics behind the logo are black	 	 
	

	 	_“dark background” logos can be obtained
by contacting Erin Campbell
(erin.Campbell@homestore.com)
	 	
	 
	 	 	 	 
	

	 	 	 	(shapes shown to enhance example)
	 
	 
	 
	TMusage
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	TM may require size

adjustment once logo

Is scaled	 	_ within the Homestore logo, the TM must be 1/3 the height of the “e” in
Homestore and scaled proportionately to the font size.
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	_ the logo must be large enough so that the TM is legible with a naked eye.
	use these rule along

with logo
	 	 	 	 
	

	 	
	 	
	business unit logos
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	business unit logos (if
specifically authorized)
should be placed in the
lower right hand corner
of ad or collateral layout	 	_ use franklin gothic demi, tracked to 0.

_ for vertical version, place business unit flush left underneath logo type.
for horizontal version, place business unit flush left underneath logo type
(exclusive of TM ).
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	_ for HZ version, top edge of the business unit should be flush with bottom of red ball.
for VT version, top edge of the business unit should be proportionately 1/3 height
of “m” below logo type.
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	_ point size of business unit should be equal to 1/2 of proportionate
height of “m” in Homestore. If when scaled to these dimensions,
business unit runs longer than left edge of 2nd “e”, reduce type point size
until reaches left edge of 2nd “e”.

 

 

Exhibit J

Sample Reports

28

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Listing report (weekly)	 	Week ending:	 	        [Date]	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	MLS ID	 	Listing Office MLS ID	 	Listing Office Name	 	Listing Agent Name	 	MLS Property ID	 	Property City	 	Property State	 	Last Listed Price	 	Property Views	 	Virtual Tours	 	Featured Homes	 	Open House	 	Total views	 	Leads (future)
	 
	[4-char
 RDC code]

	 	 [MLS AliasID]
	 	[Display Name]
	 	[Display Name]
	 	[MLS Property ID]
	 	[City name]
	 	[State code]
	 	[$]
	 	[Count]
	 	[Count]
	 	[Count]
	 	[Count]
	 	[Total]
	 	[Count of email leads]

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Featured Company report (monthly)	 	 	Month ending:	 	                        [Date]	 	 
	Market	 	Campaign	 	Impressions	 	Clicks	 	CTR
	 
	[MSA]

	 	[Descriptive name]
	 	[Count]                   
	 	[Count of clicks]
	 	[Click-thru rate]

 

 

12/1/2004-12/31/2004

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	ACD	 	 	Aban	 	 	% Aban	 
	 	Date	 	 	Split/Skill	 	 	Calls	 	 	Calls	 	 	Calls	 
	 	12/1/2004
	 	 	NRT	 	 	835	 	 	12	 	 	1.4	 
	 	12/2/2004
	 	 	NRT	 	 	769	 	 	7	 	 	0.9	 
	 	12/3/2004
	 	 	NRT	 	 	667	 	 	5	 	 	0.7	 
	 	12/6/2004
	 	 	NRT	 	 	806	 	 	16	 	 	1.9	 
	 	12/7/2004
	 	 	NRT	 	 	715	 	 	6	 	 	0.8	 
	 	12/8/2004
	 	 	NRT	 	 	633	 	 	1	 	 	0.2	 
	 	12/9/2004
	 	 	NRT	 	 	623	 	 	8	 	 	1.3	 
	 	12/10/2004
	 	 	NRT	 	 	598	 	 	2	 	 	0.3	 
	 	12/13/2004
	 	 	NRT	 	 	700	 	 	8	 	 	1.1	 
	 	12/14/2004
	 	 	NRT	 	 	662	 	 	5	 	 	0.7	 
	 	12/15/2004
	 	 	NRT	 	 	681	 	 	5	 	 	0.7	 
	 	12/16/2004
	 	 	NRT	 	 	613	 	 	6	 	 	1	 
	 	12/17/2004
	 	 	NRT	 	 	485	 	 	3	 	 	0.6	 
	 	12/20/2004
	 	 	NRT	 	 	648	 	 	3	 	 	0.5	 
	 	12/21/2004
	 	 	NRT	 	 	498	 	 	3	 	 	0.6	 
	 	12/22/2004
	 	 	NRT	 	 	471	 	 	2	 	 	0.4	 
	 	12/23/2004
	 	 	NRT	 	 	411	 	 	0	 	 	0	 
	 	12/27/2004
	 	 	NRT	 	 	578	 	 	1	 	 	0.2	 
	 	12/28/2004
	 	 	NRT	 	 	709	 	 	11	 	 	1.5	 
	 	12/29/2004
	 	 	NRT	 	 	692	 	 	8	 	 	1.1	 
	 	12/30/2004
	 	 	NRT	 	 	669	 	 	5	 	 	0.7	 
	 	Totals
	 	 	Totals	 	 	13,463	 	 	117	 	 	0.9	 

 

 

Annex A

List of Additional Purchases Subject to Terms and Conditions of this Agreement

29

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00079-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00079-of-00352.parquet"}]]